<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 14, 1996
REGISTRATION NO. 333-2936
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 4813 74-2644120
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
ATLANTIC STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NEVADA 4813 74-2354502
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
CENTRAL STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
OHIO 4813 95-3769649
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
IXC CARRIER, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NEVADA 4813 95-3769651
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
IXC LONG DISTANCE, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 4813 74-2724593
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
LINK NET INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 4813 74-2680398
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
RIO GRANDE TRANSMISSION, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 4813 74-2464623
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
TELCOM ENGINEERING, INC.
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
TEXAS 4813 74-1717520
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
<PAGE> 2
TOWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CORP.
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
OHIO 4813 34-6549876
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
WEST TEXAS MICROWAVE COMPANY
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
TEXAS 4813 75-1170001
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
------------------------
WESTERN STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
(EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
NEVADA 4813 95-3857540
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION) CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER) IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
5000 PLAZA ON THE LAKE, SUITE 200
AUSTIN, TEXAS 78746
(512) 328-1112
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
5000 PLAZA ON THE LAKE, SUITE 200
AUSTIN, TEXAS 78746
(512) 328-1112
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
MICHAEL P. WHALEN, ESQ. CARL W. MCKINZIE, ESQ.
ELAINE R. LEVIN, ESQ. RIORDAN & MCKINZIE
RIORDAN & MCKINZIE 300 SOUTH GRAND AVENUE
695 TOWN CENTER DRIVE, SUITE 1500 TWENTY-NINTH FLOOR
COSTA MESA, CALIFORNIA 92626 LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90071
(714) 433-2900 (213) 629-4824
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF THE SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.
------------------------
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection
with the formation of a holding
company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following
box: / /
THE REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANTS
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 3
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
PURSUANT TO RULE 404(A) AND ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FORM S-4 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION PROSPECTUS CAPTION
---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
1. Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside Front
Cover Page of Prospectus.......................... Outside Front Cover Page;
Cross-Reference Sheet;
2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
Prospectus........................................ Inside Front Cover Page Inside Front
Cover Page; Available Information;
Outside Back Cover Page
3. Risk Factors, Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and
Other Information................................. Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;
Selected Historical and ProForma
Financial Data; Business
4. Terms of the Transaction............................ The Exchange Offer; Description of
Senior Notes; Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations; Plan of Distribution
5. Pro Forma Financial Information..................... Summary Consolidated Financial Data;
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
Financial Data; Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements
6. Material Contacts with the Company Being Acquired... Not Applicable
7. Additional Information Required for Reoffering by
Persons and Parties Deemed to Be Underwriters..... Not Applicable
8. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.............. Legal Matters; Experts
9. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
for Securities Act Liabilities.................... Not Applicable
10. Information with Respect to S-3 Registrants......... Not Applicable
11. Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference... Not Applicable
12. Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3
Registrants....................................... Not Applicable
13. Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference... Not Applicable
14. Information with Respect to Registrants Other Than
S-3 or S-2 Registrants............................ Inside Front Cover Page; Prospectus
Summary; Business -- History; Selected
Historical and Pro Forma Financial
Data; Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations; Industry
Overview; Business; Audited Historical
Consolidated Financial Statements
15. Information with Respect to S-3 Companies........... Not Applicable
16. Information with Respect to S-2 or S-3 Companies.... Not Applicable
17. Information with Respect to Companies Other Than S-3
or S-2 Companies.................................. Not Applicable
18. Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations
are to be Solicited............................... Not Applicable
19. Information if Proxies, Consents or Authorizations
are not to be Solicited or in an Exchange Offer... Inside Front Cover Page; The Exchange
Offer; Management; Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management; Certain Transactions;
Description of Senior Notes
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
OF ANY SUCH STATE.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JUNE 14, 1996
PROSPECTUS
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS
12.50% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING
12.50% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST UNCONDITIONALLY AND JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY
GUARANTEED BY:
ATLANTIC STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
CENTRAL STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
IXC CARRIER, INC.
IXC LONG DISTANCE, INC.
LINK NET INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RIO GRANDE TRANSMISSION, INC.
TELCOM ENGINEERING, INC.
TOWER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS CORP.
WEST TEXAS MICROWAVE COMPANY
WESTERN STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on
, 1996, unless extended.
---------------------------
IXC Communications, Inc. ("IXC Communications," or together with its
subsidiaries, the "Company") hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in this Prospectus (this "Prospectus") and the accompanying
Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal" and, together with this
Prospectus, the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its
12.50% Series B Senior Notes due 2005 (the "New Notes") which have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
pursuant to a registration statement (the "Registration Statement") of which
this Prospectus is a part, for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding
12.50% Series A Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Old Notes"), of which $285.0 million
principal amount is outstanding as of the date hereof. The Old Notes and the New
Notes are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Senior Notes" and
holders thereof are referred to as "Holders". After the use by the Company of
certain funds held in an escrow account, as described below, the Senior Notes
will be unsecured obligations of IXC Communications. Certain subsidiaries of IXC
Communications (the "Guarantors") have issued a full, unconditional, joint and
several, unsecured guarantee of all of the Company's obligations under the
Senior Notes (the "Subsidiary Guarantees"). See "The Exchange Offer".
IXC Communications will accept for exchange any and all validly tendered
Old Notes prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on , 1996, unless
extended (such date, as it may be extended, the "Expiration Date"). Old Notes
may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000. Tenders of Old Notes may
be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum
principal amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange. However, the Exchange
Offer is subject to certain customary conditions. In the event IXC
Communications terminates the Exchange Offer and does not accept for exchange
any Old Notes, IXC Communications will promptly return the Old Notes to the
holders thereof. IXC Communications will not receive any proceeds from the
Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer."
Continued on following page.
THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ARE FIRST BEING MAILED TO
HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES ON , 1996.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 16 FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN
CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
---------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
---------------------------
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS , 1996.
<PAGE> 5
(Continuation of cover page)
The New Notes will be obligations of IXC Communications evidencing the same
debt as the Old Notes, and will be entitled to the benefits of the same
indenture (the "Indenture"). See "Description of Senior Notes." The form and
terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms of the Old Notes in
all material respects except that the New Notes have been registered under the
Securities Act and hence do not include certain rights to registration
thereunder and do not contain transfer restrictions or terms with respect to
certain special payments applicable to the Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer."
The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain
obligations under the A/B Exchange Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
October 5, 1995 (the "Registration Rights Agreement") among IXC Communications,
the Guarantors and the purchasers named therein (the "Initial Purchasers"), a
copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy IXC
Communications' obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to register
the New Notes and exchange them for the Old Notes under the Securities Act. Once
the Exchange Offer is consummated, IXC Communications will have no further
obligations to register any of the Old Notes not tendered for exchange, except
pursuant to a shelf registration statement to be filed under certain limited
circumstances specified in "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose of the Exchange
Offer." See "Risk Factors -- Consequences to Non-Tendering Holders of Old
Notes." IXC Communications has agreed to pay certain expenses of the Exchange
Offer.
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") set forth in several no-action letters to third
parties, IXC Communications believes, based on the advice of its counsel, that
the New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes
may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by Holders who are
not affiliates of IXC Communications without compliance with the registration
and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act; provided that the
Holder is acquiring New Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in any distribution
(within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes. Persons wishing to
exchange Old Notes in the Exchange Offer must represent to IXC Communications
that such conditions have been met. However, any Holder who is an affiliate of
IXC Communications or who tenders in the Exchange Offer with the intention to
participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of the New
Notes cannot rely on the interpretation by the staff of the Commission set forth
in such no-action letters and must comply with the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale
transaction. See "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose of the Exchange Offer." In
addition, each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old
Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. IXC Communications has agreed that for a
period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will use its best efforts to
make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with
any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED IN THIS
PARAGRAPH, THIS PROSPECTUS MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY OFFER TO RESELL, RESALE OR
OTHER TRANSFER OF NEW NOTES.
Old Notes initially purchased by "qualified institutional buyers" (as such
term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) or accredited investors
were initially represented by one or more Global Old Notes (as defined herein)
in fully registered form, registered in the name of a nominee of The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC"), as depositary. The New Notes exchanged for Old Notes
represented by the Global Old Notes will be represented by one or more Global
New Notes (as defined herein) in fully registered form, registered in the name
of the nominee of DTC. The Global New Notes will be exchangeable for New Notes
in registered form, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof as
described herein. The New Notes in global form will trade in DTC's Same-Day
Funds Settlement System, and secondary market trading
2
<PAGE> 6
(Continuation of cover page)
activity in such New Notes will therefore settle in immediately available funds.
See "Description of Senior Notes -- Book-Entry, Delivery and Form."
The Senior Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 12.50% per annum
from their date of issuance. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable
semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing April 1, 1996.
Holders whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will receive, in cash, accrued
interest thereon to, but not including, the date of issuance of the New Notes.
Such interest will be paid with the first interest payment on the New Notes.
Interest on the Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon the
issuance of the New Notes exchanged therefor.
The Senior Notes will be redeemable in cash at the option of IXC
Communications, in whole or in part, at any time on or after October 1, 2000, at
the redemption price of 106.250% of principal (declining to 104.686%, 103.125%,
101.563% and 100.00% on or after October 1 of 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004,
respectively), together with accrued and unpaid interest, "Additional Payments,"
if any, payable pursuant to Section 1 of the Old Notes (which shall cease upon
the consummation of the Exchange Offer and in certain other circumstances) and
the "Liquidated Damages," if any, payable pursuant to Section 5 of the
Registration Rights Agreement, to the date of redemption. (The Additional
Payments are referred to herein as the "Old Note Additional Payments" and the
Liquidated Damages are referred to as the "Old Note Liquidated Damages"). On or
prior to October 1, 1998, up to $100.0 million of the aggregate principal amount
of the Senior Notes then outstanding will be redeemable in cash at the option of
IXC Communications from the net proceeds of a sale of its capital stock within
35 days thereof, at 112.50% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption; provided, however, in no
event shall less than $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior
Notes be outstanding after such redemption. At any time after October 1, 1996,
IXC Communications may, at its option, redeem in cash that portion of the
outstanding Senior Notes purchasable with the proceeds remaining in the account
into which certain proceeds of the sale of the Old Notes have been deposited
(the "Escrow Account") at a price equal to 112.50% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old
Note Liquidated Damages, if any, to the repurchase date; provided that at least
$100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes remain
outstanding immediately after the consummation of such redemption. In the event
net proceeds from certain sales of assets by IXC Communications or any of the
Guarantors that are not applied or invested within 365 days after the date of
such sale should ever exceed $10.0 million, IXC Communications will be required
to repurchase in cash the maximum principal amount of Senior Notes that may be
repurchased out of such excess proceeds at 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note
Liquidated Damages, if any. Finally, subject to the limitations and
qualifications set forth in the Indenture, upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control (which meets the limited definition set forth in the Indenture), each
holder of the Senior Notes may require IXC Communications to repurchase in cash
all or a portion of such holder's Senior Notes at 101% of the principal amount
thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments
and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of repurchase. See
"Description of Senior Notes."
Except for the security interest in the Escrow Account granted to the
trustee under the Indenture as security for the obligations of IXC
Communications under the Senior Notes, the Senior Notes will be senior unsecured
obligations of IXC Communications and will be guaranteed on a senior unsecured
basis by the Guarantors. The Senior Notes will rank pari passu in right of
payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of IXC Communications
and will rank senior in right of payment to future subordinated indebtedness of
IXC Communications. IXC Communications does not currently have any debt
subordinate to the Senior Notes and does not currently anticipate incurring any
such debt in the foreseeable future. Because IXC Communications is a holding
company, the Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and
future liabilities of its subsidiaries that are not Guarantors. At March 31,
1996, the aggregate amount of indebtedness of the subsidiaries of IXC
Communications was approximately $42.1 million, of which approximately $24.7
million was owed by subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (including trade
payables and excluding intercompany liabilities).
3
<PAGE> 7
(Continuation of cover page)
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Senior
Notes. IXC Communications does not intend to list the Senior Notes on a national
securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation through the NASDAQ
National Market. As the Old Notes were issued and the New Notes are being issued
primarily to a limited number of institutions who typically hold similar
securities for investment, IXC Communications does not expect that an active
public market for the Senior Notes will develop. In addition, resales by certain
holders of the Senior Notes of a substantial percentage of the aggregate
principal amount of such notes could constrain the ability of any market maker
to develop or maintain a market for the Senior Notes. To the extent that a
market for the Senior Notes should develop, the market value of the Senior Notes
will depend on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and
other factors, including the financial condition, performance and prospects of
IXC Communications. Such factors might cause the Senior Notes to trade at a
discount from face value. See "Risk Factors -- Lack of Public Market."
4
<PAGE> 8
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
Certain of the information contained in this Prospectus, including
information regarding the Company's Fiber Expansion (as defined below) and
switched long distance services and related strategy and financing, are
forward-looking statements. For a discussion of important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from the matters described in the
forward-looking statements, see "Risk Factors." Investors should carefully
consider such factors and the other matters set forth under "Risk Factors."
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information, including "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the Consolidated
Financial Statements (including the Notes thereto), appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, the term
"Company" refers to IXC Communications, Inc. ("IXC Communications") and its
subsidiaries, including predecessor corporations. Industry data was obtained
from a report issued in March 1996 from the FCC and from reports dated April
1995 and January 1996 from International Data Corporation (an industry research
organization), which the Company has not independently verified. Unless
otherwise indicated, all information in this Propectus has been adjusted to
reflect stock splits through the date of this Prospectus.
Certain terms used herein are defined in the Glossary at page A-1.
THE COMPANY
The Company provides two principal services to long distance companies: (i)
long-haul transmission of voice and data over dedicated circuits; and (ii)
switched long distance services. The Company is one of only five carriers to own
a digital telecommunications network extending from coast-to-coast (the other
carriers are AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom). Its facilities include digital
switches located in Los Angeles, Dallas, Chicago, Philadelphia and Atlanta. The
Company is currently engaged in a major expansion of its network, as described
below.
The Company had revenues of approximately $91 million in 1995,
substantially all of which were generated by its long-haul business. The Company
has long-haul circuit contracts with over 200 long distance carriers, including
AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom, Cable & Wireless, Frontier and LCI. As of April 30,
1996, the Company had "take or pay" commitments from its long-haul customers of
approximately $160.0 million (consisting of approximately $90.0 million relating
to circuits currently in service and approximately $70.0 million relating to
circuits not yet ordered that the Company expects will be carried over leased
routes or routes being constructed). Long-haul transmission service is also
provided to customers after contract expiration on a month-to-month basis. The
Company's long-haul contracts provide for fixed monthly payments, generally in
advance. The Company has provided services to nine of its ten largest customers
for at least six years and, although sales volumes from particular customers
vary from year to year, has historically enjoyed a high customer retention rate
(annual customer retention has averaged over 90% from 1992-1995).
The Company recently expanded into the business of selling switched long
distance services to long distance resellers in order to complement its
long-haul business and to capitalize on its ability to provide switched services
over its own network. Switched long distance services are telecommunications
services that are processed through the Company's digital switches and carried
over long-haul circuits and other transmission facilities owned or leased by the
Company. During 1995, the Company set up the infrastructure for its switched
long distance business by installing its switches, connecting them to its
network and to the LECs, acquiring software, hiring personnel and entering into
contracts with customers. The Company's switched network became fully
operational in February 1996. The Company sells switched long distance services
on a per-call basis, charging by minutes of use ("MOUs"), with payment due
monthly after services are rendered. The Company believes that it is
well-positioned to attract long distance resellers as customers for its switched
long distance services because: (i) it is not currently a significant competitor
for sales to end users; and (ii) it provides more focused service to its
reseller customers, since servicing such customers is its primary business,
unlike its major competitors whose main business is selling retail long distance
service to end users.
5
<PAGE> 9
The Company has entered into switched long distance services contracts with
over 30 long distance resellers including Excel and GE Capital Communication.
Excel, a rapidly growing long distance reseller, first utilized the Company's
switched long distance services in February 1996. Excel has contracted to
increase its volume on the Company's network to a minimum of 70 million minutes
of traffic per month no later than October 1996. The Company's switched long
distance business has grown rapidly since its switched network became fully
operational in February 1996, with Excel accounting for most of the growth. The
Company's switched long distance revenues amounted to approximately $3.6 million
in the quarter ended March 31, 1996 (with $0.7 million in January 1996, $1.3
million in February 1996 and $1.6 million in March 1996), $3.1 million in April
1996 and $6.4 million in May 1996. Excel accounted for 17%, 67% and 76% of such
revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the month of April 1996 and the
month of May 1996 respectively. See "Business -- Switched Long Distance
Services."
On May 20, 1996, the Company filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1
relating to an initial public offering (the "Equity Offering") of common stock
(the "Common Stock"). Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust ("GEPT"), an
affiliate of the Company which presently owns approximately 30.6% of the Common
Stock, has agreed to acquire $12.5 million of restricted Common Stock from the
Company (the "GEPT Private Placement") simultaneously with the closing of the
Equity Offering, but only if the Equity Offering closes on or before August 31,
1996. No assurance can be made that the Company will successfully complete the
Equity Offering or the GEPT Private Placement.
The Company's primary business objectives over the near term are: (i) to
rapidly increase revenue from its switched long distance services business; (ii)
to substantially complete the backbone of the first phase of its planned network
expansion in the first quarter of 1997; and (iii) to utilize its expanded
network to increase its revenues and profitability.
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
The domestic long distance market generated revenues of approximately $75.9
billion in 1995. In 1995, the first-tier long distance providers (AT&T, MCI and
Sprint) accounted for approximately 85.6% of such revenue, the second-tier
companies (WorldCom, Frontier, Cable & Wireless, LCI and others) accounted for
approximately 8.9%, and the third-tier companies (approximately 400 companies)
accounted for the remaining 5.5% of the long distance market. According to data
included in an FCC report issued in March 1996, while total long distance
revenues grew at a compound annual rate of over 8% during the period from 1989
through 1995, the revenues of all carriers other than the first-tier carriers
grew in the aggregate at an annual compound rate of over 22% during the same
period. Such analysis also stated that the second-tier and third-tier carriers
increased their market share sixfold over a ten-year period, increasing from
less than 3% in 1984 to more than 17% in 1994. In addition, industry sources
estimate that combined revenues of second-tier and third-tier carriers grew by
17.9% in 1995. The Company provides long-haul services to companies in all three
tiers and switched long distance services to companies in the third tier.
FIBER EXPANSION
The Company owns a coast-to-coast network containing over 1,700 fiber optic
route miles and over 5,000 digital microwave route miles. Because of geographic
limitations and capacity constraints, the Company currently supplements its own
facilities with a significant amount of fiber optic capacity obtained from other
carriers to service customers that require capacity not available on the
Company's own network.
The Company is currently undertaking a major expansion of its network by
adding a substantial number of additional fiber route miles (the "Fiber
Expansion") to increase the Company's geographic scope and network capacity. The
Company believes the Fiber Expansion will improve profitability and cash flow
through increasing revenues and decreasing certain costs. The Fiber Expansion is
planned to include two phases. The first phase ("Phase I") will include
approximately 4,000 high-capacity fiber optic route miles from Philadelphia via
Chicago, Dallas and Phoenix to Los Angeles and a later phase ("Phase II") will
include approximately 3,100 high-capacity fiber optic route miles from New York
via Atlanta to Houston, with spurs
6
<PAGE> 10
to Florida, Louisiana and Texas. The Company expects to substantially complete
the backbone of Phase I in the first quarter of 1997, meeting the cost of its
construction with cash on hand and the proceeds of the Equity Offering. The
Company seeks to realize significant cost savings and offsets to the estimated
cost of the Fiber Expansion through a cooperative arrangement with WorldCom and
cost-saving arrangements with other carriers and large users of fiber capacity.
The Company has had experience with arrangements of this type with several major
carriers, including MCI, Sprint, Cable & Wireless and WorldCom.
Phase I of the Fiber Expansion will connect four of the Company's five
switches with high-capacity long-haul circuits on its own network, utilizing
advanced fiber optic technology capable of efficiently transmitting
capacity-intensive services, such as Internet and multimedia applications, frame
relay and ATM. Phase I is expected to deliver significant strategic and
financial benefits to the Company through: (i) producing substantial savings by
allowing the Company to move a portion of its excess long-haul traffic from
leased circuits on the networks of other carriers to its own expanded network;
(ii) providing high-capacity new routes and substantially increasing the
capacity of certain existing routes, allowing the Company to increase revenues
by leasing additional circuits to its customers; (iii) allowing the Company to
improve profitability in its switched long distance services business by
reducing its underlying costs of long-haul transmission; and (iv) creating
sufficient capacity to support increased demand which may result from Internet
and multimedia applications, frame relay and ATM.
THE REFINANCING
The sale on October 5, 1995 by IXC Communications of the Old Notes
refinanced a substantial portion of the Company's long-term debt (the
"Refinancing"). The net proceeds of the sale of the Old Notes (approximately
$268.8 million) have been or will be used, among other things, for the Fiber
Expansion, capital expenditures, to repay existing indebtedness, to redeem
certain preferred stock, and for general corporate purposes. IXC Communications
deposited $200.0 million of such net proceeds in an escrow account until needed
for the Fiber Expansion or for capital expenditures or for other permitted uses.
See "Use of Proceeds." As of May 31, 1996, approximately $152.9 million remained
in such escrow.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Exchange Offer......... $1,000 principal amount of New Notes in exchange
for each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes. As
of the date hereof, $285.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of Old Notes were outstanding. IXC
Communications will issue the New Notes to Holders
on or promptly after the Expiration Date.
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the
Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to
third parties, IXC Communications believes, based
on the advice of its counsel, that New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old
Notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by holders thereof who are
not affiliates of IXC Communications without
compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act; provided
that the holder is acquiring New Notes in its
ordinary course of business and has no arrangement
or understanding with any person to participate in
any distribution (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) of the New Notes. Persons wishing
to exchange Old Notes in the Exchange Offer must
represent to IXC Communications that such
conditions have been met. However, any Holder who
is an affiliate of IXC Communications or who
tenders in the Exchange Offer with the intention to
participate, or for the purpose of participating,
in a distribution of the New Notes cannot rely on
the interpretation by the staff of the Commission
set forth in such no-action letters and must comply
with the registration and
7
<PAGE> 11
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with any resale transaction. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Purpose of the Exchange
Offer."
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its
own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. The
Letter of Transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be
amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker- dealer in connection with resales
of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes
where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading
activities (other than acquisitions directly from
IXC Communications). IXC Communications has agreed
that, for a period of 180 days after the effective
date of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is part, it will use its best efforts to
make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer
for use in connection with any such resale. See
"Plan of Distribution."
Expiration Date............ 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ,
1996, unless the Exchange Offer is extended, but
only to the extent necessary to comply with
applicable federal and state securities laws, in
which case the term "Expiration Date" means the
latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is
extended.
Accrued Amounts on the
Senior Notes............... The New Notes will bear interest from their
issuance date. Holders whose Old Notes are accepted
for exchange will receive, in cash, accrued
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note
Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to, but
excluding, the issuance date of the New Notes. Such
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note
Liquidated Damages, if any, will be paid with the
first interest payment on the New Notes. Interest
on the Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease
to accrue upon the issuance of the New Notes
exchanged therefor. Holders of Old Notes whose Old
Notes are not exchanged will receive the accrued
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note
Liquidated Damages, if any, payable on the next
interest payment on the Old Notes in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture.
Conditions to the Exchange
Offer.................... The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary
conditions. The conditions are limited and relate
in general to laws or Commission policies that
might impair the ability of IXC Communications to
proceed with the Exchange Offer. As of the date of
this Prospectus, none of these events had occurred,
and IXC Communications believes their occurrence to
be unlikely. If any such conditions do exist prior
to the Expiration Date, IXC Communications may (i)
refuse to accept any Old Notes and return all
previously tendered Old Notes, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer, or (iii) waive such conditions. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Conditions."
8
<PAGE> 12
Procedures for Tendering
Old Notes.................. Each Holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the
Exchange Offer must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in
accordance with the instructions contained herein
and therein, and mail or otherwise deliver such
Letter of Transmittal, or such facsimile, together
with such Old Notes to be exchanged and any other
required documentation to IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company, as Exchange Agent (the "Exchange Agent"),
at the address set forth herein and therein or
effect a tender of such Old Notes pursuant to the
procedures for book-entry transfer as provided for
herein. By executing the Letter of Transmittal,
each Holder will represent to IXC Communications
that, among other things, the New Notes acquired
pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained
in the ordinary course of business of the person
receiving such New Notes, whether or not such
person is the Holder, that neither the Holder nor
any such other person has an arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of such New Notes and that neither the
Holder nor any such person is an "affiliate," as
defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of
IXC Communications. Each broker-dealer that
receives New Notes for its own account in exchange
for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired
by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. See
"The Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering"
and "Plan of Distribution."
Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners.......... Any beneficial owner whose Old Notes are registered
in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank,
trust company or other nominee and who wishes to
tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer should
contact such registered Holder promptly and
instruct such registered Holder to tender on such
beneficial owner's behalf. If such beneficial owner
wishes to tender on such owner's own behalf, such
owner must, prior to completing and executing the
Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes,
either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Old Notes in such owner's name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from the
registered Holder. The transfer of registered
ownership may take considerable time and it may not
be possible to complete a transfer initiated
shortly before the Expiration Date. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures............... Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old
Notes and whose Old Notes are not immediately
available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes,
the Letter of Transmittal or any other document
required by the Letter of Transmittal to the
Exchange Agent, or cannot complete the procedure
for book- entry transfer prior to the Expiration
Date must tender their Old Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The
Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
Withdrawal Rights.......... Tenders may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
9
<PAGE> 13
Acceptance of Old Notes and
Delivery of New Notes.... IXC Communications will accept for exchange any and
all Old Notes which are properly tendered in the
Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. The New Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be delivered
promptly following the Expiration Date. Any Old
Notes not accepted for exchange will be returned
without expense to the tendering Holder thereof as
promptly as practicable after the expiration or
termination of the Exchange Offer. See "The
Exchange Offer -- Terms of the Exchange Offer."
Certain Tax
Considerations............. The exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer should
not be a taxable event for federal income tax
purposes. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations."
Exchange Agent............. IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company is serving as
Exchange Agent in connection with the Exchange
Offer.
TERMS OF NEW NOTES
The Exchange Offer applies to up to the entire $285.0 million aggregate
principal amount outstanding of the Old Notes. The New Notes will be obligations
of IXC Communications evidencing the same debt as the Old Notes and will be
entitled to the benefits of the same Indenture. See "Description of Senior
Notes." The form and terms of the New Notes are the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes in all material respects except that the New Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act and hence do not include certain rights to
registration thereunder and do not contain transfer restrictions and the New
Notes do not provide for the payment of Additional Payments. See "Description of
Senior Notes."
The New Notes.............. $285.0 million aggregate principal amount of 12.50%
Series B Senior Notes due 2005.
Maturity Date.............. October 1, 2005.
Interest................... 12.50% per annum (computed on a semiannual
bond-equivalent basis) calculated from the original
issuance date of the Old Notes and payable in cash
semiannually on the Interest Payment Dates defined
below.
Interest Payment Dates..... April 1 and October 1, commencing October 1, 1996
(the first interest payment date of the Old Notes
was April 1, 1996).
Optional Redemption........ The Senior Notes may be redeemed at the option of
IXC Communications, in whole or in part, on or
after October 1, 2000 at the redemption price of
106.250% of principal (declining to 104.686%,
103.125%, 101.563% and 100.00% on or after October
1, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively), plus
accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional
Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
through the redemption date. See "Description of
Senior Notes -- Optional Redemption."
At any time prior to October 1, 1998, IXC
Communications may, at its option, redeem up to
$100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of
Senior Notes outstanding with the net proceeds of a
sale of capital stock of IXC Communications at a
redemption price of 112.50% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note
Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the redemption date; provided,
however, that at least $100.0 million in aggregate
principal amount of Senior Notes remain outstanding
following such redemption and that the redemption
occurs within 35 days of
10
<PAGE> 14
the date of the closing of the offering of such
equity securities. See "Description of Senior
Notes -- Optional Redemption."
IXC Communications may, at its option at any time,
offer to repurchase that portion of the outstanding
Senior Notes purchasable with the collateral
remaining in the Escrow Account at a price equal to
112.50% of the principal amount thereof plus
accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional
Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
to the repurchase date; provided that at least
$100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the
Senior Notes remain outstanding immediately after
the consummation of such repurchase.
Mandatory Sinking Fund..... None.
Change of Control.......... In the event of a Change of Control (which meets
the limited definition set forth in the Indenture),
the holders of the Senior Notes will have the right
to require IXC Communications to repurchase all or
any part of their Senior Notes at a price equal to
101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments
and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
date of purchase. There can be no assurance that
IXC Communications will have the financial
resources necessary to purchase the Senior Notes
upon a Change of Control or that such purchase will
be permitted under the terms of any other financing
agreements of IXC Communications. See "Description
of Senior Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of
Holders."
Collateral................. IXC Communications deposited $200.0 million of the
proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes into the
Escrow Account and granted a security interest in
the Escrow Account to the Trustee under the
Indenture as security for the obligations of IXC
Communications under the Senior Notes, the
Indenture, the Escrow Agreement and the Security
Agreement. The funds in the Escrow Account are to
be used for the Fiber Expansion, for other capital
expenditures, to pay interest, Old Note Additional
Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Senior Notes and for other permitted uses.
The remaining funds deposited in the Escrow Account
are now and will continue to be invested in
short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing
securities until the funds are drawn for the uses
set forth above. See "Description of Senior
Notes -- Disbursement of Funds -- Escrow Account."
As of April 30, 1996, approximately $158.5 million
remained in such escrow. The funds may also be used
at any time to offer to repurchase Senior Notes at
a price equal to 112.50% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note
Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated
Damages, if any, to the repurchase date. See
"Description of Senior Notes -- Repurchase at the
Option of Holders."
Ranking.................... Except for the security interest in the Escrow
Account granted to the Trustee as security for the
obligations of IXC Communications under the Old
Notes, the New Notes, the Indenture, the Escrow
Agreement and the Security Agreement, the Senior
Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of IXC
Communications and will be guaranteed on a senior
unsecured basis by the Guarantors. The Senior Notes
will rank pari passu in right of payment with all
existing and future senior indebtedness of IXC
Communications and will rank senior in right of
payment to future subordinated indebtedness of IXC
Communications. Because
11
<PAGE> 15
IXC Communications is a holding company, the Senior
Notes are effectively subordinated to all existing
and future liabilities of its subsidiaries that are
not Guarantors. At March 31, 1996: (i) there was no
other senior or subordinated indebtedness of IXC
Communications and (ii) the aggregate principal
amount of indebtedness of the subsidiaries of IXC
Communications which are not Guarantors (including
trade payables and excluding intercompany
liabilities) were approximately $24.7 million.
Subsidiary Guarantees...... IXC Communications' obligations under the Senior
Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior
unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by the
Guarantors, and will rank pari passu in right of
payment with all existing and future senior
indebtedness of each Guarantor and will rank senior
in right of payment to future subordinated
indebtedness of each Guarantor. The obligations of
each Guarantor under its guarantee will be limited
to the minimum extent necessary to prevent the
guarantee from violating or becoming voidable under
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyances
or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting
the rights of creditors generally. The Indenture
contains certain covenants that, among other
things, limit the ability of the Guarantors to
transfer assets to any subsidiary that is not a
Guarantor, enter into certain mergers and
consolidations and sell or dispose of substantially
all of the assets or stock of any Guarantor. See
"Risk Factors -- Fraudulent Conveyance
Considerations."
Escrow Account............. IXC Communications deposited $200.0 million of the
proceeds of the sale of the Old Notes into the
Escrow Account and granted a security interest in
the Escrow Account to the Trustee under the
Indenture as security for the obligations of IXC
Communications under the Senior Notes, the
Indenture, the Escrow Agreement and the Security
Agreement. The funds in the Escrow Account have
been or will be used for the Fiber Expansion
described in "The Company -- Fiber Expansion Plan,"
for other capital expenditures, to pay interest,
Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Senior Notes and
for other permitted uses. As of May 31, 1996,
approximately $152.9 million remained in the Escrow
Account. The funds deposited in the Escrow Account
are invested in short-term, investment-grade,
interest-bearing securities until the funds are
drawn for the uses set forth above. See
"Description of Senior Notes -- Disbursement of
Funds -- Escrow Account." The funds may also be
used at any time to offer to repurchase Senior
Notes at a price equal to 112.50% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest,
Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note
Liquidated Damages, if any, to the repurchase date.
See "Description of Senior Notes -- Repurchase at
the Option of Holders."
Original Issue Discount.... The Senior Notes were issued with original issue
discount for federal income tax purposes. Original
issue discount will be includible as interest
income annually in a Holder's gross income for
federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt
of the cash payments to which the income is
attributable. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations" and "Risk Factors -- Original Issue
Discount."
Covenants.................. The Indenture contains certain covenants that,
among other things, limit the ability of IXC
Communications and certain of its subsidiaries (the
12
<PAGE> 16
"Restricted Subsidiaries") to incur additional
indebtedness and issue preferred stock, pay
dividends or make other distributions, repurchase
equity interests or subordinated indebtedness,
engage in sale and leaseback transactions, create
certain liens, enter into certain transactions with
affiliates, sell assets of IXC Communications or
its Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell equity
interests of IXC Communications' Restricted
Subsidiaries or enter into certain mergers and
consolidations. See "Description of Senior
Notes -- Certain Covenants."
Exchange Rights............ Holders of New Notes are not entitled to any
exchange rights with respect to the New Notes.
Holders of Old Notes are entitled to certain
exchange rights pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement. Under the Registration Rights Agreement,
IXC Communications is required to offer to exchange
the Old Notes for new notes having substantially
identical terms which have been registered under
the Securities Act. This Exchange Offer is intended
to satisfy such obligation. Once the Exchange Offer
is consummated, IXC Communications will have no
further obligations to register any of the Old
Notes not tendered by the Holders for exchange,
except pursuant to a shelf registration statement
to be filed under certain limited circumstances
specified in "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose of the
Exchange Offer." See "Risk Factors -- Consequences
to Non-Tendering Holders of Old Notes."
Use of Proceeds............ IXC Communications will not receive any proceeds
from the Exchange Offer.
13
<PAGE> 17
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth certain summary consolidated financial data
of the Company. The historical financial data as of and for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 has been derived from the audited Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company. The historical financial data for the three
months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 is derived from unaudited financial
statements. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring accruals, which management considers necessary
for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations
for this period. Results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full year. The pro
forma data has been derived from the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Statement of Operations, which is included elsewhere herein. The pro forma
financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not
necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred, nor
are they necessarily indicative of future operations.
The summary consolidated financial data set forth below is qualified in its
entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the
Consolidated Financial Statements, the Notes thereto and other financial
information included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HISTORICAL
-------------------
HISTORICAL
---------------------------------- PRO FORMA(1) THREE MONTHS
------------ ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
---------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, -------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- -------- ------------ -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net operating revenues............. $ 71,123 $ 80,663 $ 91,001 $ 91,001 $ 21,766 $ 26,250
Operating income (loss)............ (10,596) 14,085 1,429 312 3,716 (5,777)
Interest expense................... 4,943 6,105 14,597 14,597 1,873 9,870
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items............................ (31,812)(2) 5,017 (3,218) (7,605) 1,267 (11,699)
Net income (loss) per common
share............................ $ (1.04) $ .22 $ (.27) $ .03 $ (.48)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash(3)............................ $ 6,230 $ 6,048 $205,181 $ 6,293 $193,076
Total assets....................... 94,281 105,409 336,475 104,742 346,467
Total debt(4)...................... 59,954 69,124 298,794 66,686 311,331
Stockholders' equity (deficit)..... 6,871 14,189 6,858 16,856 (4,841)
OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONS DATA:
EBITDA(5).......................... $ 10,175 $ 26,400 $ 27,124 $ 21,674 $ 7,725 $ 2,818
Capital expenditures............... 27,008 7,087 23,670 23,670 2,571 13,564
Ratio of EBITDA to interest
expense(6)....................... 2.06x 4.32x 1.86x 1.48x 4.12x --
Minutes of use (in millions)....... -- -- 12.8 12.8 -- 33.9
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The pro forma statement of operations data and the other financial and
operations data for the year ended December 31, 1995 reflect the acquisition
by the Company of the minority interest in Switched Services Communications,
L.L.C. as if the acquisition (which actually occurred as of January 1, 1996)
had occurred as of January 1, 1995. See Note 17 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
(2) After giving effect to a $37,960 non-cash charge in 1993 relating to a
write-down of microwave equipment. (As of March 31, 1996, the remaining net
depreciated book value of microwave equipment was less than 6% of total
assets.) See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Including $198,266 at December 31, 1995 and $187,584 at March 31, 1996 held
in an escrow account. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(Footnotes continued on following page)
14
<PAGE> 18
(4) Total debt consists of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and
deferred lease obligations, including the current portions thereof.
(5) Represents net income before depreciation, amortization, interest expense,
income taxes and extraordinary items ("EBITDA"). For the year ended December
31, 1993, EBITDA does not reflect a $37,960 write-down of microwave
equipment recorded by the Company. (As of March 31, 1996, the remaining net
depreciated book value of microwave equipment was less than 6% of total
assets.) See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. EBITDA for
1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 includes the negative EBITDA
of IXC Long Distance, Inc., the Company's switched long distance services
subsidiary. Such amounts principally relate to start-up and operating
expenses incurred before the Company began generating material revenues from
its switched long distance business. Had the Company excluded the negative
EBITDA of the switched long distance business, EBITDA would have been
$36,916 in 1995 and $8,675 and $11,143 for the three months ended March 31,
1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company has included information concerning
EBITDA because it believes that EBITDA is used by certain investors as one
measure of an issuer's historical ability to service its debt. EBITDA is not
a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance
prepared in accordance with GAAP. For 1995 and the three months ended March
31, 1996, EBITDA included $2,552 and $2,557, respectively, of interest
income relating to amounts held in escrow. See the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
(6) For the three months ended March 31, 1996, EBITDA was insufficient to cover
interest expense by $7,052. The Company paid the interest accrued during
such period with funds from the escrow account referred to in footnote (3).
15
<PAGE> 19
RISK FACTORS
This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and
uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ materially from the
results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, in addition to
the other information in this Prospectus, the following risk factors should be
considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business before a
decision is made to participate in the Exchange Offer or to purchase Senior
Notes.
POSSIBLE INABILITY TO COMPLETE THE EQUITY OFFERING
Although the Company is seeking to realize at least $100.0 million in
proceeds, after applicable underwriters' discounts and commissions, from the
Equity Offering and the GEPT Private Placement, there can be no assurance that
the Company will be successful in completing the Equity Offering and the GEPT
Private Placement, or, if completed, in a sufficient amount so as to realize net
proceeds in such amount. The GEPT Private Placement will only take place if the
Company is successful in completing the Equity Offering. The ability of the
Company to complete the Equity Offering and the GEPT Private Placement is
dependent on many factors, including the future prospects of the Company and its
industry in general, sales, earnings and other financial and operating results
of the Company in recent periods and market conditions. An inability to complete
the Equity Offering and the GEPT Private Placement would prevent or
significantly delay the completion of Phase I and would have a material adverse
effect on the Company.
NEGATIVE CASH FLOW AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Fiber Expansion will require significant capital expenditures before
producing significant reductions in expenses. The Company anticipates meeting
the costs of Phase I of the Fiber Expansion, which will require estimated cash
expenditures subsequent to April 30, 1996 of $213.0 million, with the proceeds
of the Equity Offering (if it can be sucessfully completed) and a portion of its
cash held in an escrow account ($152.9 million at May 31, 1996). Such escrow
account was funded with a portion of the proceeds of the $285.0 million of
12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2005 issued by the Company in October 1995 (the "Senior
Notes"). The Company estimates that, in the event the Equity Offering can be
successfully completed, its total capital expenditures for the last three
quarters of 1996 will be $200.0 million (including capital expenditures relating
to the Fiber Expansion). The amount of actual capital expenditures may vary
materially as a result of cost-saving arrangements, unexpected costs and other
factors. The successful completion of Phase II of the Fiber Expansion, which is
estimated to cost $275.0 million (before any cost-saving arrangements) is
dependent upon the Company's ability to enter into cost-saving arrangements with
carriers or other large users of fiber capacity, to raise the significant
capital required and/or to significantly increase its cash flow. The failure of
the Company to accomplish any of the foregoing may significantly delay or
prevent the completion of the Fiber Expansion. Failure to complete Phase I would
have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The development of the Company's switched long distance business will also
require significant capital. In order to offer switched long distance services,
the Company has installed switches, connected them to its network and to the
LECs, acquired software and hired the personnel needed to establish a national
switched network. Operating expenses and capital expenditures will result in the
Company's switched long distance business incurring negative cash flow until the
Company's customers route sufficient traffic over the network to cover the costs
of its operation, which the Company does not expect to occur before the end of
1996. For a discussion of important factors that could cause the Company's
switched long distance business to fail to generate positive cash flows, see
"-- Development Risks and Dependence on Switched Long Distance Business." The
Company anticipates that its cash requirements relating to the switched long
distance services business will be approximately $22.6 million in 1996, which
includes funding negative cash flow from, and making capital expenditures (net
of financing) for, its switched long distance business. A delay in the
completion of the Fiber Expansion, or larger than anticipated capital
expenditures for the Fiber Expansion or negative cash flow from the switched
long distance business could impair the ability of the Company to meet its
obligations under the Senior Notes and other indebtedness or to access
additional sources of funding. For 1995 and the three months ended March 31,
1996, the Company's EBITDA minus interest expense and
16
<PAGE> 20
capital expenditures (adjusted for the change in working capital deficit) was
negative $4.8 million and negative $38.5 million, respectively.
The Company is required to make annual interest payments of $35.6 million
with respect to the Senior Notes. Although the Company intends to utilize funds
in the escrow account ($152.9 million at May 31, 1996) to make such interest
payments in the short term, the Company is currently unable to satisfy such
obligations solely with its cash flow. Accordingly, the Company's ability to
meet its debt service requirements over the long term is dependent on a
significant increase in its cash flow and/or its ability to raise additional
capital.
The forward-looking statements set forth above with respect to the cost of
Phase I of the Fiber Expansion, the Company's ability to meet such costs, the
amount of the Company's cash requirements in 1996, and the Company's ability to
generate positive cash flows in its switched long distance business are based on
certain assumptions, including that the Company can successfully complete the
Equity Offering to raise the cash needed for Phase I and that there will be no
significant cost overruns, the Company's contractors and partners in cost-saving
arrangements will perform their obligations, rights-of-way can be obtained on a
timely, cost-effective basis, the backbone of Phase I is substantially completed
on schedule in the first quarter of 1997, the Company generates significant
levels of MOUs and that the Company can successfully provide switched long
distance services on a cost effective basis (including the provision of billing
information in an accurate and timely manner) for volumes that it has not
previously handled. See "-- Risks Relating to Completion of the Fiber
Expansion," "-- Development Risks and Dependence on Switched Long Distance
Business," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business -- The Company's Network."
RECENT AND EXPECTED LOSSES
The Company reported a loss before extraordinary items of $3.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and an operating loss of $5.8 million and a net
loss of $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 1996. As of March 31,
1996 the Company had an accumulated deficit of $34.5 million. The Company
expects a net loss for the year ending December 31, 1996 primarily as a result
of interest expense associated with the Senior Notes and start-up and
operational expenses costs associated with the switched long distance business.
Thereafter, the Company's profitability depends to a great extent on demand for
the long-haul circuits constructed in the Fiber Expansion and the success of the
Company's switched long distance services. There can be no assurance that the
Company will return to profitability in the future. Failure to be profitable
could impair the Company's ability to meet its obligations under the Senior
Notes, expand its switched long distance business and raise additional equity or
debt financing which will be necessary to complete Phase II of the Fiber
Expansion or which may be required for other reasons. Such events could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
RISKS RELATING TO COMPLETION OF THE FIBER EXPANSION
The Fiber Expansion is an essential element of the Company's future
success. The Company commenced construction of Phase I of the Fiber Expansion in
November 1995. The Company has substantial existing commitments to purchase
materials and labor for such construction, and will need to obtain additional
materials and labor to complete Phase I of the Fiber Expansion, which materials
and labor may cost more than anticipated. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources." The successful completion of each phase of the Fiber
Expansion is dependent, among other things, on the Company's ability: (i) to
obtain rights-of-way; (ii) to manage effectively the construction of the new
fiber routes; and (iii) to enter into additional cost-saving arrangements,
obtain additional financing and/or significantly increase its cash flow. In
addition, the successful construction of the Fiber Expansion will depend to a
significant extent on third party contractors retained by the Company.
Difficulties or delays with respect to any of the foregoing may significantly
delay or prevent the completion of the Fiber Expansion, which would have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
17
<PAGE> 21
The Company has entered into the WorldCom Fiber Build Agreement (as defined
below) with WorldCom, relating to the construction by each party of a fiber
route approximately 1,100 miles long and the placing of fiber for both parties
in such route. WorldCom's route is to extend from Akron through Indianapolis to
a suburb of St. Louis, with a spur from Indianapolis to a suburb of Chicago. The
Company's route is to extend from Dallas to Phoenix with a spur to Ft. Worth.
The WorldCom Fiber Build Agreement provides for substantial penalties ($400,000
per month) to either party that does not complete construction of its route by
October 1, 1996, but only after a grace period and only in the event that the
other party has completed construction of its route. No assurance can be given
that the Company will be able to complete its route in time to avoid such
penalties. Although the Company does not anticipate undue difficulty in
acquiring the necessary rights-of-way or in managing the construction for either
Phase I or Phase II of the Fiber Expansion, no assurance can be given that such
rights will be acquired or that the Fiber Expansion will be completed without
significant delays, within its budget or at all. In addition, no assurance can
be given that WorldCom will be able to complete its route under the WorldCom
Fiber Build Agreement without significant delays or at all. Increased costs or
significant delays in the completion of Phase I of the Fiber Expansion,
including the portion to be constructed by WorldCom, or of the remainder of the
Fiber Expansion could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See
"Business -- The Company's Network."
PRICING PRESSURES AND RISKS OF INDUSTRY OVER-CAPACITY
The long distance transmission industry has generally been characterized by
over-capacity and declining prices since shortly after the AT&T divestiture in
1984. The Company believes that, in the last several years, increasing demand
has ameliorated the over-capacity and that pricing pressure has been reduced.
However, the Company anticipates that prices for its services will continue to
decline over the next several years. The Company is aware that certain long
distance carriers are expanding their capacity and believes that other long
distance carriers, as well as potential new entrants to the industry, are
considering the construction of new fiber optic and other long distance
transmission networks. However, the Company believes that there are significant
barriers to entry for new entrants that may consider building a new fiber optic
network, such as substantial construction costs, and the difficulty and expense
of securing appropriate rights-of-way, establishing and maintaining a sufficient
customer base, recruiting and retaining appropriate personnel and maintaining a
reliable network. Since the cost of the actual fiber is a relatively small
portion of building new transmission lines, persons building such lines are
likely to install fiber that provides substantially more transmission capacity
than will be needed over the short or medium term. Further, recent technological
advances have shown the potential to greatly expand the capacity of existing and
new fiber optic cable. In addition, the Company's cost-saving arrangements with
other carriers, which may involve the sale or lease of capacity or fibers on the
Fiber Expansion, may result in competitors having capacity on the Company's
routes along the Fiber Expansion, which may in turn result in pricing pressures
with respect to traffic carried along these routes. If industry capacity
expansion results in capacity that exceeds overall demand in general or along
any of the Company's routes, severe additional pricing pressure could develop.
In addition, strategic alliances or similar transactions, such as the recently
announced long distance capacity purchasing alliance among certain RBOCs, could
result in additional pricing pressure on long distance carriers. Such pricing
pressure could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Overview."
DEVELOPMENT RISKS AND DEPENDENCE ON SWITCHED LONG DISTANCE BUSINESS
The success of the Company in the switched long distance business is
dependent on the Company's ability to generate significant customer traffic, to
manage an efficient switched long distance network and related customer service
and the timely completion of Phase I of the Fiber Expansion. The Company has not
previously managed a switched long distance network and there can be no
assurance that its switched long distance services can be sold at a profit. The
failure of the Company to generate significant customer traffic, to complete
Phase I of the Fiber Expansion in a timely manner, or to effectively manage the
switched network and related customer service or to operate it at a profit would
have a material adverse effect on the Company. Because the Company recently
entered into the switched long distance business, with its five switches
becoming fully operational in February 1996, the Company expects substantial
operating losses relating to its
18
<PAGE> 22
switched long distance business unless and until larger volumes of traffic are
carried on the Company's switched long distance network. In addition, to the
extent that LECs grant volume discounts with respect to local access charges,
the Company may have a cost disadvantage versus the larger carriers. The
Company's operating loss in the first quarter of 1996 was primarily attributable
to its switched services operations. The Company anticipates that its switched
long distance business will incur negative cash flow until the Company's
customers route sufficient traffic over the network to cover the costs of its
operation, which the Company does not expect to occur before the end of 1996.
The preceding forward-looking statement is based on certain assumptions as to
the growth of traffic on the Company's network and the control of its operating
expenses. Such assumptions may prove to be inaccurate due to changes in the
businesses of the Company's reseller customers, an inability to attract new
customers, the loss of existing customers, problems in the operation of the
switched network, the Company's lack of experience with switched long distance
services, increases in operating expenses or other factors affecting the
Company's revenue or expenses. If such traffic does not increase, there can be
no assurance that the switched long distance business will ever generate
positive cash flows. In addition, the credit risk for the Company's switched
long distance business will be substantially greater than the credit risk for
the Company's long-haul business, because switched long distance customers will
be charged in arrears on the basis of MOUs (which are frequently subject to
dispute). See "Business -- Switched Long Distance Services."
RISKS INHERENT IN RAPID GROWTH
Part of the Company's strategy is to achieve rapid growth through entering
the switched long distance business and through completing the Fiber Expansion.
Rapid growth would require: (i) the retention and training of new personnel;
(ii) the satisfactory performance by the Company's customer interface and
billing systems; (iii) the development and introduction of new products; and
(iv) the control of the Company's expenses related to the expansion into the
switched long distance business and the Fiber Expansion. The failure by the
Company to satisfy these requirements, or otherwise to manage its growth
effectively, would have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business
- -- Long-Haul Services" and "Business -- Switched Long Distance Services."
SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS
The Company is highly leveraged. As of March 31, 1996, the Company had
approximately $311.3 million of long-term debt (including the current portion
thereof) and a stockholders' deficit of approximately $4.8 million. The
Company's significant debt burden could have several important consequences to
the Company, including, but not limited to: (i) the cash received from
operations may be insufficient to meet the principal and interest on the Senior
Notes, in addition to paying the other indebtedness of the Company as it becomes
due; (ii) a significant portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must
be used to service its debt instead of being used in the Company's business; and
(iii) the Company's flexibility to obtain additional financing in the future, as
needed for Phase II of the Fiber Expansion or any other reason, may be impaired
by the amount of debt outstanding and the restrictions imposed by the covenants
contained in the indenture for the Senior Notes. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness." The ability of the Company to meet its obligations will be
subject to financial, business and other factors, including factors beyond its
control, such as prevailing economic conditions. There can be no assurance that
the Company's cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet its
obligations under the Senior Notes or other indebtedness as payments become due
or that the Company will be able to refinance the Senior Notes or other
indebtedness at maturity.
There can be no assurance that the Company's cash flow from operations will
be sufficient to meet its obligations under the Senior Notes or other
indebtedness as payments become due or at maturity or that the Company will be
able to refinance the Senior Notes or other indebtedness at maturity.
RELIANCE ON MAJOR CUSTOMERS
The Company's ten largest customers in 1995 accounted for approximately 78%
of its revenues, with WorldCom and Frontier as its two largest customers. During
1993, 1994 and 1995, WorldCom accounted for approximately 23%, 25% and 20%
respectively, of the Company's revenues (with no revenues in 1993 or 1994
19
<PAGE> 23
and approximately 4% of the Company's revenues in 1995 relating to
capacity-exchange arrangements between WorldCom and the Company), and Frontier
(including Allnet) accounted for 24%, 23% and 21%, respectively, of the
Company's revenues. WorldCom has grown substantially in recent years, largely
through acquisitions, including the acquisition of certain customers of the
Company. In 1995, WorldCom acquired WilTel, a facilities-based carrier that has
been both a long-term customer of, and supplier to, the Company. The Company
believes that as a result of WorldCom's ownership of the WilTel long-haul
transmission network, WorldCom is likely to transfer long-haul circuits now
leased from the Company, other than the long-haul circuits under capacity
exchange arrangements with the Company, to its own network when its leases
expire. During the first quarter of 1996, the Company had revenues from WorldCom
of approximately $4.2 million. Of such revenues, approximately 38% related to
capacity-exchange agreements, 3% related to leases expiring in 1996, 15% related
to leases expiring in 1997, 21% related to leases expiring after 1997, and 23%
related to month-to-month leases. Prior to its acquisition in 1995 by Frontier
(which is also a customer of the Company), Allnet was a large customer of the
Company, accounting for approximately 18% and 17% of the Company's revenues in
1993 and 1994, respectively. Although: (i) Frontier had "take or pay"
commitments to the Company for the period 1996 through 2000 of over $30.0
million as of March 31, 1996; (ii) Frontier does not currently own significant
long-haul network capacity; and (iii) the Company believes that the acquisition
of Allnet by Frontier will not affect the combined carrier's requirements for
long-haul circuits, the Company cannot predict whether the acquisition of Allnet
by Frontier will affect the relationship of the combined carrier with the
Company or whether Frontier will renew its contracts with the Company after its
commitments expire. Although there can be no assurance, the Company believes
that if revenues from WorldCom or from Frontier do not continue or are reduced,
they can be replaced over time with revenues generated from other customers.
However, in such event, the Company's revenues may in the short-term be
adversely affected and if such revenues are ultimately not replaced, then the
loss of WorldCom, Frontier or other significant customers could have a material
adverse effect on the Company. In addition, construction by the Company's
customers of their own facilities or further consolidations in the
telecommunications industry involving the Company's customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Long-Haul Services."
The Company's strategy for establishing and growing its switched long
distance business is based in large part on its relationship with Excel. The
failure by the Company to fulfill its obligations to provide a reliable switched
network for use by Excel or the failure by Excel: (i) to fulfill its obligations
to utilize the Company's switched long distance services (even though such
failure could give rise in certain circumstances to claims by the Company); or
(ii) to utilize the volume of MOUs that the Company expects it to utilize, could
result in a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition to its
commitments to its other suppliers, Excel recently announced that it has entered
into a four-year, $900 million contract to purchase switched long distance
services from WorldCom. Although the Company believes that Excel's commitment to
WorldCom will not impair Excel's relationship with the Company, WorldCom will be
a significant competitor to the Company for Excel's business. In the event the
Company is not able to effectively compete with WorldCom or other Excel
suppliers, it may not continue to obtain revenues from Excel after Excel's
commitment to the Company has been satisfied. The loss of Excel as a customer
after Excel's commitment has been satisfied, or a significant reduction by Excel
of its commitment to the Company (as is permitted in certain circumstances by
the terms of its contract with the Company), could have a material adverse
effect on the Company. See "Business -- Switched Long Distance Services."
COMPETITION
The telecommunications industry is highly competitive. Many of the
Company's competitors (such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom and others) and
potential competitors have substantially greater financial, personnel,
technical, marketing and other resources than those of the Company and a far
more extensive transmission network than the Company. Such competitors may build
additional fiber capacity in the geographic areas to be served by the Fiber
Expansion. The Company is aware that at least one other company is considering
building a new nationwide long distance fiber optic network. In addition, many
telecommunica-
20
<PAGE> 24
tions companies are acquiring switches and users of switches will have an
increasing number of alternative providers of switched long distance services.
The Company competes primarily on the basis of pricing, availability,
transmission quality, customer service (including the capability of making rapid
additions to add end users and access to end-user traffic records) and variety
of services. The ability of the Company to compete effectively will depend on
its ability to maintain high-quality services at prices generally equal to or
below those charged by its competitors.
In the United States, price competition in the long distance business has
generally been intensive. The FCC has, on several occasions since 1984, approved
or required price decreases by AT&T through the imposition of "price cap"
regulations. However, the FCC recently classified AT&T as a "non-dominant
interexchange carrier," with the effect that AT&T is no longer subject to price
regulation of its long distance services. Since the Company believes that its
customers generally price their service offerings at or below the prices charged
by AT&T for its telecommunications services, reductions by AT&T in its rates may
necessitate similar price decreases by the Company. In addition, the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Telecommunications Act") will allow the
RBOCs and others such as electric utilities and cable television companies to
enter the long distance market, and has reduced restraints on GTE. Further, a
continuing trend toward consolidation, mergers, acquisitions and strategic
alliances in the telecommunications industry could also give rise to significant
new competitors to the Company or to the Company's customers. See "-- Recent
Legislation and Regulatory Uncertainty," "Industry Overview,"
"Business -- Long-Haul Services," "Business -- Switched Long Distance Services"
and "Business -- Regulation."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's businesses are managed by a small number of key executive
officers, the loss of whom could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company believes that its growth and future success will depend in large
part on its continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified
personnel. The loss of senior management or the failure to recruit additional
qualified personnel in the future could significantly impede attainment of the
Company's financial, expansion, marketing and other objectives. With the
exception of contracts with two of its Executive Vice Presidents, the Company
does not have employment contracts and does not presently intend to enter into
contracts, with other members of senior management. See "Management" and
"Certain Transactions."
RECENT LEGISLATION AND REGULATORY UNCERTAINTY
Certain of the Company's operations are subject to regulation by the FCC
under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the "Communications Act"). In
addition, certain of the Company's businesses are subject to regulation by state
public utility or public service commissions. Changes in the regulation of, or
the enactment or changes in interpretation of legislation affecting, the
Company's operations could have a material adverse affect on the Company.
Recently, the federal government enacted the Telecommunications Act, which,
among other things, allows the RBOCs and others to enter the long distance
business. Entry of the RBOCs or other entities such as electric utilities and
cable television companies into the long distance business may have a negative
impact on the Company or its customers. The Company anticipates that certain of
such entrants will be strong competitors because, among other reasons, they may
enjoy one or more of the following advantages: they may (i) be well capitalized;
(ii) already have substantial end-user customer bases; or (iii) enjoy cost
advantages relating to local loops and access charges. The introduction of
additional strong competitors into the switched long distance business would
mean that the Company and its customers would face substantially increased
competition. This could have a material adverse effect on the Company. In
addition, the Telecommunications Act provides that state proceedings may in
certain instances determine access charges the Company and its customers are
required to pay to the LECs. No assurance can be given that such procedings will
not result in increases in such rates. Such increases could have a material
adverse effect on the Company or its customers. See "Industry Overview" and
"Business -- Regulation."
21
<PAGE> 25
RISKS RELATED TO RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES
The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant changes
in technology. For example, there have been recent technological advances that
show the potential to greatly expand the capacity of existing and new fiber
optic cable, which could greatly increase supply. There can be no assurance that
the Company will maintain competitive services or that the Company will obtain
appropriate new technologies on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms. Such an
increase in supply or failure by the Company to maintain competitive services or
obtain new technologies could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See
"Industry Overview -- Technology."
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
IXC Communications is a holding company that conducts substantially all of
its business through subsidiaries. Substantially all of the tangible assets of
the Company are held by, and all of the Company's operating revenues are derived
from operations of, IXC Communications' subsidiaries. IXC Communications'
obligations under the Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on an
unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors. IXC Communications
intends to loan or contribute or has already loaned or contributed substantially
all of the net proceeds from the sale of Old Notes to certain of its
subsidiaries, including certain of the Guarantors. IXC Communications' ability
to pay interest and principal when due and any other amounts due to holders of
the Senior Notes is dependent upon the receipt of sufficient funds from
dividends or other intercompany transfers from its direct and indirect
subsidiaries. In addition, the ability of certain of the Guarantors to pay any
amounts that may come due under the Subsidiary Guarantees is also dependent upon
the receipt of sufficient funds from dividends or other intercompany transfers
from their respective subsidiaries. The ability of IXC Communications'
subsidiaries to make such payments will be subject to, among other things,
applicable state laws.
The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to all current and future
indebtedness, including trade payables, of IXC Communications' direct and
indirect subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, including Mutual Signal Holding
Corporation ("MSHC") and its subsidiaries and Switched Services. Progress
International, L.L.C. ("Progress International") and MarcaTel, S.A. de C.V.
("Marca-Tel"), are not majority owned by IXC Communications, and are also not
Guarantors. See "Business -- Additional Information." IXC Communications may in
the future form or acquire additional subsidiaries. IXC Communications cannot
currently predict whether it will cause such subsidiaries to become Guarantors.
At March 31, 1996, the direct and indirect subsidiaries of IXC Communications
that are not Guarantors had indebtedness (including trade payables but excluding
intercompany indebtedness) aggregating approximately $24.7 million. Also, IXC
Communications' rights and the rights of IXC Communications' creditors,
including the Holders of the Senior Notes, to participate in the assets of any
liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of any direct or indirect subsidiary
that is not a Guarantor will be subordinated to the prior claims of the
creditors, including the trade creditors, of such subsidiary, except to the
extent that IXC Communications or the holder of a Senior Note may itself be a
creditor with recognized claims against such subsidiary. As a result, Holders of
the Senior Notes may recover less ratably than the creditors of such subsidiary
in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of such
subsidiary. IXC Communications' subsidiaries that are Guarantors and
subsidiaries that are not Guarantors accounted for 27.8% and 14.4%,
respectively, of its consolidated assets at March 31, 1996, 90% and 10%,
respectively of its consolidated revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 1996
(after intercompany eliminations). In the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the
Guarantors recorded net income of $.7 million while IXC Communications incurred
a net loss of $11.7 million (after intercompany eliminations). See note 16 to
the Company's Audited Historical Consolidated Financial Statements. IXC
Communications expects that the subsidiaries that are not Guarantors will
represent a substantially larger percentage of the consolidated assets, revenues
and net income of IXC Communications and its subsidiaries in the future.
Although each Guarantor will guarantee IXC Communications' obligations
under the Senior Notes, any senior indebtedness of that Guarantor will rank pari
passu in right of payment with the Subsidiary Guarantee. Also, any secured
creditors of a Guarantor will have priority as to the pledged assets of such
Guarantor over the claims of the Guarantor's other creditors, including the
claims of Holders of the Senior Notes under the
22
<PAGE> 26
Subsidiary Guarantees. See "Description of Senior Notes -- Subsidiary
Guarantees" and "-- Fraudulent Conveyance Considerations."
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE CONSIDERATIONS
A portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes was used by the
Company to repay certain indebtedness and to redeem certain preferred stock
(including indebtedness and preferred stock owed to or held by certain common
stockholders of IXC Communications, including certain directors and officers of
IXC Communications, and creditors of subsidiaries of IXC Communications). Under
applicable provisions of federal bankruptcy law or state fraudulent transfer or
conveyance laws, if: (i) the Senior Notes were incurred by IXC Communications,
or the Subsidiary Guarantees were entered into by a Guarantor, with the intent
to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor of IXC Communications
or such Guarantor or that IXC Communications or a Guarantor contemplated
insolvency with a design to prefer one or more creditors to the exclusion in
whole or in part of others; or (ii) at the time the Senior Notes were issued,
IXC Communications, or at the time the Subsidiary Guarantees were entered into,
any of the Guarantors, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair
consideration, and (a) was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such
incurrence or guarantee, (b) was engaged in a business or transaction for which
the remaining assets of IXC Communications or such Guarantor constituted
unreasonably small capital, or (c) intended to incur, or believed that it would
incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, the
obligations of IXC Communications under the Senior Notes or the obligations of
the Guarantors under the Subsidiary Guarantees could be avoided, or claims in
respect of the Senior Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees could be subordinated
to all existing and future debts of IXC Communications or such Guarantors. To
the extent any Subsidiary Guarantee were to be avoided as a fraudulent
conveyance or held unenforceable for any other reason, holders of the Senior
Notes would cease to have any claim in respect of such Guarantor and would be
creditors solely of IXC Communications and any Guarantor whose Subsidiary
Guarantee was not avoided or held unenforceable.
IXC Communications believes that at the time of the issuance of the Senior
Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees thereof by the Guarantors, IXC
Communications and each Guarantor was not insolvent under any of the foregoing
tests, that IXC Communications and each Guarantor had sufficient capital to
carry on their respective businesses and that IXC Communications and each
Guarantor was able to pay their respective debts as they matured. There can be
no assurance, however, that a court passing on such questions would agree. See
"Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data."
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
The Old Notes were issued with an original issue discount. Consequently,
purchasers of the Old Notes generally are required to include amounts in gross
income for federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt of the cash
payments to which the income is attributable. If a bankruptcy petition is filed
by or against the Company under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the claim of
a holder of Senior Notes with respect to the principal amount thereof may be
limited to an amount equal to the sum of: (i) the initial offering price for the
Senior Notes; and (ii) that portion of the original issue discount that is not
deemed to constitute "unmatured interest" within the meaning of the United
States Bankruptcy Code. Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of
any such bankruptcy filing would constitute "unmatured interest."
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-TENDERING HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES
Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, IXC Communications will have no
further obligation to register the Senior Notes except pursuant to a shelf
registration statement to be filed under certain limited circumstances specified
in "The Exchange Offer -- Purpose of the Exchange Offer." Thereafter, subject to
such exception, any Holder of Old Notes who does not tender its Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer will continue to hold restricted securities which may not be
offered, sold or otherwise transferred, pledged or hypothecated except pursuant
to Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the Securities Act or pursuant to any other
exemption from registration under the Securities Act relating to the disposition
of securities, in which case, an opinion of counsel must be furnished to IXC
Communications that such an exemption is available.
23
<PAGE> 27
LACK OF PUBLIC MARKET
There is no existing public market for the Senior Notes and there can be no
assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the Senior Notes,
the ability of holders of the Senior Notes to sell their Senior Notes, or the
price at which Holders would be able to sell their Senior Notes. If an active
market does not develop, the market price and liquidity of the Senior Notes may
be materially and adversely affected. In particular, there can be no assurance
that the market price for the Senior Notes will be at or above their face value.
The liquidity of, and trading market for, the Senior Notes may also be
materially and adversely affected by declines in the market for high-yield
securities generally. Such a decline may materially and adversely affect such
liquidity and tracking independent of the financial performance of, and
prospects for, IXC Communications. IXC Communications does not intend to apply
for listing of the Senior Notes on a securities exchange.
USE OF PROCEEDS
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
This Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy certain of the Company's
obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. The Company will not
receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes offered in the
Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the New Notes as contemplated in
this Prospectus, the Company will receive in exchange Old Notes in like
principal amount, the form and terms of which are the same in all material
respects as the form and terms of the New Notes except that the New Notes have
been registered under the Securities Act and hence do not include certain rights
to registration thereunder and do not provide for Old Note Additional Payments.
The Old Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes will be retired and canceled
and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the New Notes will not result
in any proceeds to the Company or increase in the indebtedness of the Company.
THE SALE OF THE OLD NOTES
Net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes (after the deduction of
placement fees and other expenses of the offering of the Old Notes) were
approximately $267.7 million. Of the net proceeds of the sale of Old Notes,
$200.0 million was deposited in the Escrow Account. The Company currently
anticipates, subject to change as it deems desirable, using such funds in the
following manner: (i) for the Fiber Expansion, approximately $125.0 million;
(ii) for capital expenditures, approximately $25.0 million; and (iii) to pay
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Senior Notes, approximately $50.0 million. As the Company is not required
by the Indenture to reserve funds from the Escrow Account to make interest or
other payments on the Senior Notes, changes in circumstances may cause the
Company to allocate the Escrow Account funds in a different manner than
described above. For example, a failure to complete the Equity Offering may
cause the Company to make such a different allocation. The Company is also
permitted to use, but has no present intention of using, funds in the Escrow
Account to make certain repurchases of Senior Notes or for other permitted uses
described herein. See "Description of Senior Notes -- Disbursement of
Funds -- Escrow Account". Of the remaining proceeds of $67.7 million: (i)
approximately $54.8 million of such net proceeds was used to repay or acquire
existing indebtedness(1),
- ---------------
(1) The interest rates, maturity dates and amount of indebtedness repaid or
reacquired are as follows:
(i) I-Link Holdings, Inc. debentures at 10% per annum, due 2000, in the
amount of $8,179,276.25; (ii) IXC Communications debentures at 10% per
annum, due 2000, in the amount of $2,545,640.52; (iii) IXC Communications
debentures at 10% per annum, due 1999, in the amount of $5,023,337.97; (iv)
notes held by GEPT at a variable interest rate (10.63% as of June 30, 1995),
maturing September 30, 1996, in the amount of $5,579,085.99; (v) obligation
to Rockwell International Corporation at an interest rate of 12% per annum,
maturing December 31, 1995, in the amount of $3,124,738; (vi) note held by
NTFC Capital Corporation at a variable interest rate (10.52% as of June 30,
1995), maturing December 31, 1998, in the amount of $5,228,807.08; (vii)
notes held by Communications Credit Corporation at an interest rate of
8.23%, maturing September 1, 1996, in the amount of
24
<PAGE> 28
$19.5 million of which was owed to common stockholders of the Company; (ii)
approximately $3.7 million was used to redeem certain preferred stock, including
accrued but unpaid dividends thereon, all of which was held by common
stockholders of the Company; and (iii) approximately $9.2 million was or will be
used for general corporate purposes.
THE EQUITY OFFERING AND THE GEPT PRIVATE PLACEMENT
IXC Communications expects to use substantially all of the net proceeds
from the Equity Offering (estimated to be $92.5 million at an assumed initial
public offering price of $18.00 per share), together with a portion of the funds
from the sale of the Old Notes, to fund the Fiber Expansion and the balance for
general corporate purposes. The Company intends to use the $12.5 million
proceeds of the GEPT Private Placement for general corporate purposes,
including, if the Company so elects, to pursue a joint venture in Marca-Tel,
S.A. de C.V. ("Marca-Tel") to provide certain telecommunication services in
Mexico. See "Business -- Mexican Joint Venture." Pending such uses, the Company
intends to deposit all such net proceeds in interest-bearing bank accounts, or
invest such proceeds in United States government securities or other highly
liquid investments. These can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in completing the Equity Offering and the GEPT Private Placement, or
if completed, in a sufficient amount so as to realize net proceeds in the
desired amount. See "Risk Factors -- Possible Inability to Complete the Equity
Offering" for important factors that could prevent the completion of the Equity
Offering and the GEPT Private Placement.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$8,273,766.22; (viii) a loan facility from Guaranty Federal Bank, F.S.B. at
an interest rate of 8.75% per annum, consisting of a term loan portion
maturing in 1996, in the amount of $10,697,141.60 and a revolving portion
maturing in 1996, in the amount of $5,041,076.39; and (ix) a portion of
equipment purchase obligations to Nissho Iwai American Corporation at an
interest rate of 10%, in the amount of $1,128,108.91.
25
<PAGE> 29
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Old Notes were sold by IXC Communications on October 5, 1995 to the
Initial Purchasers consisting of "qualified institutional buyers" (as defined in
Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and accredited investors. In connection with
the sale of the Old Notes, IXC Communications, the Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers entered into the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to which IXC
Communications and the Guarantors agreed to cause to be filed with the
Commission within 180 days of October 5, 1995 (the date of original issue of the
Old Notes), and use their best efforts to cause to become effective on or prior
to 60 days after the date of such filing, a registration statement with respect
to the Exchange Offer. However, in the event that (i) applicable law or policy
of the Commission does not permit IXC Communications to effect the Exchange
Offer, or (ii) any Holder of Old Notes notifies IXC Communications within 20
days of the consummation of the Exchange Offer that, for certain specified
reasons, such Holder is precluded from participating in the Exchange Offer, IXC
Communications and the Guarantors have agreed to use their best efforts to cause
to become effective a shelf registration statement (the "Shelf Registration
Statement") with respect to resales of the Old Notes, to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement effective until 180 days after the effective date
thereof, and thereafter until the end of the 18-month period following such
effective date, upon request of any such Holder of Old Notes, to amend the Shelf
Registration Statement to bring current the information contained therein.
The Exchange Offer is being made by IXC Communications to satisfy its
obligations pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. A copy of the
Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. Once the Exchange Offer is
consummated, IXC Communications will have no further obligations to register any
of the Old Notes not tendered by the Holders for exchange, except pursuant to a
Shelf Registration Statement filed under the limited circumstances described in
the immediately preceding paragraph. Thereafter, any Holder of Old Notes who
does not tender its Old Notes in the Exchange Offer and which is not eligible to
use such a Shelf Registration Statement will continue to hold restricted
securities which may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred, pledged or
hypothecated except pursuant to Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the Securities Act
or pursuant to any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act
relating to the disposition of securities (in such case an opinion of counsel
must be furnished to IXC Communications that such an exemption is available).
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Commission set forth in
several no-action letters issued to third parties and on the advice of its
counsel, IXC Communications believes that New Notes issued pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and
otherwise transferred by holders thereof who are not affiliates of IXC
Communications without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act; provided that the Holder is acquiring New
Notes in its ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in any distribution (within the meaning of the
Securities Act) of the New Notes. Persons wishing to exchange Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer must represent to IXC Communications that such conditions have
been met. However, any Holder who tenders in the Exchange Offer with the
intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution
of the New Notes cannot rely on the interpretation by the staff of the
Commission set forth in such no-action letters and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. In addition, any such resale transaction
should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling
security holders information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the
Securities Act. Further, any Holder who may be deemed an "affiliate" (as defined
under Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of IXC Communications cannot rely on the
interpretation by the staff of the Commission set forth in such no-action
letters with respect to resales of the New Notes without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states
that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will
not be deemed
26
<PAGE> 30
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer
as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. IXC
Communications has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the effective date
of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, it will use
its best efforts to make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use
in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
Except as set forth above, this Prospectus may not be used for an offer to
resell, or for a resale or other transfer of New Notes.
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
General
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer set
forth in this Prospectus and in the Letter of Transmittal, IXC Communications
will accept any and all Old Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. IXC Communications will
issue $1,000 principal amount of New Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal
amount of outstanding Old Notes accepted in the Exchange Offer. Holders may
tender some or all of their Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. However,
Old Notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000.
As of April 30, 1996, there was $285.0 million aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is being sent to all registered Holders as of , 1996.
In connection with the issuance of the Old Notes, IXC Communications
arranged for certain of the Old Notes to be issued and transferable in
book-entry form through the facilities of DTC, acting as depositary. The New
Notes will also be issued and transferable in book-entry form through DTC. See
"Description of Senior Notes -- Book-Entry Delivery and Form."
IXC Communications shall be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Old
Notes when, as and if IXC Communications has given oral or written notice
thereof to the Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the
tendering Holders of Old Notes for the purpose of receiving the New Notes from
IXC Communications.
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein or
otherwise, certificates for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned,
without expense, to the tendering Holder thereof as promptly as practicable
after the Expiration Date.
Holders of Old Notes who tender in the Exchange Offer will not be required
to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the
Letter of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. IXC Communications will pay the expenses, other
than certain applicable taxes, of the Exchange Offer. See "-- Fees and
Expenses."
Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments
IXC Communications has the right to extend the Exchange Offer but only to
the extent necessary to comply with applicable federal and state securities
laws. In order to extend the Expiration Date, IXC Communications will notify the
Exchange Agent and the record Holders of Old Notes of any extension by oral or
written notice, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next
business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
IXC Communications reserves the right to delay accepting any Old Notes, to
extend the Exchange Offer, to amend the Exchange Offer or to terminate the
Exchange Offer and not accept Old Notes not previously accepted if any of the
conditions set forth herein under "-- Conditions" shall have occurred and shall
not have been waived by IXC Communications by giving oral or written notice of
such delay, extension, amendment or
27
<PAGE> 31
termination to the Exchange Agent. Any such delay in acceptance, extension,
amendment or termination will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or
written notice thereof. If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined
by IXC Communications to constitute a material change, IXC Communications will
promptly disclose such amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the
Holders of such amendment and IXC Communications will extend the Exchange Offer
as necessary to provide to such holders a period of five to ten business days
after such amendment, depending upon the significance of the amendment and the
manner of disclosure to Holders of the Old Notes, if the Exchange Offer would
otherwise expire during such five to ten business day period.
Without limiting the manner in which IXC Communications may choose to make
public announcement of any extension, amendment or termination of the Exchange
Offer, IXC Communications shall have no obligation to publish, advertise, or
otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a
timely release to the Dow Jones News Service.
ACCRUED AMOUNTS ON THE SENIOR NOTES
The New Notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 12.50% per annum from
their date of issuance. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually on
April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 1996. Holders whose
Old Notes are accepted for exchange will receive, in cash, accrued interest, Old
Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to,
but excluding, the date of issuance of the New Notes. Such interest will be paid
with the first interest payment on the New Notes. Interest, Old Note Additional
Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Old Notes accepted for
exchange will cease to accrue upon the issuance of the New Notes exchanged
therefor. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are not exchanged will receive
the accrued interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated
Damages, if any, payable on October 1, 1996.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
To tender in the Exchange Offer, a Holder of Old Notes must complete, sign
and date the Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures
thereon guaranteed if required by the instructions to the Letter of Transmittal,
and mail or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile,
together with the Old Notes and any other required documents, so that it is
received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date.
Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's Book-Entry
Transfer Facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Old Notes by
causing DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account in
accordance with DTC's procedure for such transfer. Although delivery of Old
Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's
account at DTC, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any
required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must, in any
case, be transmitted to and received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent at its
address set forth in "-- Exchange Agent" below prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the Expiration Date. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ITS PROCEDURES DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
The tender by a Holder will constitute an agreement between such Holder and
IXC Communications in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal.
Delivery of all documents must be made to the Exchange Agent at its address
set forth below. Holders may also request their respective brokers, dealers,
commercial banks, trust companies or nominees to effect the above transactions
for such Holders.
The method of delivery of Old Notes and the Letter of Transmittal and all
other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of
the Holders. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that Holders use an
overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be
allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should
be sent to IXC Communications.
28
<PAGE> 32
Only a Holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in whose
name Old Notes are registered on the books of IXC Communications or any other
person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
Holder.
ANY BENEFICIAL HOLDER WHOSE OLD NOTES ARE REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF ITS
BROKER, DEALER, COMMERCIAL BANK, TRUST COMPANY OR OTHER NOMINEE AND WHO WISHES
TO TENDER SHOULD CONTACT SUCH REGISTERED HOLDER PROMPTLY AND INSTRUCT SUCH
REGISTERED HOLDER TO CONSENT AND/OR TENDER ON ITS BEHALF. IF SUCH BENEFICIAL
HOLDER WISHES TO TENDER ON ITS OWN BEHALF, SUCH BENEFICIAL HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO
COMPLETING AND EXECUTING THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND DELIVERING ITS OLD NOTES,
EITHER MAKE APPROPRIATE ARRANGEMENTS TO REGISTER OWNERSHIP OF THE OLD NOTES IN
SUCH HOLDER'S NAME OR OBTAIN A PROPERLY COMPLETED BOND POWER FROM THE REGISTERED
HOLDER. THE TRANSFER OF RECORD OWNERSHIP MAY TAKE CONSIDERABLE TIME.
Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (as defined below)
unless the Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered
Holder who has not completed the box entitled "Special Payment Instructions" or
"Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the
account of an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of
Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be
guaranteed, such guarantee must be by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
United States or an institution which falls within the definition of "Eligible
Guarantor Institution" contained in Regulation 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act
(an "Eligible Institution").
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the
registered Holder of any Old Notes listed therein, such Old Notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers signed as the name of the
registered Holder or Holders appears on the Old Notes.
If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by IXC
Communications, evidence satisfactory to IXC Communications of their authority
to so act must be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old
Notes will be determined by IXC Communications in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. IXC Communications reserves the
absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old
Notes IXC Communications' acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel
for IXC Communications, be unlawful. IXC Communications also reserves the right
to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular
Old Notes. IXC Communications' interpretation of the terms and conditions of the
Exchange Offer (including the instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) will be
final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities
in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such time as IXC
Communications shall determine. Neither IXC Communications, the Exchange Agent
nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, nor shall any of them incur
any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or
waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly
tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or
waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering Holders of Old
Notes, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, as soon as
practicable following the Expiration Date.
By tendering, each Holder will represent to IXC Communications that, among
other things, the New Notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being
obtained in the ordinary course of such Holder's business, that such Holder has
no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such New
Notes, and that such Holder is not an "affiliate" (as defined under Rule 405 of
the Securities Act) of IXC Communications. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that
will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
such
29
<PAGE> 33
Holder by tendering will acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:
(a) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution;
(b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from
such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery)
setting forth the name and address of the Holder of the Old Notes and the
principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being
made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange
trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof) together with the certificate(s) representing the Old
Notes to be tendered in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of a
book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC of Old Notes
delivered electronically) and any other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange
Agent; and
(c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile thereof), as well as the certificate(s) representing all tendered
Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of a book-entry
transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC of Old Notes delivered
electronically) and all other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date. Upon request of the
Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to Holders who
wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth above.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. To
withdraw a tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or facsimile
transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its
address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the
person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii)
identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such
Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the Holder in the same manner as the original
signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered
(including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of
transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect to the Old Notes register
the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the
tender, and (iv) specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be
registered, if different from that of the Depositor. All questions as to the
validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will
be determined by IXC Communications, whose determination shall be final and
binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have
been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will
be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly
retendered. Any Old Notes which have been tendered but which are not accepted
for payment will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder
as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of
the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following
one of the procedures described above under "-- Procedures for Tendering" at any
time prior to the Expiration Date.
CONDITIONS
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, IXC Communications
will not be required to accept for exchange, or exchange New Notes for, any Old
Notes not theretofore accepted for exchange, and
30
<PAGE> 34
may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer as provided herein before the
acceptance of such Old Notes, if any of the following conditions exist:
(a) the Exchange Offer, or the making of any exchange by a Holder,
violates applicable law or any applicable policy of the Commission; or
(b) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court
or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer
which, in the reasonable judgment of IXC Communications, might impair the
ability of IXC Communications to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or
(c) there shall have been adopted or enacted any law, statute, rule or
regulation which, in the reasonable judgment of IXC Communications, might
materially impair the ability of IXC Communications to proceed with the
Exchange Offer.
If any such conditions exist, IXC Communications may (i) refuse to accept
any Old Notes and return all tendered Old Notes to exchanging Holders, (ii)
extend the Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the
expiration of the Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of Holders to
withdraw such Old Notes (see "-- Withdrawal of Tenders") or (iii) waive certain
of such conditions with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly
tendered Old Notes which have not been withdrawn or revoked. If such waiver
constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer, IXC Communications will
promptly disclose such waiver in a manner reasonably calculated to inform
Holders of Old Notes of such waiver.
The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of IXC Communications and
may be asserted by IXC Communications regardless of the circumstances giving
rise to any such condition or may be waived by IXC Communications in whole or in
part at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by
IXC Communications at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not
be deemed a waiver of any such right and each such right shall be deemed an
ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
In addition to the foregoing conditions, (i) if, because of any change in
applicable law or applicable policy thereof by the Commission, IXC
Communications is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer or (ii) any Holder
of Old Notes notifies IXC Communications that, for certain specified reasons,
such Holder is precluded from participating in the Exchange Offer, then IXC
Communications shall file a Shelf Registration Statement. Thereafter, IXC
Communications' obligation to consummate the Exchange Offer shall be terminated.
EXCHANGE AGENT
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company has been appointed as Exchange Agent for
the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for
additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and
requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange
Agent addressed as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
By Registered or Certified Mail: By Hand or by Overnight Courier:
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
Bowling Green Station One State Street
P.O. Box 84 New York, New York 10004
New York, New York 10274-0084 Attention: Securities Processing Window
Attention: Reorganization Operations Subcellar One, (SC-1)
Department
By Facsimile:
(212) 858-2611
Attention: Customer Service
Confirm by telephone:
(212) 858-2103
</TABLE>
31
<PAGE> 35
FEES AND EXPENSES
The expenses of soliciting tenders will be borne by IXC Communications. The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however, additional solicitation
may be made by telegraph, telephone or in person by officers and regular
employees of IXC Communications and its affiliates.
IXC Communications will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. IXC Communications, however, will
pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will
reimburse it for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith.
IXC Communications may also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees
and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in
forwarding copies of the Prospectus and related documents to the beneficial
owners of the Old Notes, and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.
The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will
be paid by IXC Communications, are estimated in the aggregate not to exceed $1
million, and include fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and Trustee under
the Indenture and accounting and legal fees.
IXC Communications will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates
representing New Notes or Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or
accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued
in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the Old Notes
tendered, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any person
other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is
imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on
the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering
Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom
is not submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer
taxes will be billed directly to such tendering Holder.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the Old Notes,
that is, face value less unamortized original issue discount as reflected in IXC
Communications' accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, no
gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized upon consummation of the
Exchange Offer. The issuance costs incurred in connection with the Exchange
Offer will be capitalized and amortized over the term of the New Notes.
32
<PAGE> 36
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth certain selected historical and pro forma
financial data of the Company and its predecessor. The historical financial data
for the Company has been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company as of and for the periods ended December 31, 1992,
1993, 1994 and 1995. The historical financial data for the year ended December
31, 1991, and for the period from January 1, 1992 through August 14, 1992
relates to the "Company's Predecessor," IXC Carrier, Inc., formerly known as
Communications Transmission Group, Inc., and has been derived from unaudited
financial statements. The historical financial data for the Company for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 has also been derived from
unaudited financial statements. The unaudited financial statements include all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which management considers
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of
operations for such periods. Results of operations for the interim periods are
not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full year. The
pro forma data has been derived from the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed
Consolidated Statement of Operations, which is included elsewhere herein. The
pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and
is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred,
nor are they necessarily indicative of future operations. The data should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, related Notes,
and other financial information included herein.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE COMPANY'S PREDECESSOR THE COMPANY
------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR JANUARY 1 AUGUST 15
ENDED THROUGH THROUGH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
DECEMBER 31, AUGUST 14, DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------
1991 1992 1992 1993 1994 1995
------------ ---------- ------------ --------- ------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net operating revenues.................... $ 67,611 $ 42,081 $ 23,893 $ 71,123 $80,663 $91,001
Operating expenses:
Cost of services........................ 43,578 26,116 13,588 37,823 33,896 39,852
Operations and administration........... 20,721 11,226 6,759 22,835 20,561 32,282
Depreciation and amortization........... 20,135 10,517 8,033 21,061 12,121 17,438
-------- --------
-- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income (loss)................. (16,823) (5,778 ) (4,487) (10,596) 14,085 1,429
Interest income........................... 200 45 -- 215 211 468
Interest income on amounts in escrow...... -- -- -- -- -- 2,552
Interest expense.......................... (31,461) (18,749 ) (1,398) (4,943) (6,105) (14,597)
Contract settlement costs................. -- -- (2,000) (59) -- --
Write-down of property and equipment...... -- -- -- (37,960) -- --
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated subsidiaries............. -- -- -- -- (94) 19
Benefit (provision) for income taxes...... 4 (77 ) 2,847 21,977 (3,157) 1,693
Minority interest......................... -- -- 710 (446) 77 5,218
-------- --------
-- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items................................... $ (48,080) $ (24,559 ) $ (4,328) $ (31,812)(2) $ 5,017 $(3,218)
Extraordinary gain (loss)(3).............. -- -- -- 8,495 2,298 (1,747)
-------- --------
-- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)......................... $ (48,080) $ (24,559 ) $ (4,328) $ (23,317) $ 7,315 $(4,965)
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Income (loss) per common share, historical
and pro forma:
Before extraordinary items.............. $ (1.39) $ .13 $ (.20)
Extraordinary gain (loss)............... .35 .09 (.07)
-------- --------
========== -- --
Net income (loss)....................... $ (1.04) $ .22 $ (.27)
========== ========== ==========
Weighted average shares outstanding,
historical.............................. 24,026 25,011 25,128
========== ========== ==========
<CAPTION>
PRO HISTORICAL
-----------------------
FORMA(1)
------------ THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR
ENDED MARCH 31,
DECEMBER 31, -----------------------
1995 1995 1996
------------ ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net operating revenues.................... $ 91,001 $ 21,766 $ 26,250
Operating expenses:
Cost of services........................ 39,852 8,175 15,600
Operations and administration........... 32,282 6,256 10,417
Depreciation and amortization........... 18,555 3,619 6,010
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating income (loss)................. 312 3,716 (5,777)
Interest income........................... 468 111 126
Interest income on amounts in escrow...... 2,552 -- 2,557
Interest expense.......................... (14,597) (1,873) (9,870)
Contract settlement costs................. -- -- --
Write-down of property and equipment...... -- -- --
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated subsidiaries............. 19 (4) (5)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes...... 3,873 (966) 1,363
Minority interest......................... (232) 283 (93)
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items................................... $ (7,605) $ 1,267 $ (11,699)
==========
Extraordinary gain (loss)(3).............. -- --
---------- ----------
Net income (loss)......................... $ 1,267 $ (11,699)
========== ==========
Income (loss) per common share, historical
and pro forma:
Before extraordinary items.............. $ (.38) $ .03 $ (.48)
==========
Extraordinary gain (loss)............... -- --
---------- ----------
Net income (loss)....................... $ .03 $ (.48)
========== ==========
Weighted average shares outstanding,
historical.............................. 25,226 25,029
========== ==========
</TABLE>
33
<PAGE> 37
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE COMPANY'S PREDECESSOR THE COMPANY
------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRO HISTORICAL
-------------------
HISTORICAL FORMA(1)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------ THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR JANUARY 1 AUGUST 15 YEAR
ENDED THROUGH THROUGH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED MARCH 31,
DECEMBER 31, AUGUST 14, DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, -------------------
1991 1992 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1995 1996
------------ ---------- ------------ --------- -------- -------- ------------ -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET
DATA:
Cash(4)....... $ 2,666 $ 2,039 $ 2,746 $ 6,230 $ 6,048 $205,181 $ 6,293 $193,076
Total
assets...... 203,664 195,288 117,741 94,281 105,409 336,475 104,742 346,467
Total
debt(5)..... 304,592 329,242 32,891 59,954 69,124 298,794 66,686 311,331
Stockholders'
equity
(deficit)... (137,990) (164,432 ) 30,028 6,871 14,189 6,858 16,856 (4,841)
OTHER FINANCIAL
AND OPERATIONS
DATA:
EBITDA(6)..... 3,512 4,784 2,256 10,175 26,400 27,124 21,674 7,725 2,818
Capital
expenditures... 952 18 1,435 27,008 7,087 23,670 23,670 2,571 13,564
Ratio of
EBITDA to
interest
expense(7)... -- -- 1.61x 2.06x 4.32x 1.86x 1.48x 4.12x --
Ratio of
Earnings to
Fixed
Charges(8)... $ (48,134) $ (24,484 ) $ (7,175) $ (54,377) 1.66x $(10,735) $(11,852) $ (149) $ 13,076
Minutes of use
(in
millions)... -- -- -- -- -- 12.8 12.8 -- 33.9
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) The pro forma statement of operations data and the other financial and
operations data for the year ended December 31, 1995 reflect the acquisition
by the Company of the minority interest in SSC as if the acquisition (which
actually occurred as of January 1, 1996) had occurred as of January 1, 1995.
See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) After giving effect to a $37,960 non-cash charge in 1993 relating to a
write-down of microwave equipment. (As of March 31, 1996, the remaining net
depreciated book value of microwave equipment was less than 6% of total
assets.) See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) The extraordinary items for all periods result from early extinguishment of
debt (involving a related party in 1994) or lease obligations, net of
applicable income taxes.
(4) Including $198,266 at December 31, 1995 and $187,584 at March 31, 1996 held
in an escrow account. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(5) Total debt consists of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and
deferred lease obligations, including the current portions thereof.
(6) EBITDA represents net income before depreciation, amortization, interest
expense, income taxes and extraordinary items. For the year ended December
31, 1993, EBITDA does not reflect the $37,960 write-down of microwave
equipment recorded by the Company. (As of March 31, 1996, the remaining net
depreciated book value of microwave equipment was less than 6% of total
assets.) See Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. EBITDA for
1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 includes the negative EBITDA
of IXC Long Distance, Inc., the Company's switched long distance services
subsidiary. Such amounts principally relate to start-up and operating
expenses incurred before the Company began generating material revenues from
its switched long distance business. Had the Company excluded the negative
EBITDA of the switched long distance business, EBITDA would have been
$36,916 in 1995 and $8,675 and $11,143 for the three months ended March 31,
1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company has included information concerning
EBITDA because it believes that EBITDA is used by certain investors as one
measure of an issuer's historical ability to service its debt. EBITDA is not
a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance
prepared in accordance with GAAP. For 1995 and the three months ended March
31, 1996, EBITDA included $2,552 and $2,557, respectively, of interest
income relating to amounts held in escrow. See the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
(7) For the year ended December 31, 1991, the period January 1 through August
14, 1992 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, EBITDA was insufficient
to cover interest expense by $27,949, $13,965 and $7,052, respectively. For
the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company paid the interest accrued
with funds from the escrow account referred to in footnote (4).
(8) Where earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges, the deficiency is
shown.
34
<PAGE> 38
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
The Company provides two principal services to long distance companies: (i)
long-haul transmission of voice and data over dedicated circuits and (ii)
switched long distance services. The Company is one of only five carriers to own
a digital telecommunications network extending from coast-to-coast. Its
facilities include digital switches located in Los Angeles, Dallas, Chicago,
Philadelphia and Atlanta.
Long-Haul Business. Substantially all of the Company's revenues in 1995
and prior years were generated by its long-haul business, which has historically
provided positive cash flow (even in years when the Company had net losses, as
in 1993 and 1995). The Company provides long-haul service to customers either on
a "take or pay" long-term basis or, after contract expiration, on a
month-to-month basis. The Company's long-haul transmission agreements are
generally long-term leases which provide for monthly payment in advance on a
fixed-rate basis, calculated according to the capacity and length of the circuit
used. As of April 30, 1996, the Company had "take or pay" commitments from its
long-haul customers of approximately $160.0 million (consisting of approximately
$90.0 million relating to circuits currently in service and approximately $70.0
million relating to circuits not yet ordered that the Company expects will be
carried over leased routes or routes being constructed). During 1995, the
Company leased transmission capacity to 212 customers, with the ten largest
customers during that year accounting for approximately 78% of revenues. The
Company's two largest customers, WorldCom and Frontier, accounted for
approximately 20% and 21%, respectively, of the Company's revenues in 1995. See
"Risk Factors -- Reliance on Major Customers."
Substantially all of the costs of communication services of the long-haul
business are fixed. The largest component of such costs for the long-haul
business is the expense of leasing off-net capacity from other carriers to meet
customer needs which the Company cannot meet with its own network due to
capacity or geographic constraints. In the normal course of business, the
Company enters into capacity-exchange agreements with other carriers. Pursuant
to such agreements, the Company exchanges excess capacity on its network where
required by the other carrier for capacity on the other carrier's network where
the Company requires it. As such agreements generally do not provide for cash
payments to be made, they allow the Company to substantially reduce the cash
payments it must make for off-net capacity from other carriers. Such exchanges
are accounted for at the fair value of the capacity exchanged, as non-cash
revenue and expense in equal amounts, which reduces the Company's overall gross
margin as a percentage of revenues. In 1995, the Company recorded revenue and
expense of $13.8 million relating to such exchanges. In addition, certain
right-of-way arrangements in connection with the Fiber Expansion constitute
operating leases and will contribute to the cost of communications services in
the future. The amount of such operating leases for prior periods has been
immaterial.
Switched Long Distance Business. The Company has recently expanded into
the business of selling switched long distance services to long distance
resellers. The Company sells switched long distance services on a per-call
basis, charging by MOUs, with payments due monthly in arrears after services are
rendered. The Company's rates for calls generally vary with the duration of the
call, the day and time of day the call was made and whether the traffic is
intrastate, interstate or international. The Company has contracts with over 30
long distance resellers. See "Business -- Switched Long Distance Services."
The three main components of the costs of the switched long distance
business are LEC access charges, long-haul network leasing costs and operations
and administration expenses. The LEC access charges, which are variable,
represent a significant majority of the total cost for the switched long
distance business. After the Fiber Expansion is placed in service, the Company
expects to realize cost savings for the switched long distance business because
it will be able to reduce the amount of long-haul network capacity that
otherwise would be required to be leased from other parties. However, even after
the Fiber Expansion is complete, the Company anticipates that it will need to
lease a significant amount of capacity from other carriers as traffic increases
and that, as a result, its total transmission lease costs will continue to
increase. Because the switched
35
<PAGE> 39
long distance business generally has lower margins than the long-haul business,
increases in switched long distance volumes should cause a decrease in the
Company's overall margins.
During 1995, the Company set up the infrastructure for its switched long
distance business by installing its switches, connecting them to its network and
to the LECs, leasing related long-haul circuits, acquiring software and hiring
personnel and entering into contracts with customers. The Company's switched
network became fully operational in February 1996 and the Company did not have
material revenues from the switched long distance business during 1995. The
development and further expansion of the Company's switched long distance
business requires significant expenditures, a substantial portion of which will
be incurred before the realization of cash flow from such activities. The
Company anticipates that its switched long distance business will incur negative
cash flow until the Company's customers route sufficient traffic over the
network to cover the costs of its operation, which the Company does not expect
to occur before the end of 1996. For a discussion of important factors that
could cause the Company's switched long distance business to fail to generate
positive cash flows as described, see "Risk Factors -- Development Risks and
Dependence on Switched Long Distance Business." The Company will fund such
negative cash flow from cash flow from its long-haul business and cash on hand.
If such traffic does not increase, there can be no assurance that the switched
long distance business will ever generate positive cash flows. See "Risk
Factors -- Negative Cash Flow and Capital Requirements," "Risk Factors -- Recent
and Expected Losses" and "Risk Factors -- Development Risks and Dependence on
Switched Long Distance Business."
Capital Expenditures. The Company has spent significant amounts of capital
to develop its coast-to-coast network to service its long-haul and switched long
distance businesses. It is currently undertaking the Fiber Expansion of its
network in two phases. The Company estimates that, in the event the Equity
Offering is successful, it will spend approximately $200.0 million for capital
expenditures in the remaining three quarters of 1996 and significant amounts
thereafter. However, the amount of actual capital expenditures may vary
materially as a result of cost-saving arrangements, unexpected costs and other
factors. See "-- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
Pricing; Net Losses. The Company expects that, as competition increases,
prices for both long-haul and switched services will decline. The Company
incurred an operating loss during the first quarter of 1996 and expects to incur
an operating loss for the full year due to the switched long distance business.
After the Fiber Expansion is placed in service, the Company expects to realize
cost savings by reducing the amount of off-net capacity it leases from other
carriers. However, reductions in lease expense as a result of the Fiber
Expansion will be offset to some extent by increased depreciation expense as the
investment in the Fiber Expansion is depreciated.
Acquisition and Financing Transactions. In 1994, the Company and Excel, a
large long distance reseller, formed Switched Services Communications, L.L.C.
("SSC"), a joint venture, to lease, install and operate the five switches
incorporated into the Company's network and to provide switched long distance
services to the Company and Excel. In January 1996, the Company purchased
Excel's interest in SSC for a short-term non-interest bearing note for
approximately $6.2 million, to be paid in installments through August 1996.
Excel continues to have a contractual commitment to use the Company's network.
See "Business -- Switched Long Distance Services -- Excel."
In August 1994, IXC Communications acquired an 85% interest in MSM
Associates, Limited Partnership ("MSM"), which owns fiber capacity in Michigan
and Indiana, from GE Capital Corporation. Frontier, the owner of the remaining
15% minority interest of MSM, is a customer of the Company. See Note 1 to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In October 1995, the Company issued $285.0 million of Senior Notes
primarily to finance a portion of Phase I of the Fiber Expansion.
Marca-Tel, a joint venture in which the Company indirectly holds a minority
interest, has been successful in obtaining a license from the Mexican government
to provide certain telecommunication services in Mexico, but is not currently
providing such services. See "Business -- Mexican Joint Venture."
36
<PAGE> 40
On May 20, 1996, IXC Communications filed a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 to register the Equity Offering of common stock. In addition, GEPT has
agreed to purchase Common Stock in the GEPT Private Placement at the closing of
the Equity Offering. IXC Communications is seeking through the Equity Offering
and the GEPT Private Placement to raise at least $100.0 million after related
expenses and applicable underwriters' discounts and commission. Although IXC
Communications seeks to make such stock sales in July 1996, no assurances can be
made that the sale can be made or, if made, during such month or resulting in
the net proceeds in such amount. See "Risk Factors -- Possible Inability to
Complete the Equity Offering" and "Certain Transactions."
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly financial
information for each of the Company's last five fiscal quarters. In the opinion
of the Company's management, this quarterly information has been prepared on the
same basis as the audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus and includes all adjustments (which consist only of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results set
forth herein. The Company's quarterly results have in the past been subject to
fluctuations, and thus, the operating results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results for any future period. The Company may
experience substantial fluctuations in quarterly results in the future as a
result of customer turnover, variations in the success of its customers'
businesses and price competition. These fluctuations may be particularly large
as a percentage of revenue over the near term, because the Company has recently
entered the switched long distance business. In addition, delays in completion
of the Fiber Expansion could cause quarterly results to vary.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTER ENDED
----------------------------------------------------------
1995 1996
----------------------------------------------- --------
MARCH 31 JUNE 30 SEPTEMBER 30 DECEMBER 31 MARCH 31
-------- ------- ------------ ----------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net operating revenues:
Long-haul circuits.................... $21,766 $22,721 $ 22,772 $22,304 $ 22,628
Switched long distance................ -- -- -- 1,438 3,622
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net operating revenues.............. 21,766 22,721 22,772 23,742 26,250
Operating expenses:
Cost of services...................... 8,175 8,210 10,423 13,044 15,600
Operations and administration......... 6,256 6,987 8,604 10,435 10,417
Depreciation and amortization......... 3,619 3,995 4,645 5,179 6,010
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Total operating expenses............ 18,050 19,192 23,672 28,658 32,027
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Operating income......................... $ 3,716 $ 3,529 $ (900) $(4,916) $ (5,777)
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Income before extraordinary gain
(loss)................................ $ 1,267 $ 1,502 $ (307) $(5,680) $(11,699)
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Net income (loss)........................ $ 1,267 $ 496 $ (307) $(6,421) $(11,699)
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
Income (loss) per common share
Before extraordinary gain (loss)...... $ .03 $ .04 $ (.03) $ (.24) $ (.48)
Extraordinary gain (loss)............. -- (.04) -- (.03) --
------- ------- ------- ------- --------
Net income (loss)..................... $ .03 $ -- $ (.03) $ (.27) $ (.48)
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
OTHER FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONS DATA:
EBITDA (1)............................... $ 7,725 $ 8,223 $ 5,884 $ 5,292 $ 2,818
======= ======= ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) EBITDA represents net income before depreciation, amortization, interest
expense, income taxes and extraordinary items. The Company has included
information concerning EBITDA because it believes that EBITDA is used by
certain investors as one measure of an issuer's historical ability to
service its debt. EBITDA is not a measurement determined in accordance with
GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for
measures of performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. For the quarters
ended December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, EBITDA included $2,552 and
$2,557, respectively, of interest income relating to amounts held in escrow.
See the Consolidated Financial Statements.
37
<PAGE> 41
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net operating revenues for April 1996 were $10.9 million, an increase of
49.3% from $7.3 million in April 1995. The increase in revenues is primarily a
result of Excel beginning to use the Company's network on February 15, 1996 and
the provision of switched long distance services to other customers. By October
1996, Excel is required to utilize at least 70 million minutes of traffic per
month over the Company's network. See "Business -- Switched Long Distance
Services -- Excel."
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED WITH THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1995
Net operating revenues for the three months ended March 31, 1996 increased
20.6% to $26.3 million from $21.8 million in the three months ended March 31,
1995. The increase is primarily a result of the implementation of the switched
long distance business (particularly for Excel), leading to switched long
distance services revenues of $3.6 million, together with a volume increase from
the long-haul business of $.9 million or 4%.
Cost of communication services consists principally of access charges paid
to LECs and transmission lease payments to, and exchanges with, other carriers.
For the three months ended March 31, 1996 cost of communication services
increased 90.2% to $15.6 million from $8.2 million in the three months ended
March 31, 1995. The increase is primarily a result of the addition of long-haul
leases of $4.5 million relating to the switched long distance business, an
aggregate of $2.9 million of per minute overflow charges paid to other carriers
and access charges paid to LECs in connection with the switched long distance
business. The Company did not incur these expenses for the switched long
distance business in the first quarter of 1995. The Company has historically had
a relatively low cost of communications services as a percentage of revenues
because substantially all its revenues were derived from the sale of long-haul
transmission, which were generally made at a relatively low cost over its own
network. The Company expects that, in the event it achieves increases in
long-haul revenues, its cost of communications services as a percentage of such
revenues will increase (at least until Phase I of the Fiber Expansion is
complete) because additional leases (or exchanges) of capacity from other
carriers at a relatively high cost will be required. The cost of communications
services as a percentage of revenues in the switched long distance business is
substantially greater than that in the long-haul business due to the relatively
high cost of LEC access charges and leases for long-haul circuits supporting the
switched network. Accordingly, increases in switched long distance revenues will
further increase the Company's cost of communications services as a percentage
of revenues.
Operations and administration expenses for the three months ended March 31,
1996 increased 65.1% to $10.4 million from $6.3 million in the three months
ended March 31, 1995. This increase is primarily the result of operating
expenses associated with the Company's switched network. The Company anticipates
that as it implements the Fiber Expansion and expands its switched service
business, operations and administration expenses will continue to increase.
Depreciation and amortization for the three months ended March 31, 1996
increased 66.7% to $6.0 million from $3.6 million in the three months ended
March 31, 1995. The increase is primarily the result of depreciation related to
capital expenditures associated with the Company's expansion and improvement of
its switched network. Depreciation and amortization will increase in subsequent
periods, as the Company's investment in the Fiber Expansion is depreciated.
Interest income for the three months ended March 31, 1996 increased to $2.7
million from $.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 1995. The increase
is primarily related to interest earned on the investment of the proceeds from
the sale of the Senior Notes.
Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 1996 increased to
$9.9 million from $1.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 1995. The
increase is primarily the result of interest expense attributable to the Senior
Notes, which were issued during the fourth quarter of 1995.
Income taxes for the three months ended March 31, 1996 resulted in a $1.4
million tax benefit as opposed to a provision for income taxes of $1.0 million
in the three months ended March 31, 1995. The difference between the tax benefit
recorded for the first quarter of 1996 and the expected benefit at the federal
statutory rate is primarily due to losses incurred by a subsidiary that provides
switched long distance services. The related tax benefits have not been
recognized as a result of uncertainty regarding future profitability.
38
<PAGE> 42
The Company experienced a net loss of $11.7 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1996 as opposed to net income of $1.3 million in the first three
months ended March 31, 1995 as a result of the factors discussed above.
1995 COMPARED WITH 1994
The year ended December 31, 1995 was a period of increased revenues, but a
net loss for the Company, primarily due to start-up and operational expenses
related to the Company's switched long distance business. Reduced operating
income and a significant increase in interest expense because of the issuance of
the Senior Notes during the fourth quarter of 1995 resulted in a net loss for
the year.
Net operating revenues for 1995 increased 12.8% to $91.0 million from $80.7
million in 1994. The increase is primarily the result of: (i) an increase in
non-cash revenues attributable to network capacity exchanged with other carriers
from $8.0 million in 1994 to $13.8 million in 1995; (ii) additional revenue in
the amount of $5.4 million associated with MSM (IXC Communications' 85% interest
in MSM was acquired in August 1994); and (iii) increased long-haul traffic in
the amount of $1.6 million due to the Company's expansion of its fiber optic
network in South Texas. These increases were partially offset by $2.5 million in
proceeds from an escrow account used to supplement lease payments in 1994, which
did not occur in 1995 (see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).
Cost of communication services for 1995 increased 17.7% to $39.9 million
(or 43.8% of net operating revenues) from $33.9 million (or 42.0% of net
operating revenues) in 1994. The increase is primarily a result of an increase
in transmission lease expense (to $38.7 million in 1995 from $29.3 million in
1994) associated with: (i) an increase of $3.6 million in leases for
transmission services primarily to support the switched long distance business;
and (ii) an increase in non-cash expense attributable to network capacity
exchanged with other carriers from $8.0 million in 1994 to $13.8 million in
1995. These increases were partially offset by a non-recurring decrease in lease
expenses under certain operating equipment leases as a result of a May 1994
lease restructuring (such leases generated no expense in 1995 as opposed to $3.4
million in 1994).
Operations and administration expenses for 1995 increased 56.8% to $32.3
million from $20.6 million in 1994. The increase is primarily the result of $9.4
million of start-up and operating expenses associated with the Company's
implementation of its switched network and the inclusion in the Company's
results of operations of an increase in the Company's operating expenses of $1.1
million associated with the MSM network.
Depreciation and amortization for 1995 increased 43.8% to $17.4 million
from $12.1 million in 1994. The increase is primarily the result of depreciation
associated with the MSM network, together with increased depreciation associated
with the Company's development of its switched network.
Interest income for 1995 increased to $3.0 million from $.2 million in
1994. The increase is primarily related to interest earned on investment of the
proceeds from the sale of the Senior Notes issued in the fourth quarter of 1995.
Interest expense for 1995 increased to $14.6 million from $6.1 million in
1994. The increase is primarily the result of interest expense attributable to
the Senior Notes issued in the fourth quarter of 1995.
Income taxes for 1995 resulted in a $1.7 million tax benefit as opposed to
a provision for income taxes of $3.2 million in 1994. In 1995 and 1994, the
Company's effective tax rate did not significantly differ from the federal
statutory rate.
Minority interest during 1995 was $5.2 million resulting primarily from
Excel's share of operations and administration expenses and the cost of
communications services associated with its minority share of SSC, a joint
venture formed in 1995. In January 1996 the Company purchased Excel's interest
in SSC, thereby eliminating the minority interest in SSC for 1996 and future
years.
In 1994, the Company exercised a debt prepayment option in connection with
financing of debt that resulted in a net extraordinary gain of $2.3 million.
39
<PAGE> 43
The Company experienced a net loss of $5.0 million in 1995 as opposed to
net income of $7.3 million in 1994 as a result of the factors discussed above.
1994 COMPARED WITH 1993
Net operating revenues for 1994 increased 13.5% to $80.7 million from $71.1
million in 1993. The increase is primarily attributable to: (i) an increase in
non-cash revenues generated from network capacity exchanged with other carriers
from $3.7 million in 1993 to $8.0 million in 1994; (ii) the acquisition of an
85% interest in MSM in August 1994 resulting in an additional $2.7 million of
net operating revenues; and (iii) the extension of the Company's fiber optic
network in South Texas.
Cost of communications services in 1994 decreased 10.3% to $33.9 million
(or 42.0% of net operating revenue) from $37.8 million (or 53.2% of net
operating revenue) in 1993. The decrease is primarily the result of significant
reductions in certain operating equipment lease expenses due to the acquisition
of such equipment by the Company in May 1994 resulting in the elimination of all
future expense charges associated with such operating leases (such lease expense
for 1994 was $3.4 million as opposed to $11.2 million in 1993) partially offset
by an increase of $4.2 million in network capacity exchanged with other carriers
in 1994 as compared to 1993. During 1993, the Company capitalized $2.0 million
for long term contracts with a common carrier for capacity on such carrier's
nationwide fiber optic communications system, which purchase price and related
costs were deferred and are being recognized over the five year term of the
contract. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Operations and administration expenses for 1994 decreased 9.6% to $20.6
million from $22.8 million in 1993. The decrease is primarily the result of
certain nonrecurring deferred compensation obligations of the Company incurred
in 1993.
Depreciation and amortization in 1994 decreased 42.7% to $12.1 million from
$21.1 million in 1993. The decrease primarily is the result of a write-down of
$38.0 million of the carrying value of certain dated microwave equipment to its
estimated fair value in 1993. The write-down resulted from the Company's
assessment of estimated future net cash flows expected to be produced by the
equipment in relation to its net historical cost of the system. See Note 8 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Interest expense in 1994 increased 24.5% to $6.1 million from $4.9 million
in 1993. The increase is the result of increased average debt balances in 1994,
primarily associated with the acquisition of MSM and the construction of the
South Texas fiber extension.
Income taxes for 1994 resulted in a provision for income taxes of $3.2
million as opposed to a tax benefit of $22.0 million in 1993. The increase is
primarily attributable to a tax benefit related to the equipment write-down in
1993.
Extraordinary gains in 1994 decreased to $2.3 million from $8.5 million in
1993 in connection with the refinancing of certain operating lease arrangements
(see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). In connection with such
transaction, financing was obtained which provided for a prepayment option. The
prepayment option was exercised by the Company in 1994 resulting in additional
gains.
Net income increased $30.6 million in 1994 to $7.3 million from a net loss
of $23.3 million in 1993 as a result of the factors discussed above.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Except for the historical information contained below, the matters
discussed in this section are forward-looking statements that involve a number
of risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual liquidity needs, capital
resources and results may differ materially from the discussion set forth below
in such forward-looking statements. For a discussion of the factors that could
materially affect such matters, see "Risk Factors," particularly "Risk
Factors -- Negative Cash Flow and Capital Requirements."
The Company's operations have historically provided positive cash flow
(even in years of net losses, as in 1993 and 1995), which to date has provided
adequate liquidity to meet the Company's operational needs.
40
<PAGE> 44
However, for 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, the Company's
EBITDA minus interest expense and capital expenditures (adjusted for the change
in working capital deficit) was negative $4.8 million and negative $38.5
million, respectively. The Company had $152.9 million of the net proceeds
received from the sale of the Senior Notes in an escrow account at May 31, 1996
to be used at the Company's discretion for the Fiber Expansion, debt service of
the Senior Notes and other capital expenditures.
Cash provided by operating activities in 1995 decreased 32.6% to $9.1
million from $13.5 million in 1994, primarily as a result of start-up and
operational expenses associated with the Company's development of its switched
services business in advance of related revenue. In order to offer switched
services, the Company set up the infrastructure for its switched long distance
business by installing switches, connecting them to its network and to the LECs,
leasing related long-haul circuits, acquiring software, hiring personnel and
entering into contracts with customers, which caused the Company's switched long
distance business to incur negative cash flow in 1995. The Company anticipates
that its switched long distance business will incur negative cash flow until the
Company's customers route sufficient traffic over the network to cover the costs
of its operation, which the Company does not expect to occur before the end of
1996. For a discussion of important factors that could cause the Company's
switched long distance business to fail to generate positive cash flows as
described, see "Risk Factors -- Development Risks and Dependence on Switched
Long Distance Business" and "Risk Factors -- Negative Cash Flow and Capital
Requirements."
Cash used in investing activities increased to $219.4 million in 1995 from
$18.8 million in 1994 due to the Company investing the proceeds of the sale of
the Senior Notes in liquid securities and increased capital expenditures
associated with the Company's implementation of its switch network. The
Company's total capital expenditures were $23.7 million for 1995 and $13.6
million the first quarter of 1996. The Company anticipates that, in the event it
is successful in completing the Equity Offering, it will make additional capital
expenditures for the remaining three quarters of 1996 of approximately $200.0
million (including capital expenditures relating to the Fiber Expansion). The
Company expects to make such capital expenditures with the proceeds of the
Equity Offering, together with a portion of the cash held in the Escrow Account
($152.9 million at May 31, 1996), cash generated by the long-haul business and
vendor financing which the Company may seek. The Company will also make
additional capital expenditures for various improvements and upgrades, such as
adding capacity to its switches and adding new switches, as demand warrants.
Cash generated from financing activities increased to $211.2 million in
1995 from $5.1 million in 1994 as a result of the proceeds of the sale of the
Senior Notes and capital contributions of $6.0 million from Excel to support its
minority interest in the SSC joint venture. In January 1996, the Company
purchased Excel's interest in the joint venture for a short-term, non-interest
bearing promissory note in an original principal amount of approximately $6.2
million, an amount equal to Excel's total capital contribution. Such amount is
being paid in installments through August 1996. As of March 31, 1996, $5.7
million was outstanding under such note. The Company currently anticipates that
such installment payments will be made from the Company's current cash balances
and from operating cash flow from the long-haul business. See "Debt and Credit
Arrangements."
The Company anticipates that Phase I of the Fiber Expansion will require
estimated cash expenditures subsequent to April 30, 1996 of $213.0 million. The
Company anticipates meeting the construction costs for the Phase I of the Fiber
Expansion (net of certain cost-saving arrangements) by utilizing all the funds
remaining from the Senior Notes being held in an escrow account (after reserving
certain funds to cover a portion of the interest payments in 1996 and 1997) and
the proceeds from the Equity Offering. For a discussion of important factors
that may cause actual capital expenditures and the Company's ability to fund
Phase I to differ materially from the foregoing forward looking statements, see
"Risk Factors -- Negative Cash Flow and Capital Requirements." The Company has
entered into one such cost-saving arrangement with WorldCom in which each
company is constructing a fiber route and placing fibers for both companies in
the route. See "Business -- The Company's Network." The Company will seek to
meet the costs of construction of Phase II, which it estimates to be $275.0
million (before any cost-saving arrangements), through additional cost-saving
arrangements, its operating cash flow and additional debt or equity financing.
In the event sufficient cost-saving arrangements are not entered into, the
Company anticipates that it will be necessary either: (i) to meet the remaining
costs of Phase II of the Fiber Expansion through a combination of additional
41
<PAGE> 45
sales of equity securities, incurrence of debt (subject to the restrictions set
forth in the indenture for the Senior Notes) and utilization of operating cash
flow; or (ii) to slow or delay the construction of the Fiber Expansion until
sufficient funds are available. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to
Completion of the Fiber Expansion."
The Company is required to make interest payments in the amount of $35.6
million on the Senior Notes each year. EBITDA is currently insufficient to cover
the Company's debt service requirements under the Senior Notes. The Company
currently anticipates, but no assurance can be given, that a portion of such
payments during 1996 and 1997 will be made from funds held in the escrow account
and the balance of such payments will be made from operating cash flow. For a
discussion of important factors, including the Company's assumption that
increases in its operating cash flow will occur as a result of the successful
completion and utilization of Phase I of the Fiber Expansion and growth in the
switched long distance business, that may cause actual results to differ
materially from the foregoing forward-looking statements, see "Risk
Factors -- Negative Cash Flow and Capital Requirements" and "Risk
Factors -- Development Risks and Dependence on Switched Long Distance Business."
In addition, at March 31, 1996, there were approximately $5.2 million of accrued
and unpaid dividends on the Series 3 Preferred Stock. Such dividends cumulate at
an annual rate of 10% (based on the liquidation preference) plus interest.
The Company is also required to make minimum annual lease payments for
facilities, equipment and transmission capacity used in its operations. In 1996,
the Company is required to make payments of approximately $4.4 million on
capital leases and $10.6 million on operating leases. The Company expects to
incur additional operating lease costs in connection with obtaining rights of
way for the Fiber Expansion. See Note 5 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In connection with the Fiber Expansion, the Company has committed to pay
contractors to construct and install a portion of the fiber optic cable. As of
May 15, 1996 these commitments amounted to approximately: (i) $20.7 million for
construction and installation in Texas; and (ii) $13.6 million for construction
and installation in Arizona. Also, under an agreement entered into in January
1996, the Company has a commitment to purchase $32.0 million of fiber optic
cable during a three-year term, with $25.0 million remaining as of May 15, 1996.
In June 1995, the Company entered into a three-year agreement with a common
carrier to purchase communication services, under which the Company is required
to purchase a monthly minimum of $350,000 in services. In September 1994, the
Company entered into an agreement with a common carrier to purchase dedicated
digital telecommunication services. Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company is required to purchase services with remaining monthly minimum
commitments of $.5 million through March 1998. The minimum commitments under
this agreement will be cancelled when the Company has paid a total of $22.5
million for services under the agreement. See Note 14 to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The Company is proceeding with the initial development and implementation
of a business plan for the Marca-Tel Mexican license. If implemented, the
development of the Marca-Tel business will require significant amounts of cash.
Although the Company cannot accurately predict its share of the amount of cash
that would be needed to pursue this opportunity, it estimates that at least
$30.0 million (and possibly significantly more) would be required by Marca-Tel
during 1996 - 1997. The $12.5 million proceeds of the GEPT Private Placement
will be available, if the Company so elects, to pursue the opportunity in
Mexico. The Company anticipates that the costs of pursuing such opportunity, if
they can be met at all, will be met through some combination of the following:
(i) offerings of debt or equity securities of the Mexican joint venture; (ii)
other incurrences of debt by the Mexican joint venture; (iii) joint venture
arrangements with third parties; (iv) vendor financing of equipment purchases;
and (v) further equity offerings or, subject to the restrictions imposed by the
Indenture, debt incurrences by the Company or from working capital. See
"Business -- Mexican Joint Venture."
42
<PAGE> 46
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
DEVELOPMENT AND REGULATION
The development of the long distance telecommunications industry was
strongly influenced by a 1982 court decree requiring the divestiture by AT&T of
its seven RBOCs and dividing the country into approximately 200 LATAs. The seven
RBOCs were allowed to provide local telephone service, local access service to
long distance carriers and intra-LATA long distance service (service within a
LATA), but were prohibited from providing inter-LATA service (service between
LATAs). The right to provide inter-LATA service was given to AT&T and the other
interexchange carriers, including the LECs that are not RBOCs. The FCC requires
all interexchange carriers to allow the resale of their inter-LATA services to
long distance carriers, and the 1982 court decree substantially eliminated
different access arrangements as distinguishing features among long distance
carriers. These and other legislative and judicial factors have helped smaller
long distance carriers emerge as alternatives to AT&T, MCI and Sprint for long
distance services.
Recently, the federal government enacted the Telecommunications Act, which,
among other things, allows the RBOCs and others such as electric utilities and
cable television companies to enter the long distance business. The Company
expects that the Telecommunications Act will substantially alter the way in
which the telecommunications industry is regulated. Such changes are, however,
difficult to predict accurately, because the FCC has not yet developed the
numerous regulations necessary to implement the Telecommunications Act. Entry of
the RBOCs or other entities such as electric utilities and cable television
companies into the long distance business may result in reduced market shares
for existing long distance companies and additional pricing pressure on long
distance providers such as the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Competition," "Risk
Factors -- Recent Legislation and Regulatory Uncertainty" and
"Business -- Regulation."
MARKET AND COMPETITION
General. Companies in the domestic long distance market had estimated
revenues of $75.9 billion in 1995. AT&T is the largest long distance carrier,
with an estimated 56.5% of total market revenues in 1995, while MCI and Sprint
had an estimated 19.7% and 9.4%, respectively, of total market revenues in that
year. These three carriers constitute what generally is referred to as the
"first tier" in the long distance market. Medium-sized long distance companies,
some with national capabilities, such as WorldCom, Frontier, Cable & Wireless
and LCI, constitute the "second tier" of the industry and, cumulatively, are
believed to have accounted for approximately 8.9% of total market revenues in
1995. The remainder of the market share is held by smaller companies, which are
known as "third-tier" carriers. The Company provides long-haul services to
companies in all three tiers and switched long distance services to companies in
the third tier.
According to data included in Long Distance Market Shares, Fourth Quarter
1995, an FCC report issued in March 1996, while long distance revenues grew at a
compound annual rate of over 8% during the period from 1989 through 1995, the
revenues of all carriers other than the first tier grew in the aggregate at a
compound annual rate of over 22% during the same period. Such analysis also
stated that the smaller second-tier and third-tier carriers increased their
market share sixfold over a ten-year period, increasing from less than 3% in
1984 to more than 17% in 1994. In addition, industry sources estimate that
combined revenues of second-tier and third-tier carriers grew by 17.9% in 1995.
Competition among the Company's customers and other retail long distance
providers for end-user customers is based upon advertising, pricing, customer
service, network quality and value-added services. The Company believes that
AT&T, MCI and Sprint engage in only limited direct sales to small and
medium-sized commercial users, generally focusing on residential and large
commercial accounts, thus creating opportunities for smaller long distance
providers. Industry observers estimate that over 400 smaller companies have
emerged to compete in the long distance business. See "Risk
Factors -- Competition."
Long-Haul Services. Long distance companies may be categorized as
facilities-based carriers and non-facilities-based carriers. Sellers of
long-haul services are generally facilities-based carriers that own long-haul
transmission facilities, such as fiber optic cable or digital microwave
equipment. The first-tier and some second-tier long distance companies are
facilities-based carriers offering long-haul service nationwide.
43
<PAGE> 47
Facilities-based carriers in the third tier of the market generally offer
long-haul services only in a limited geographic area. Customers using long-haul
services include: (i) facilities-based carriers that require long-haul capacity
where they have geographic gaps in their facilities, need additional capacity or
require geographically different alternative routing; and (ii)
non-facilities-based carriers requiring long-haul capacity to carry their
customers' long distance traffic. The Company's competitors in the long-haul
business include AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom and certain regional carriers.
Important competitive factors in the long-haul business are price, customer
service, network location and quality, reliability and availability. See
"Business -- Long-Haul Services."
Switched Long Distance Services. Long distance companies may be
characterized as switched or switchless carriers. Sellers of switched long
distance services are generally switched carriers, such as the Company, that own
one or more switches that direct telecommunications traffic. Facilities-based
carriers are generally switched carriers. However, many non-facilities based
carriers (i.e. , many long distance resellers) have switches. The Company's
customers are switchless carriers that depend on switched carriers to provide
switched long distance services to their end users. The Company's competitors in
the switched long distance business include AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom and
Frontier and many non-facilities-based switched carriers. Important competitive
factors in the switched long distance business are customer service
(particularly with respect to speed in delivery of computer billing records and
set-up of new end users with the LECs), ability of the network to complete calls
with a minimum of network-caused busy signals, scope of services offered, price,
reliability and transmission quality.
CALL ROUTING
An inter-LATA long distance telephone call begins with the caller's LEC
transmitting the call by means of its local switched network to a point of
connection with an interexchange carrier. The interexchange carrier, through its
switches and long-haul network, transmits the call to the called party's LEC,
which then completes the call over its local facilities. For each long distance
call, the originating LEC charges an access fee. The interexchange carrier also
charges a fee for its transmission of the call, a portion of which consists of a
fee charged by the LEC used to deliver the call. Under the Telecommunications
Act, state proceedings may in certain instances determine LEC access charge
rates. It is uncertain at this time what effect such proceedings may have on
such rates.
The following diagram illustrates the routing of an inter-LATA telephone
call (the diagram assumes the carrier switches are not within the local dialing
areas of either the caller or called party.
[CALL ROUTING DIAGRAM]
TECHNOLOGY
Telecommunications long-haul traffic generally is transmitted through
digital microwave or fiber optic equipment.
Fiber Optic Systems. Fiber optic systems use laser-generated light to
transmit voice and data in digital format through fine strands of glass. Fiber
optic systems are characterized by large circuit capacity, good
44
<PAGE> 48
sound quality, resistance to external signal interference and direct interface
to digital switching equipment. A pair of modern fiber optic strands, using
current technology, is capable of carrying 192 DS-3s or over 129,000
simultaneous telephone calls. Because fiber optic signals disperse over
distance, they must be regenerated at sites located along the fiber optic cable
(on older fiber optic systems the interval is 20 to 25 miles; on newer systems
that utilize modern fiber optic cable and splicing methods, such as will be used
in the Fiber Expansion, it is approximately 50 to 75 miles).
Microwave Systems. Although limited in capacity in comparison with fiber
optic systems (generally, no more than 28 DS-3s can be transmitted by microwave
between two antennae), digital microwave systems offer an effective and reliable
means of transmitting voice and data signals over intermediate and longer
distances. Microwaves are very high frequency radio waves that can be reflected,
focused and beamed in a line-of-sight transmission path. Because of their
electro-physical properties, microwaves can be used to transmit signals through
the air, with relatively little power. To create a communications circuit,
microwave signals are transmitted through a focusing antenna, received by an
antenna at the next station in the network, then amplified and retransmitted.
Because microwaves attenuate as they travel through the air, this transmission
process must be repeated at repeater stations, which consist of radio equipment,
antennae and back-up power sources, located on average every 25 miles along the
transmission network. As of March 31, 1996, the remaining net depreciated book
value of the Company's microwave equipment was less than 6% of total assets.
45
<PAGE> 49
BUSINESS
COMPANY OVERVIEW
The Company provides two principal services to long distance companies: (i)
long-haul transmission of voice and data over dedicated circuits; and (ii)
switched long distance services. The Company is one of only five carriers to own
a digital telecommunications network extending from coast-to-coast (the other
carriers are AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom). Its facilities include digital
switches located in Los Angeles, Dallas, Chicago, Philadelphia and Atlanta. The
Company is currently engaged in a major expansion of its network, as described
below.
The Company had revenues of approximately $91 million in 1995,
substantially all of which were generated by its long-haul business. The Company
has long-haul circuit contracts with over 200 long distance carriers, including
AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom, Cable & Wireless, Frontier and LCI. As of April 30,
1996, the Company had "take or pay" commitments from its long-haul customers of
approximately $160.0 million (consisting of approximately $90.0 million relating
to circuits currently in service and approximately $70.0 million relating to
circuits not yet ordered that the Company expects will be carried over leased
routes or routes being constructed). Long-haul transmission service is also
provided to customers after contract expiration on a month-to-month basis. The
Company's long-haul contracts provide for fixed monthly payments, generally in
advance. The Company has provided services to nine of its ten largest customers
for at least six years and, although sales volumes from particular customers
vary from year to year, has historically enjoyed a high customer retention rate
(annual customer retention has averaged over 90% from 1992-1995).
The Company recently expanded into the business of selling switched long
distance services to long distance resellers in order to complement its
long-haul business and to capitalize on its ability to provide switched services
over its own network. Switched long distance services are telecommunications
services such as residential long distance services that are processed through
the Company's digital switches and carried over long-haul circuits and other
transmission facilities owned or leased by the Company. During 1995, the Company
set up the infrastructure for its switched long distance business by installing
its switches, connecting them to its network and to the LECs, acquiring
software, hiring personnel and entering into contracts with customers. The
Company's switched network became fully operational in February 1996. The
Company sells switched long distance services on a per-call basis, charging by
minutes of use ("MOUs"), with payment due monthly after services are rendered.
The Company believes that it is well-positioned to attract long distance
resellers as customers for its switched long distance services because: (i) it
is not currently a significant competitor for sales to end users; and (ii) it
provides more focused service to its reseller customers, since servicing such
customers is its primary business, unlike its major competitors whose main
business is selling retail long distance service to endusers.
The Company has entered into switched long distance services contracts with
over 30 long distance resellers including Excel and GE Capital Communications.
Excel, a rapidly growing long distance reseller, first utilized the Company's
switched long distance services in February 1996. Excel has contracted to
increase its volume on the Company's network to a minimum of 70 million minutes
of traffic per month no later than October 1996. The Company's switched long
distance business has grown rapidly since its switched network became fully
operational in February 1996, with Excel accounting for most of the growth. The
Company's switched long distance revenues amounted to approximately $3.6 million
in the quarter ended March 31, 1996 (with $0.7 million in January 1996, $1.3
million in February 1996 and $1.6 million in March 1996), $3.1 million in April
1996 and $6.4 million in May 1996. Excel accounted for 17%, 67% and 76% of such
revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the month of April 1996 and the
month of May 1996, respectively. See " -- Switched Long Distance Services."
The Company owns a coast-to-coast network containing over 1,700 fiber optic
route miles and over 5,000 digital microwave route miles. In addition, the
Company currently supplements its own facilities with a significant amount of
fiber optic capacity obtained from other carriers to service customers that
require capacity not available on the Company's own network.
46
<PAGE> 50
The Company is currently undertaking a major expansion of its network by
adding a substantial number of additional fiber route miles to increase the
Company's network capacity, allowing it: (i) to increase revenues by offering
its customers significantly more capacity on certain existing routes and
high-capacity on new routes; and (ii) to reduce costs by moving traffic from
capacity leased from other carriers to its own network. In this way, the Company
seeks to improve profitability and cash flow through increasing revenues and
decreasing certain costs. In addition, the Company seeks to create sufficient
capacity through the Fiber Expansion to support increased long-haul demand which
may result in the future from frame relay, ATM, multimedia, Internet and other
capacity-intensive applications. The Company seeks to construct the Fiber
Expansion over routes where one or more of the following factors are present:
(i) customer demand or historical demographic factors indicate a demand for
high-capacity fiber network on the route; (ii) the route is attractive as a
complement to the routes of other carriers, which may enable the Company to
lease its new capacity on the route to other carriers or exchange a portion of
its new capacity on the route for capacity from another carrier; or (iii) the
capacity will replace capacity otherwise leased by the Company from other
carriers. The Company is seeking to raise additional cash to complete Phase I of
the Fiber Expansion by means of the Equity Offering.
The principal executive offices of IXC Communications are located at 5000
Plaza on the Lake, Suite 200, Austin, Texas, 78746 and its telephone number is
(512) 328-1112.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's primary business objectives over the near term are: (i) to
rapidly increase revenue from its switched long distance services business; (ii)
to substantially complete the backbone of Phase I of the Fiber Expansion in the
first quarter of 1997; and (iii) to utilize the expanded network to increase its
revenues and profitability.
The key elements of the Company's strategy to achieve these objectives are:
Reducing Costs. The Company seeks to achieve substantial cost savings
through the Fiber Expansion by reducing the amount of capacity it would
otherwise obtain from other carriers. The Company incurred costs (including
through capacity exchanges) of $38.7 million for off-net fiber optic capacity
from other carriers in 1995. In the event the Company achieves revenue growth in
the long-haul business and the switched long distance business, its usage of
long-haul capacity (including capacity leased from other carriers) will
increase. The Company believes the Fiber Expansion will enable it to reduce
expenditures for capacity now leased off-net (and to reduce the additional
expenses for leasing capacity that would otherwise be required to support
revenue growth) and thereby increase its operating cash flow, because the new
fiber routes: (i) should carry much of the traffic that would otherwise be
transmitted over off-net circuits and (ii) may enable the Company to enter into
additional exchanges of fiber capacity with other carriers. See "-- The
Company's Network" and "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to Completion of the
Fiber Expansion."
Increasing Long-Haul Circuit Revenues. The Company's ability to expand its
long-haul business has previously been limited because the existing network
owned by the Company is geographically limited and because the digital microwave
portion of its network has been utilized at or near its maximum practical
capacity. The Company seeks through the Fiber Expansion to install high-capacity
new routes and substantially increase the capacity of certain existing routes,
allowing the Company to lease additional circuits to its customers.
Establishing a Platform for Capacity-Intensive Data Applications. The
Company is using advanced (though commercially tested) fiber optic technology in
the Fiber Expansion. The expanded network will have SONET technology and the
broadband capabilities to provide a platform to support advanced, capacity-
intensive products such as frame relay, ATM, multimedia and Internet related
applications. See "-- The Company's Network" and "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating
to Completion of the Fiber Expansion."
Providing Backup Routing for Major Carriers. An area of substantial growth
in certain markets for the Company in recent years has been the provision of
circuits to facilities-based carriers such as AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom
(the other four companies that own coast-to-coast digital networks), to be used
as
47
<PAGE> 51
alternative routes by such carriers in the event of a service outage. Such
companies prefer alternative routes separated geographically from their routes
to increase the possibility that the alternative route will be functional in the
event of a natural disaster. The Company has planned the Fiber Expansion to be
separated geographically as far as practicable from the existing fiber routes of
such carriers. The Company believes that the Fiber Expansion, with the resulting
significant increase in fiber optic geographic coverage and capacity, will
greatly increase the attractiveness of the Company's network as alternative
routing to certain major carriers as a backup to their own networks.
Capitalizing on Excel Relationship. The Company views Excel as the "anchor
tenant" of its switched network, potentially providing the Company with
significant traffic volumes on which to base its entry into the switched long
distance services business. The Company seeks to increase its share of the
traffic of Excel, which currently obtains the bulk of the switched long distance
services it requires from other carriers, through customer service, network
quality and geographic availability. See "-- Switched Long Distance Services --
Customers and Marketing." Excel recently announced that it entered into a
four-year, $900 million contract to purchase switched long distance services
from WorldCom. Although the Company believes that Excel's commitment to WorldCom
will not impair Excel's relationship with the Company, WorldCom will be a
significant competitor for Excel's business. See "Risk Factors -- Reliance on
Major Customers."
Establishing Other Long-Term Relationships. The Company seeks to establish
a dependable revenue stream through long-term relationships with its customers.
The Company has long-haul contracts (generally on a long-term basis) with over
200 long distance carriers, including AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom, Cable &
Wireless, Frontier and LCI. The Company has provided services to nine of its ten
largest customers for at least six years and, although sales volumes from
particular customers vary from year to year, has historically enjoyed a high
customer retention rate (annual customer retention has averaged over 90% from
1992-1995). Although the Company's five switches first became operational in the
fourth quarter of 1995, the Company has already entered into contracts with over
30 long distance resellers, including GE Capital Communication.
Providing an Automated Software Interface. The Company seeks to increase
its attractiveness to existing and potential customers of switched long distance
services by providing a sophisticated automated interface to the Company's
computer system through its proprietary IXC Online software. Utilizing IXC
Online, customers are able to access up-to-date information regarding their
end-user customers and the calls made by such end-users. IXC Online is designed
to allow each of the Company's carrier customers to: (i) download call detail
records for its end-users for billing purposes; (ii) arrange with the
appropriate LEC to register the carrier as the designated long distance carrier
for its new end-users; and (iii) file trouble reports for resolution.
Acting as an Alternative Switched Long Distance Services Provider. The
Company believes that it is well positioned to attract long distance resellers
as customers for its switched long distance services because: (i) it is not
currently a significant competitor for sales to end users; and (ii) it provides
more focused service to its reseller customers, since servicing such customers
is its primary business, unlike its major competitors (AT&T, MCI, Sprint, World
Com and Frontier) whose main business is selling retail long distance service to
end-users. See "-- Switched Long Distance Services" and "Risk
Factors -- Development Risks and Dependence on Switched Long Distance Business."
THE COMPANY'S NETWORK
SERVICES
The Company provides two basic services: (i) long-haul services; and (ii)
switched long distance services.
Long-Haul Services. A long-haul circuit is an unswitched
telecommunications transmission circuit used by customers, such as
non-facilities-based carriers that have switches but do not own transmission
facilities, to transport their already-switched traffic between LATAs. Calls
being transmitted over a long-haul circuit for a customer are generally routed
by the customer through a switch to a receiving terminal in the Company's
network. The Company transmits the signals over a long-haul circuit to the
terminal where the signals are to
48
<PAGE> 52
exit the Company's network. The signals are then routed by the customer through
another switch and to the call recipient through a LEC. The Company typically
bills the customers a fixed monthly rate depending on the capacity and length of
the circuit, regardless of the amount the circuit is actually used. See
"-- Long-Haul Services."
Switched Long Distance Services. Switched long distance services are
telecommunications services such as residential and commercial long distance
service that involve processing calls through the switches of a carrier. Among
the Company's switched long distance services product offerings are two basic
services: (i) call origination and termination services and (ii) call
termination services. For non-facilities-based carriers such as switchless
carriers, the Company provides call origination and termination. This generally
includes: (i) arranging with the caller's LEC to connect the call to the
Company's switching center (this is referred to as "origination") and (ii)
transmitting the call to another Company switching center or a hub connecting
the call to the recipient's LEC and arranging with the LEC to connect the call
to the recipient (this is referred to as "termination"). Other customers (for
example, non-facilities based carriers with regional switches in certain areas
but not in others) require termination but not origination services. In this
case, the customer delivers a call to the Company's switching center and the
Company terminates the call. The Company typically bills the customer at a
variable rate depending on the duration, day and time of day of the call and
whether the call is intrastate, interstate or international. See "-- Switched
Long Distance Services."
FACILITIES
The Company is one of only five carriers to own a coast-to-coast digital
network. The Company's owned network presently includes five digital switches
and over 6,800 route miles with a capacity of over 171,000 DS-3 miles (including
over 1,700 fiber optic route miles with capacity of over 114,000 DS-3 miles and
over 5,000 digital microwave route miles with a capacity of over 57,000 DS-3
miles). The Fiber Expansion, when completed, should increase the capacity
available to the Company to lease to its customers to over 300,000 DS-3 miles,
with significant additional capacity available when needed by the Company. See
the map depicting the network on the inside front cover of this Prospectus.
The Company's own facilities are supplemented with over 87,000 DS-3 miles
of fiber optic capacity obtained from other carriers. Of such capacity, over
48,000 DS-3 miles are leased by the Company. Approximately 39,000 DS-3 miles of
such capacity are obtained by the Company through long-term capacity-exchange
agreements with MCI and WorldCom whereby the Company trades capacity or fibers
on its fiber network for capacity on the other carriers' networks. The Company
has been able to negotiate these significant exchange agreements because of the
placement of the Company's existing networks in locations where other
facilities-based carriers require additional capacity and the comparatively
large expense to such other carriers of constructing new fiber optic facilities.
Such exchange agreements increase the scope of the Company's network through the
addition of the exchanged capacity while reducing the Company's cash
expenditures for off-net facilities.
The Company's network includes five digital switches located in Los
Angeles, Dallas, Chicago, Philadelphia and Atlanta, each directly connected over
either on-net or off-net long-haul circuits: (i) to at least two other switching
centers; (ii) to certain of the Company's over 30 Hubs (local connection
points); and (iii) to certain LEC Central Office switches. The Hubs are
connected (generally by off-net circuits) to LEC Central Office switches, which
in turn are connected to end-user telephone lines. The switches utilize common
channel signaling (SS7), which reduces connect time delays and directs calls
using least cost routing. The Company's switched operations are supplemented by
agreements with Allnet and WorldCom. Under such agreements, Allnet and WorldCom
supply switched capacity to the Company, automatically handling calls routed
through LEC Central Offices not connected to the Company's Hubs or switches and
calls which exceed the capacity of the Company's switched network.
The capacity of the Company's switches may be expanded with processor
upgrades, additional memory and ports. The Company plans to add more ports and
other equipment for its existing switches and to add additional switches as
required to accommodate customer demand. While the Company cannot yet ascertain
the capital cost of such ports, additional equipment and switches, the Company
anticipates that it will be able,
49
<PAGE> 53
subject to certain restrictions under the indenture relating to the Senior
Notes, to obtain such equipment under capital leases.
NETWORK RELIABILITY
The Company's network offers a reliable means of transmitting large volumes
of voice and data signals. To assist in providing reliable and high-quality
transmission service, all important functions of the network are monitored
during regular business hours from regional operations centers in Columbus,
Kansas City, Fort Worth and Tucson. Thereafter, monitoring is conducted from the
Company's national operations center in its Austin headquarters. The national
center also provides overall system monitoring on a 24-hour basis. This system
alerts the Company to situations which could affect customer transmission and
generally allows the Company to take remedial actions before customer service is
affected. In addition, the Company employs approximately 100 operations
personnel who are based along the network to perform preventative maintenance as
well as repair functions on its long-haul network. Company operations personnel
conduct annual system performance testing and make periodic unannounced visits
to terminal sites to evaluate technician performance. In addition, the Company
maintains a staff of 55 technicians to provide maintenance and other technical
support services for switched long distance services.
FIBER EXPANSION
The Company currently supplements its own facilities with over 87,000 DS-3
miles of fiber optic capacity leased from other carriers and incurred costs
(including through capacity exchanges) of $38.7 million in 1995 for such
capacity. This capacity is required because the digital microwave portion of the
Company's network is utilized at or near its maximum capacity and because the
Company's customers require capacity not available on the Company's own network.
The Company is currently undertaking the Fiber Expansion to add a substantial
number of additional route miles to increase its network capacity and geographic
scope. The Fiber Expansion will allow the Company to: (i) increase revenues by
offering to its customers significantly more capacity on certain existing routes
and high-capacity new routes; (ii) reduce costs by moving long-haul traffic from
circuits leased from other carriers to its own network; and (iii) support
increased long-haul circuit demand which may result in the future from frame
relay, ATM, multimedia, Internet and other capacity-intensive applications. The
Company estimates that the Fiber Expansion will produce additional cost savings
by supporting growth in its long-haul business and switched long distance
business which would otherwise require significant off-net capacity usage. The
Fiber Expansion will enable the Company to avoid increased expenditures for
leasing off-net capacity because the new fiber routes: (i) should carry much of
the traffic that would otherwise be transmitted over off-net circuits and (ii)
may enable the Company to enter into additional exchanges of fiber capacity with
other carriers. In this way, the Company seeks to improve cash flow through
increasing revenues and decreasing certain costs.
Construction. The Company has planned the Fiber Expansion to cover, to the
greatest extent practicable, routes where one or more of the following factors
are present: (i) customer demand indicates a need for high-capacity fiber
network on the route; (ii) the route is attractive as a complement to the routes
of other carriers, which may enable the Company to lease its new capacity on the
route to other carriers or exchange a portion of its new capacity on the route
for capacity from other carriers; or (iii) the capacity will replace capacity
leased by the Company from other carriers. The Company plans to complete the
Fiber Expansion in two phases along the following routes, which the Company
believes to be generally geographically diverse from the existing long-haul
fiber networks of AT&T, MCI, Sprint and WorldCom (the routes are subject to
change depending on the availability of certain cost-saving arrangements and the
Company's ability to reduce construction costs and enhance the benefits from the
routes to be constructed):
(i) Phase I will provide an approximately 4,000 mile fiber optic route to
supplement the Company's existing New York-Los Angeles route, which consists
primarily of digital microwave facilities. Phase I is planned to extend the
Company's existing New York-Philadelphia fiber optic route to Los Angeles over
new fiber optic cable through Chicago, Dallas and Phoenix.
50
<PAGE> 54
(ii) Phase II is planned to include an approximately 3,100 mile fiber
optic route from New York via Atlanta to Houston, with spurs to Florida,
Louisiana and Texas.
The proposed routes for the Fiber Expansion are set forth on a map on the
inside front cover page of this Prospectus.
The Company intends to install and maintain a minimum of 48 fibers along
the backbone of the Fiber Expansion route. Because of the relatively low
incremental cost of additional strands of fiber, the Company may install
additional fiber in some segments of the Fiber Expansion route. The Company
plans generally to light initially only four of the new fibers (which will add
an aggregate of approximately 300,000 DS-3 miles to the Company's network).
Certain of the remaining fibers will be reserved and used as a platform to
support emerging capacity-intensive data and multimedia applications. The
Company intends to light certain additional fibers as needed in the future and
may use the other additional fibers for sale or exchange arrangements. See
" -- Business Strategy" and "Risk Factors -- Risks Relating to Completion of the
Fiber Expansion."
The Company has already begun the Fiber Expansion, with the backbone of
Phase I scheduled to be substantially completed and in service in the first
quarter of 1997. A portion of Phase I is being constructed in connection with an
agreement entered into with WorldCom in December 1995 (the "WorldCom Fiber Build
Agreement"). Pursuant to this agreement, each company is constructing a fiber
route approximately 1,100 miles long and placing fibers for both companies in
the route. WorldCom's route is to extend from Akron through Indianapolis to a
suburb of St. Louis, with a spur from Indianapolis to a suburb of Chicago. The
Company's route is to extend from Dallas to Phoenix with a spur to Ft. Worth.
Each party will maintain the fiber in its route at no cost to the other party.
This arrangement will result in substantial savings for the Company as opposed
to constructing both routes by itself. The WorldCom Fiber Build Agreement
provides for substantial penalties ($400,000 per month) for either party which
does not complete construction of the applicable route by October 1, 1996, but
only after a grace period and only in the event the other party has already
completed its route. No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to
complete its route in time to avoid such penalties.
Phase I of the Fiber Expansion will connect four of the Company's five
switches with high-capacity long-haul circuits on its own network, utilizing
advanced fiber optic technology capable of efficiently transmitting
capacity-intensive services, such as Internet and multimedia applications, frame
relay and ATM. Phase I is expected to deliver significant strategic and
financial benefits to the Company as a result of: (i) producing substantial
savings by allowing the Company to move a portion of its excess long-haul
traffic from leased circuits on the networks of other carriers to its own
expanded network; (ii) providing high-capacity new routes and substantially
increasing the capacity of certain existing routes, allowing the Company to
increase revenues by leasing additional circuits to its customers; (iii)
allowing the Company to improve profitability in its switched long distance
services business by reducing underlying costs of long-haul transmission; and
(iv) creating sufficient capacity to support increased demand which may result
from Internet and multimedia applications, frame relay and ATM.
Cost. The principal components of the cost of the Fiber Expansion will
include: (i) fiber optic cable; (ii) engineering and construction; (iii)
electronics; and (iv) rights-of-way. The rights-of-way will be provided pursuant
to long-term leases or other arrangements (some of which may provide for
substantial continuing payments) entered into with railroads, highway
commissions, pipeline owners, utilities or others. The Company anticipates that
such rights-of-way will be available along the planned routes of the Fiber
Expansion. The Company will seek to realize significant cost savings and offsets
to the cost of the Fiber Expansion through the WorldCom Fiber Build Agreement
and through one or more of the following cost-saving arrangements: (i) including
additional fibers in the Fiber Expansion for lease or sale to other carriers;
(ii) exchanging excess fibers or capacity on the Company's expanded network for
excess fibers or capacity on other carriers' networks; and (iii) obtaining the
right to install Company-owned fibers in new fiber optic routes being
constructed by other carriers along the proposed Fiber Expansion routes in
exchange for the Company (a) sharing construction costs with the other carrier,
(b) allowing the other carrier to use excess Company fiber elsewhere in the
Company's network, or (c) allowing the other carrier to add its own fibers to
segments
51
<PAGE> 55
of the Fiber Expansion. There can be no assurance that the Company will enter
into additional cost-saving arrangements. See "Risk Factors -- Negative Cash
Flow and Capital Requirements." The Company has had experience with arrangements
of this type with several major carriers, including MCI, Sprint, Cable &
Wireless and WorldCom.
The Company anticipates that Phase I of the Fiber Expansion will cost
approximately $225.0 million (taking into account the effect of cost-saving
arrangements it has already entered into, including the WorldCom Fiber Build
Agreement). As of April 30, 1996, the Company had spent approximately $12.0
million of such amount for Phase I. The Company expects that, in the event it is
successful in completing the Equity Offering, it will substantially complete the
backbone of Phase I in the first quarter of 1997, meeting the cost of its
construction with cash on hand (including, as of May 31, 1996, approximately
$152.9 million from the escrow account described herein) and the proceeds of the
Equity Offering.
Following Phase I, the Company plans to complete Phase II, consisting of
approximately 3,100 route miles. The Company anticipates that Phase II, if
constructed without any cost-saving arrangements, would cost approximately
$275.0 million. The Company will seek to meet the costs of Phase II through: (i)
additional cost-saving arrangements; (ii) cash flow from its existing
operations; (iii) increased cash flow resulting from reduced off-net capacity
costs as segments of the Fiber Expansion are completed; and (iv) if the Company
is able to successfully develop the switched-products business, increased cash
flow from the switched-products business. In the event no other cost-saving
arrangements are entered into, and the sources of cash referred to above are not
available as soon as desired, the Company anticipates that, to proceed with
Phase II, it will be necessary either: (i) to meet the remaining costs of the
Fiber Expansion through a combination of debt or equity funding (subject to the
restrictions set forth in the indenture for the Senior Notes); or (ii) to slow
or delay the construction of the Fiber Expansion until sufficient funds are
available. No assurance can be given that cash will in fact be available from
any of the sources listed above. See "-- The Company's Network," "-- Business
Strategy," "Risk Factors -- Negative Cash Flow and Capital Requirements," "Risk
Factors -- Risks Relating to Completion of the Fiber Expansion," "Risk
Factors -- Substantial Indebtedness," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
Construction Management. The Company's management and staff have
substantial experience in the construction of long-haul telecommunications
systems. The Company's existing nationwide digital network, its 346-mile Texas
fiber optic network constructed in 1993 and the recent 58-mile extension of its
Michigan fiber optic network to Indiana were engineered and constructed by the
Company. The Texas network and the Michigan-Indiana extension incorporated
modern fiber optic cable and SONET optronics. In addition, the Company
successfully closed contracts on its Texas network with AT&T, MCI and Sprint
after such companies carefully reviewed the Company's engineering and operations
capabilities. The Company believes that its experienced engineering and
operations management and staff have the requisite skills and experience to
successfully complete the Fiber Expansion.
LONG-HAUL SERVICES
OVERVIEW
Substantially all of the Company's 1995 revenues were generated by its
long-haul business. The Company has long-haul circuit contracts with over 200
long distance carriers.
STRATEGY
The Company is seeking to increase revenues in its long-haul business
through meeting these primary objectives: (i) expanding its network to provide
additional capacity on its existing routes and high-capacity new routes to
provide access to major population centers (including routes which may be
attractive to major carriers) as backup routes; (ii) providing high-quality,
reliable transmission services on a fixed-cost basis at rates generally below
those currently offered by AT&T and competitive with those offered by other
carriers; and (iii) use the expanded network as a platform to support increased
long-haul circuit demand which may result in the future from frame relay, ATM,
multimedia, Internet and other capacity-intensive applications.
52
<PAGE> 56
The Company is seeking to decrease expenses in its long-haul business
through the Fiber Expansion, which the Company anticipates will allow it to move
traffic from circuits leased from other carriers to its own network.
CUSTOMERS AND MARKETING
The Company has long-haul circuit contracts with over 200 long distance
carriers, including AT&T, MCI, Sprint, WorldCom, Cable & Wireless, Frontier and
LCI. As of April 30, 1996, the Company had "take or pay" commitments from its
long-haul customers aggregating over $160.0 million (consisting of approximately
$90.0 million relating to circuits currently in service and approximately $70.0
million relating to circuits not yet ordered that the Company expects will be
carried over leased routes or routes being constructed). The Company also
provides long-haul transmission to customers after contract expiration on a
month-to-month basis. The Company's long-haul contracts provide for fixed
monthly payments, generally in advance. The Company has provided services to
nine of its ten largest customers for at least six years and, although sales
volumes from particular customers vary from year to year, has historically
enjoyed a high customer retention rate (annual customer retention has averaged
over 90% from 1992-1995).
The Company markets its long-haul circuit capacity generally to: (i)
facilities-based carriers that require long-haul capacity where they have
geographic gaps in their facilities, need additional capacity or require
geographically different, alternative routing; and (ii) non-facilities-based
carriers requiring long-haul capacity to carry their customers' long distance
traffic. The Company focuses most of its direct sales efforts on providing
customer support services to existing customers and on adding new customers. The
Company's long-haul circuit sales force presently consists of ten account
managers based at the Company's headquarters in Austin and at direct sales
offices in or near Washington, D.C., New Haven, San Francisco, Kansas City,
Chicago, St. Louis, Houston and Sunrise Beach, Missouri.
During 1993, 1994, 1995 and the first quarter of 1996, WorldCom and
Frontier, the Company's two largest customers, accounted for 23% and 24%, 25%
and 23%, 20% and 21%, and 16% and 19% respectively, of the Company's revenues.
During fiscal 1995, the Company leased transmission capacity to 212 customers.
The ten largest customers during that year accounted for approximately 78% of
revenues. See "Risk Factors -- Reliance on Major Customers."
PRICES AND CONTRACTS
The Company's strategy is to offer prices generally lower than those of
AT&T and competitive with the prices of other carriers, to permit the Company's
customers, through a stable, long-term fixed pricing structure, to maintain
control over transmission costs. The Company's long-haul transmission agreements
with its customers generally provide for original terms of one to three years
and for monthly payment in advance on a fixed-rate basis, calculated according
to the capacity and length of the circuit. The agreements generally provide that
the customer may terminate the affected service without penalty "for cause" in
the event of substantial and prolonged outages arising from causes within the
Company's control, and for certain other defined causes. Generally, the lease
agreements further provide that the customer may terminate the agreement "for
convenience" at its discretion at any time upon notice to the Company. However,
termination for convenience generally requires either full payment of all
charges through the end of the lease term or the payment of substantial
termination fees intended to allow the Company to recover certain costs and, in
some cases, lost profits. Damages attributable to a customer's termination of
the agreement are generally reduced, however, by an offset for any income the
Company earns from re-leasing the terminated capacity during the remaining
portion of the lease term.
COMPETITION
In providing bulk long-haul circuit capacity, the Company competes with
AT&T, which is the largest supplier of long distance voice and data transmission
services in the United States, MCI, WorldCom and Sprint, all of which have
substantially greater financial resources than the Company and a far more
extensive transmission network than the Company's network. As a result of the
Telecommunications Act, the Company
53
<PAGE> 57
and its customers will also face competition from the RBOCs, GTE and others such
as electric utilities and cable television companies. The Company also competes
on a regional basis with major regional carriers. Important competitive factors
in the long-haul business are price, customer service, network location and
quality, reliability and availability. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."
SWITCHED LONG DISTANCE SERVICES
OVERVIEW
The Company has recently expanded into the business of selling switched
long distance services to long distance resellers in order to complement its
long-haul business and to capitalize on its ability to provide switched services
over its own network. During 1995, the Company set up the infrastructure for its
switched long distance business by installing its switches, connecting them to
its network and to the LECs, acquiring software, hiring personnel and entering
into contracts with customers. Although the Company's five switches first became
operational in the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company has already entered into
contracts with over 30 long distance resellers, including Excel and GE Capital
Communication. Pursuant to these contracts, the Company sells switched long
distance services on a per-call basis, charging by MOUs, with payment due
monthly after services are rendered. The Company believes that it is well
positioned to attract long distance resellers as customers for its switched long
distance services because: (i) it is not currently a significant competitor for
sales to end users; and (ii) it provides more focused service to its reseller
customers, since servicing such customers is its primary business, unlike its
major competitors whose main business is selling retail long distance services
to end-users.
STRATEGY
The Company seeks to rapidly increase revenues from its switched long
distance business through: (i) long-term arrangements with significant customers
and customers the Company considers likely to grow quickly; (ii) providing a
sophisticated automated software interface with its customers; and (iii)
offering pricing which is generally lower than that charged by AT&T and
competitive with that of other long distance service providers. The Company
seeks to increase the profitability of its switched long distance services
business by decreasing its average cost per MOU through efficiencies achieved
with higher volumes and through reducing network costs through the Fiber
Expansion. See "-- Business Strategy."
CUSTOMERS AND MARKETING
The Company focuses its sales efforts on directly contacting large reseller
customers with monthly volumes of at least $1 million and smaller, growing
resellers with volumes between $50,000 and $250,000 per month that the Company
expects to be reasonably likely to grow to the $1 million per month level. The
Company's switched-products sales force includes ten sales executives based at
the Company's headquarters in Austin and at direct sales offices in Atlanta,
Dallas, Denver and Los Angeles. Although sales of switched long distance
services to end-user customers do not currently account for a significant
portion of the Company's switched long distance business, the Company may, from
time to time, consider acquiring long distance resellers or end-user customer
bases. Even if this does occur, however, the Company does not expect to change
its focus from its reseller customers.
Excel. In 1994, the Company and Excel, a large long distance reseller,
formed the SSC joint venture to lease, install and operate the five switches
incorporated into the Company's network and to provide switched long distance
services to the Company and Excel. As of January 1, 1996, the Company became the
sole owner of SSC by purchasing Excel's minority interest and certain
contractual arrangements were modified so that, among other things: (i) the
Company is permitted to sell switched long distance services to Excel at a
positive margin (the joint venture had been required to sell to Excel at a price
approximately equal to its cost); and (ii) Excel is permitted to reduce its
minimum commitment to the Company by inviting the Company to bid along with
other carriers to provide long-haul circuits to Excel (as described below). The
parties modified their relationship because: (i) Excel desired to sell its
interest in the joint venture because the continuing growth of its business led
it to consider acquiring its own switches to supplement the services it will
receive
54
<PAGE> 58
from other carriers; and (ii) the Company desired to sell switched long distance
services to Excel at a positive margin and have the opportunity to bid on the
long-haul transmission for any new switches that Excel may acquire. On February
15, 1996, Excel started to transfer traffic to the Company's network. By October
1996, Excel is required to use at least 70 million minutes of traffic per month.
Excel's commitment continues through the earlier of the date on which Excel has
routed 4.2 billion minutes over the Company's network, or five years from the
date Excel first routes 70 million minutes per month over the Company's network.
The minimum commitment is subject to reduction or termination: (i) if Excel
installs its own switches and invites the Company to bid along with other
carriers (to win such bids, the Company would have to be the lowest bidder) to
provide Excel with the long-haul circuits utilized by such switches (even if
this did occur, Excel would still have to meet the minimum commitment of 70
million minutes per month until the expiration of the 24-month period after the
date Excel first routes 70 million minutes per month over the Company's
network); or (ii) for breach of contract by the Company or for other reasons
which the Company believes should be under its control.
Customer Contracts. The Company's rates for switched long distance
services generally vary with the duration of the call, the day and the time of
day the call was made and whether the traffic is intrastate, interstate or
international. The rates charged are not affected by which facilities are
selected by the Company's switching centers for transmission of the call or by
the distance of the call. Different rates are applied to combined origination
and termination services than are applied to termination services. The
agreements between the Company and its customers for switched long distance
services generally provide for payment in arrears based on MOUs. The agreements
generally also provide that the customer may terminate the affected service
without penalty in the event of substantial and prolonged outages arising from
causes within the Company's control, and for certain other defined causes.
Generally, the agreements provide that the customer, in order to avoid being
obligated to pay higher rates (or, in some cases, penalties), must utilize at
least a minimum dollar amount (measured by dollars or minutes of use) of
switched long distance services per month for the term of the agreement.
Customer Care. The Company believes that customer support will prove to be
an important factor in attracting and retaining customers for its switched long
distance services. Customer service for switched long distance services includes
processing new accounts, responding to inquiries and disputes relating to
billing, credit adjustments and cancellations and conducting technical repair
and other support services. IXC Online is designed to allow each of the
Company's carrier customers to: (i) download current call detail records for its
end-users for billing purposes; (ii) arrange with the appropriate LEC to
register the carrier as the designated long distance carrier for its new end
users; and (iii) file trouble reports for resolution. The Company employed 15
people in its switched long distance services customer service group as of March
31, 1996.
DECREASED COSTS THROUGH INCREASED VOLUMES
Large MOU volumes should enable the Company to spread its fixed costs over
more MOUs and to more efficiently configure its network, reducing the cost per
MOU. The Company seeks to efficiently configure the circuits available so that
calls are completed on a cost-effective basis. The Company periodically analyzes
calling patterns using mathematical formulas to determine the circuit capacity
required to cost-effectively service the expected call volume. For example, if
there is sufficient calling traffic available, the Company may upgrade
transmission circuitry in an area from DS-1 to DS-3. A similar analysis will be
made when deciding whether to install a new switch in a region.
SERVICES
The Company markets a variety of switched long distance services, including
operator services, directory assistance, international service and the
following:
1 Plus Switched Service. Provides end users with direct-dial service over
the Company's digital network.
1 Plus Dedicated Service. Provides direct-dial service over the Company's
digital network for end users that have arranged to connect to the Company's
nearest hub through a local loop. This service is less expensive than 1 Plus
Switched Service because the access charges of the end-user's LEC are reduced.
55
<PAGE> 59
800/888 Switched Service. Provides customers with 800/888 service over the
Company's digital network.
800/888 Dedicated Service. Provides 800/888 service over the Company's
digital network for end users that have arranged to connect to the Company's
nearest hub through a local loop. This service is less expensive than 800/888
Switched Service because the access charges of the end-user's LEC are reduced.
Calling Card Service. Provides telephone card service.
Debit Card Service. Provides prepaid telephone card service.
Switched Termination Service. Provides carrier customers having use of a
switch in one area with termination services in other areas.
COMPETITION
The Company competes with numerous facilities-based interexchange carriers,
some of which are substantially larger, have substantially greater financial,
technical and marketing resources and utilize larger transmission systems than
the Company. AT&T is the largest supplier of switched long distance services in
the United States inter-LATA market. The Company also competes in selling
switched long distance services with: (i) other facilities-based carriers, such
as MCI, Sprint, WorldCom and certain regional carriers, and (ii) certain
non-facilities-based carriers. As a result of the Telecommunications Act, the
Company will also now face competition from the RBOCs, GTE and others such as
electric utilities and cable television companies. The Company believes that the
principal competitive factors affecting it are customer service (particularly
with respect to speed in delivery of computer billing records and set-up of new
end users with the LECS), ability of the network to complete calls with a
minimum of network-caused busy signals, scope of services offered, price,
reliability and transmission quality. The Company seeks to compete effectively
with other interexchange carriers and resellers on the basis of these factors.
The ability of the Company to compete effectively will depend upon its ability
to maintain high-quality services at prices generally equal to or below those
charged by its competitors. In the United States, price competition in the long
distance business has been intensive over the last five years. The FCC has, on
several occasions since 1984, approved or required price decreases by AT&T
through the imposition of "price cap" regulations. However, the FCC recently
classified AT&T as a "non-dominant interexchange carrier," with the effect that
AT&T is no longer subject to price regulation of its long distance services.
Since the Company believes that its customers generally price their service
offerings at or below the prices charged by AT&T for its telecommunications
services, reductions by AT&T in its rates may necessitate similar price
decreases by the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."
REGULATION
Certain subsidiaries of the Company operate as communications common
carriers in providing service to their customers that are other common carriers.
These subsidiaries are subject to applicable FCC regulations under the
Communications Act, some of which may be affected by the Telecommunications Act.
See "Risk Factors -- Recent Legislation and Regulatory Uncertainty." In
addition, those subsidiaries which operate the common carrier point-to-point
microwave network are subject to applicable FCC regulations for use of the radio
frequencies. The FCC issues licenses to use certain radio frequency spectrum at
transmitter site locations. Each license gives the Company the right to operate
the microwave radio station for the term of the license. Currently, the Company
holds licenses to operate the microwave sites in the Company's network. The
licenses all expire in 2001. These licenses are renewable upon application
containing a statement that they are used in compliance with the applicable FCC
rules. The Company expects that the FCC will renew its licenses in due course.
The Company, as a point-to-point common carrier microwave license holder, is
subject to regulation by the Federal Aviation Administration with respect to the
construction of transmission towers and to certain local zoning regulation
affecting construction of towers and other facilities.
Recent court decisions (which were issued before the Telecommunications
Act) require the FCC to require carriers to file tariffs. However, the FCC
currently does not actively exercise its authority to regulate such carriers'
rates and services. Moreover, the Telecommunications Act gives the FCC authority
to forebear
56
<PAGE> 60
from applying provisions of the Communications Act, including the requirement
that carriers file tariffs. The FCC has released a Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, proposing a mandatory detariffing policy to eliminate the tariff
requirements for non-dominant interstate, interexchange carriers. However, the
FCC will retain jurisdiction to act upon complaints against any common carrier
for failure to comply with its statutory obligations as a common carrier.
The FCC regulates many of the rates, charges and services provided by the
local exchange carriers. This regulation may affect the Company because it
leases local access transmission facilities from local telephone companies. The
FCC's price cap regulation of the RBOCs and other LECs provides them with
considerable flexibility in pricing their services. In addition, the FCC
recently freed AT&T from price cap regulation. This FCC action may affect the
Company, because it competes with AT&T. The FCC's current and future actions
could result in decreases in the rates charged to end-user customers by AT&T and
other competitors for their services. Thus, one effect of the FCC's action may
be to intensify further price competition among long distance companies.
Regulation can also affect the costs of business for the Company, its
customers and its competitors. In order to provide services, carriers such as
the Company must purchase local access services from local exchange carriers to
originate or terminate calls. Presently, the pricing of such transport service
is under an interim rate structure which is a transitional step toward
pro-competitive, cost-based transport rates. The FCC has recently initiated two
rulemaking proceedings with respect to a final cost-based transport rate
structure. The pleadings cycles in both proceedings have closed, but no order
has yet been issued by the FCC. Moreover, the Telecommunications Act may affect
how access charges are to be set and structured, so future changes with respect
to access charges are likely.
The ability of the Company to provide long distance services within any
State is generally subject to regulation by a regulatory board in that State. As
of May 1996, the Company has obtained the requisite licenses and approvals in
over 45 States. It is in the process of obtaining licenses and approvals in the
remaining States (other than Alaska and Hawaii) and expects to obtain all such
licenses and approvals by the third quarter of 1996. Although the Company has
not yet obtained licenses or approvals in such remaining States, the Company is
able to offer its switched long distance services in such States to its carrier
customers through its contracts with other carriers.
The Telecommunications Act, among other things, allows the RBOCs and others
to enter the long distance business. Entry of the RBOCs or other entities such
as electric utilities and cable television companies into the long distance
business may have a negative impact on the Company or its customers. In
addition, the Telecommunications Act provides that State proceedings may in
certain instances determine access charge rates the Company and its customers
are required to pay to the LECs. It is uncertain at this time what effect such
proceedings may have on such rates. No assurance can be given that such rates
will not be increased. Such increases could have a material adverse effect on
the Company and its customers. See "Risk Factors -- Recent Legislation and
Regulatory Uncertainty" and "Industry Overview."
EMPLOYEES
As of March 31, 1996, the Company employed 338 people, of whom 149 provided
operational and technical services, 29 provided engineering services and the
balance were engaged in administration and marketing. The Company's employees
are not represented by any labor union. The Company considers its employee
relations to be good and has not experienced any work stoppages.
PROPERTIES AND LEASES
The principal properties owned by the Company consist of: (i) the Michigan,
Texas and New York to Washington, D.C. fiber optic systems, consisting of the
fiber optic cable and associated electronics and other equipment; (ii) the
portion of the Fiber Expansion under construction; and (iii) the coast-to-coast
microwave system, consisting of microwave transmitters, receivers, towers and
antennae, auxiliary power equipment, transportation equipment, equipment
shelters and miscellaneous components. Generally, the Company's fiber
57
<PAGE> 61
optic system and microwave relay system components are standard commercial
products available from a number of suppliers.
The principal offices of the Company are located in approximately 44,000
square feet of space in Austin. The Company leases approximately 38,000 square
feet of such space under an agreement which expires in December 1999, at a
current annual base rental of approximately $707,000, and has an option to renew
the lease for a five-year term at the then-prevailing market rate (but not less
than the then-current rental rate) at the time of renewal, and leases
approximately 6,000 square feet of such space under an agreement which expires
in November 2000 at a current annual base rental of approximately $121,000. The
Company has offices in two other locations in Austin, consisting of
approximately 16,000 square feet and 102,000 square feet. The Company leases the
space in the first location under an agreement which expires in the year 2000,
at a current annual base rental of approximately $163,000, and subleases the
space in the second location under an agreement which expires in 1997, at a
current annual base rental of approximately $289,000.
The Company leases sites for its switches in or near Los Angeles, Dallas,
Chicago, Atlanta, and Philadelphia under lease agreements that expire between
2000 and 2005. The total current rental commitments for the switch site leases
are approximately $27,000 per month. The Company's five switches are leased
under capital leases from DSC Finance Corporation over a term of five years.
LITIGATION
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, all of which have
arisen in the ordinary course of business and some of which are covered by
insurance. In the opinion of the Company's management, none of the claims
relating to such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
MEXICAN JOINT VENTURE
The Company formed a subsidiary in August 1993 to provide international
long distance service. The subsidiary and a third party, Westel International,
Inc., formed Progress International in July 1994. Progress International,
together with Fomento Radio Beep, S.A. de C.V., a large Mexican paging company,
has obtained a license from the Mexican Federal government to provide
telecommunication services in Mexico. Such application was made by Marca-Tel, a
Mexican corporation formed by such parties. The Company owns an indirect 24.5%
interest in Marca-Tel. Marca-Tel is not currently generating revenues.
The Company is proceeding with the initial development and implementation
of a business plan for the opportunity presented by the Mexican license, and is
comparing (i) the potential benefits of the joint venture, including possible
profits in Marca-Tel and a possible increase in traffic on the Company's network
from cross-border traffic from Marca-Tel, with (ii) the costs associated with
proceeding with the joint venture and the Company's ability to meet its share of
such costs. The Company anticipates that pursuing such opportunity could require
significant amounts of cash. Although the Company cannot accurately predict its
share of the amount of cash that would be needed to pursue this opportunity, it
estimates that at least $30 million (and possibly significantly more) would be
required by Marca-Tel during 1996 - 1997. The $12.5 million proceeds of the GEPT
Private Placement will be available, if the Company so elects, to pursue the
opportunity in Mexico. Because of other anticipated needs for the Company's
available liquidity, limitations imposed by the indenture for the Senior Notes
and for other reasons, the Company anticipates that, without further capital it
will not be able to provide significant additional cash as its share of the cash
needed by the joint venture. The Company anticipates that the costs of pursuing
such opportunity, if they can be met at all, will be met through some
combination of the following: (i) offerings of debt or equity securities of
Progress International or Marca-Tel; (ii) other incurrences of debt by Progress
International or Marca-Tel; (iii) joint venture arrangements with third parties;
(iv) vendor financing of equipment purchases; and (v) subject to the
restrictions imposed by the indenture for the Senior Notes, further equity
offerings or debt incurrences of the Company or from working capital. No
assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in meeting such costs
through the foregoing methods or, consequently, that the Company will have
sufficient liquidity to pursue the opportunity presented by the Mexican license.
In the event that the joint venture does not appear to
58
<PAGE> 62
be economically viable, the Company will have the opportunity to withdraw from
Progress International and Marca-Tel without incurring any material penalty.
HISTORY
IXC Communications, a holding company formed in July 1992, acquired a
one-half interest in Electra Communications Corporation ("Electra"), the owner
of a fiber optic network in Texas, for $9.0 million. IXC Communications became
the sole owner of Electra in 1993 when stock held by the other stockholder was
redeemed for $13.7 million. IXC Communications acquired I-Link, Inc., the owner
of another fiber optic network in Texas, in 1994 in a stock-for-stock merger. At
the same time, it also acquired IXC Carrier, Inc. ("IXC Carrier"), in a
stock-for-stock merger. IXC Carrier has certain subsidiaries that have been
active in the communications business for over 25 years, initially serving as
analog microwave carriers for television signals for cable operators in Ohio and
Texas. Commencing in 1979, IXC Carrier, then a subsidiary of The Times Mirror
Company ("Times Mirror"), entered into long-term circuit lease agreements with
various carriers such as MCI in Texas and Sprint in the Ohio Valley and began
the development of a coast-to-coast network through the acquisition,
construction and leasing of microwave and fiber optic facilities. IXC Carrier
was acquired in a leveraged buy-out in 1986 by Communications Transmission, Inc.
("CTI"), a holding company that also acquired substantial interests in several
other telecommunications companies, including Allnet (a large long distance
reseller and long-term customer of the Company), MSM, and Electra Communications
Corporation ("Electra"). CTI encountered financial difficulties as a result of
its need to convert its facilities from analog to digital and its high degree of
leverage and disposed of all or substantially all its assets for the benefit of
its creditors in 1992. The Company, through IXC Carrier, carries on certain of
the telecommunications businesses of CTI. See Note 1 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements. Certain directors and officers of the Company were
directors or officers of CTI.
59
<PAGE> 63
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The directors and executive officers of IXC Communications and their ages
as of June 12, 1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- ------------------------ --- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Ralph J. Swett.......... 61 Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and
Director
Richard D. Irwin........ 61 Director
Wolfe H. Bragin......... 51 Director
Carl W. McKinzie........ 56 Director
Phillip L. Williams..... 73 Director
Joe C. Culp............. 62 Director
Kenneth F. Hinther...... 52 Executive Vice President
John R. Fleming......... 42 Executive Vice President
John J. Willingham...... 39 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Secretary
David J. Thomas......... 45 Executive Vice President
James F. Guthrie........ 52 Executive Vice President
</TABLE>
Each director holds office until his successor has been elected and
qualified. Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Company
intends to nominate an additional director prior to the next annual meeting of
stockholders.
Mr. Swett has served as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of
IXC Communications since its formation in July 1992. Prior to that, Mr. Swett
served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of CTI from 1986 to
1992. From 1969 to 1986, Mr. Swett served in increasingly senior positions (Vice
President, President and Chairman) of Times Mirror Cable Television ("TMCT"), a
subsidiary of Times Mirror and a previous owner of IXC Carrier, and as a Vice
President of Times Mirror from 1981 to 1986. Mr. Swett has served as Chairman of
IXC Carrier since 1979, its Chief Executive Officer since 1986 and its President
since 1991. Mr. Swett has managed communications businesses for the past 26
years.
Mr. Irwin has served as a director of IXC Communications since its
formation in July 1992. He has served as the President of Grumman Hill Company,
L.L.C. or its predecessor ("Grumman Hill"), a merchant banking firm and the
general partner of GHI, since 1985. Prior to the formation of Grumman Hill, Mr.
Irwin was a Managing Director of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., from 1983 to 1985.
Prior to that, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Fotomat Corporation for
12 years. Mr. Irwin is also a member of the Board of Directors of PharmChem
Laboratories, Inc. and was the Chairman of ALC from August 1988 through August
1995.
Mr. Bragin has served as a director of IXC Communications since May 1993.
Mr. Bragin has served since 1985 as Vice President of GEIC, a subsidiary of GE
that acts as an investment advisor to GEPT. Prior to joining GEIC in 1984, Mr.
Bragin served in numerous equipment leasing, investment and portfolio management
positions for General Electric Credit Corporation, now known as General Electric
Capital Corporation. Mr. Bragin is a member of the Board of Directors of Home
Express, Inc.
Mr. McKinzie has served as a director of IXC Communications since May 1993.
Mr. McKinzie has been a principal of Riordan & McKinzie, a Professional Law
Corporation ("Riordan & McKinzie"), since 1980.
Mr. Williams was elected a director of IXC Communications in June 1996. Mr.
Williams has been a private investor and business advisor since May 1993. Prior
to that, Mr. Williams served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Times Mirror from
1987 to May 1993. Mr. Williams is a member of the Board of Directors of Tejon
Ranch Company.
Mr. Culp was elected a director of IXC Communications in June 1996. Mr.
Culp has been President of Culp Communications Associates, a management and
marketing consulting firm, since 1990. From 1989 to 1990 Mr. Culp served as
Executive Vice President of CTI. Prior to that, Mr. Culp served as President and
60
<PAGE> 64
Chief Executive Officer of Lightnet, Inc. from 1988 to 1989 and as President of
Rockwell International's Telecommunications Group from 1982 until 1988. Mr. Culp
has over 40 years experience in the communications industry.
Mr. Hinther has served as Executive Vice President of IXC Communications
since March 1996 and as Senior Vice President of IXC Communications from July
1992 through March 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Hinther served as Senior Vice
President -- Engineering and Operations of CTI from 1989 to July 1992 and as
Vice President -- Network Operations of CTI from 1986 to 1989. Mr. Hinther
served IXC Carrier as a Manager of Engineering from 1979 to 1982, and as
Director of Business Development from 1982 to 1986, and as a Vice President
since 1986. Mr. Hinther was Product Manager, Satellite Communications at
Rockwell International prior to joining IXC Carrier. He has over 24 years of
experience in the telecommunications industry.
Mr. Fleming has served as Executive Vice President of IXC Communications
since March 1996 and as Senior Vice President of IXC Communications from October
1994 through March 1996. He served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing of
IXC Communications from its formation in July 1992 until October 1994. Prior to
that, Mr. Fleming served as Director of Business Development and Director of
Carrier Sales of CTI from 1986 to March 1990 and as Vice President -- Marketing
and Sales of CTI from March 1990 to July 1992. Mr. Fleming was a Branch Manager
for Satellite Business Systems from 1983 to 1986. Mr. Fleming has been employed
with IXC Carrier since 1986 and a Vice President of IXC Carrier since 1990. Mr.
Fleming has over 16 years experience in the telecommunications industry.
Mr. Willingham has served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and
Secretary of IXC Communications since July 1992 and as Senior Vice President
since October 1994. Mr. Willingham served as Vice President and Controller from
September 1989 to June 1990 and as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
from June 1990 to July 1992 of CTI. Prior to joining CTI, Mr. Willingham was
employed by Ernst & Young LLP for eight years as a certified public accountant.
Mr. Willingham has been a Vice President of IXC Carrier since 1989 and Chief
Financial Officer of IXC Carrier since 1990. Mr. Willingham has over 10 years
experience in the telecommunications industry.
Mr. Thomas has served as Executive Vice President of IXC Communications
since March 1996 and as Senior Vice President of IXC Communications from August
1995 through March 1996. He was employed with ALC from 1983 to 1995, serving as
Vice President from 1991 to 1995 and as Treasurer from 1989 to 1995. Mr. Thomas
has over 13 years experience in the telecommunications industry.
Mr. Guthrie has served as Executive Vice President of IXC Communications
since March 1996 and as Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning of IXC
Communications from December 1995 through March 1996. Prior to that, Mr. Guthrie
served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Times Mirror from 1993
to 1995 and as the Chief Financial Officer of TMCT) from 1982 to 1993.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Non-employee directors receive annual compensation of $10,000 in cash and
upon the effectiveness of the Equity Offering, certain non-employee directors
will receive a $20,000 annual contribution by the Company under the Phantom
Stock Plan (described below) for service to the Company as members of the Board
of Directors. All directors receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with meetings of the Board. Mr. Culp was granted
an option in connection with consulting services provided for the Company which
is fully exercisable to purchase 60,622 shares of Common Stock at a purchase
price of $3.01 per share. Mr. Swett receives no compensation for services
rendered as a director. The Company adopted a Phantom Stock Plan in May 1996 for
its outside directors, pursuant to which $20,000 per director per year of their
director's fees will be automatically deferred and treated as if it were
invested in Common Stock. No stock will be actually purchased under the plan,
and the participants will receive cash benefits equal to the value of the shares
that they are deemed to have purchased under the plan, with such value to be
determined on the date of distribution. The distribution of the benefits
generally will occur three years after the deferral. The Phantom Stock Plan will
be administered by Messrs. Swett, Irwin and McKenzie, none of whom are
participants in the plan.
61
<PAGE> 65
Audit Committee. The Board of Directors established the Audit Committee in
June 1996 to: (i) make recommendations concerning the engagement of independent
public accountants; (ii) review with the independent public accountants the
plans for, and scope of, the audit procedures to be utilized and results of the
audit; (iii) approve the professional services provided by the independent
public accountants; (iv) review the independence of the independent public
accountants; and (v) review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company's
internal accounting controls. Mr. Williams, Mr. Culp and Mr. McKinzie are the
members of the Audit Committee.
Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors established the Compensation
Committee in June of 1996 consisting of Mr. Irwin, Mr. Bragin and Mr. McKinzie,
none of whom are employees of the Company. The Compensation Committee will
determine the compensation for the Company's executive officers and administer
the 1996 Stock Plan and the 1994 Stock Plan.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
For the last three years IXC Communications did not have a compensation
committee or any other committee of the Board of Directors performing equivalent
functions. All decisions regarding executive compensation were made by the Board
of Directors of IXC Communications, none of whom, other than Mr. Swett, was an
executive officer of IXC Communications. Decisions with respect to Mr. Swett's
compensation were approved by all members of the Board other than Mr. Swett.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth all compensation awarded to, earned by or
paid to the Chief Executive Officer and certain other executive officers (the
"Named Executive Officers") for their services to the Company for the year ended
December 31, 1995.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
------------------------------
OTHER ANNUAL ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION SALARY $ COMPENSATION $(1) COMPENSATION $(2)
- ------------------------------------------------ -------- ----------------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Ralph J. Swett.................................. 285,000 10,000 883,813(3)
Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer
Kenneth F. Hinther.............................. 212,083(4) 7,500 444,739(5)
Executive Vice President
John R. Fleming................................. 212,083(4) 7,500 444,739(5)
Executive Vice President
John J. Willingham.............................. 183,417(6) 7,500 442,871(5)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) These amounts represent automobile allowances paid to the Named Executive
Officers in 1995.
(2) Includes payments of $862,027 (with respect to Mr. Swett) and $431,014 (with
respect to each of Mr. Hinther, Mr. Fleming and Mr. Willingham) made in
connection with a prior incentive arrangement. The incentive payments were
earned in 1993 but did not become payable until 1995.
(3) Includes an employer contribution of $13,500 under the 401(k) Plan (as
defined herein) and payments of $8,286 for term life insurance premiums.
(4) Represents $153,750 in salary and an additional amount of $58,333 in
compensation earned and deferred in prior years but paid in 1995.
(5) Includes employer contributions of $13,725 for Mr. Hinther and Mr. Fleming
and $11,858 for Mr. Willingham under the 401(k) Plan.
(6) Represents $131,750 in salary and an additional amount of $51,667 in
compensation earned and deferred in prior years but paid in 1995.
62
<PAGE> 66
1996 STOCK PLAN
In May 1996, IXC Communications adopted the IXC Communications, Inc. 1996
Stock Plan (the "1996 Stock Plan"), a stock incentive plan covering 2,121,787
shares of Common Stock of IXC Communications that may be awarded in order to
attract, retain and reward employees, directors and other persons providing
services to the Company. The Compensation Committee administers the 1996 Stock
Plan. Any employee, director or other person providing services to the Company
is eligible to receive awards under the 1996 Stock Plan, at the discretion of
the Board of Directors. Awards available under the 1996 Stock Plan include
Common Stock options with exercise prices at least equal to the fair market
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. No stock options have been
granted under the 1996 Stock Plan.
1994 STOCK PLAN
In November 1994, IXC Communications adopted a stock incentive plan (the
"1994 Stock Plan") covering 1,212,450 shares of Common Stock of IXC
Communications to attract, retain and reward employees, directors and other
persons providing services to the Company. The Compensation Committee
administers the 1994 Stock Plan. Any employee, director or other person
providing services to the Company is eligible to receive awards under the 1994
Stock Plan, at the Board's discretion. Awards available under the 1994 Stock
Plan include Common Stock purchase options and restricted Common Stock. None of
the Named Executive Officers hold options to acquire stock of IXC Communications
or was granted options to acquire such stock in 1995. Mr. Culp is the only
director who holds options to acquire stock.
401(K) PLAN
The IXC Carrier, Inc. 401(k) and Pension Plan and Trust (the "401(k) Plan")
is a tax-qualified retirement plan. In general, all employees of IXC Carrier
(substantially all the employees of the Company) who have attained age 18 and
completed one year of service are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.
Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) Plan, in an amount
currently not to exceed $9,500 per year. IXC Carrier may elect to make matching
contributions each year, which are allocated among participants depending on the
amount that they contribute to the 401(k) Plan. IXC Carrier may also elect to
make profit-sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan, which are allocated among
participants as a percentage of compensation.
INDEMNIFICATION AND EXCULPATION ARRANGEMENTS
The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IXC Communications limits the
liability of directors to IXC Communications or its stockholders to the fullest
extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL").
Accordingly, pursuant to the provisions of the DGCL presently in effect,
directors of IXC Communications will not be personally liable for monetary
damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liability: (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company
or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for unlawful
payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided
in Section 174 of the DGCL; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, the bylaws of IXC
Communications require IXC Communications to indemnify its directors and
officers to the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.
63
<PAGE> 67
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
Prior to the sale of the Senior Notes: (i) GHI, a partnership whose general
partner is Grumman Hill, a limited liability company of which Mr. Irwin is a
member, and GEPT each held 598 shares of IXC Communications' 10% Senior Series 1
Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock ("Series 1 Preferred Stock"); (ii) Messrs.
Swett, Williams, Hinther and Fleming owned 78, 60, 13 and 13 shares of Series 1
Preferred Stock, respectively; and (iii) Mr. McKinzie, a director of IXC
Communications and a principal of Riordan & McKinzie, the law firm that will
pass upon the validity of the issuance of the Common Stock in the Equity
Offering, owned 100 shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock. The Series 1 Preferred
Stock was redeemed with a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the Senior
Notes at a price equal to the amount paid for such stock plus accrued but unpaid
dividends at 10% per annum. The approximate amounts received by such persons
with respect to such redemption were: (i) GHI, $813,544; (ii) GEPT, $813,544;
(iii) Mr. Swett, $106,114; (iv) Mr. Williams, $76,229; (v) Mr. Hinther, $17,686;
(vi) Mr. Fleming, $17,686; and (vii) Mr. McKinzie, $120,554.
Prior to the sale of the Senior Notes, GHI and GEPT held shares of
preferred stock of a subsidiary of IXC Communications. Such preferred stock was
redeemed with a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the Senior Notes at a
price equal to the amount paid for such stock plus accrued but unpaid dividends
at 10% per annum. The approximate amounts received by such persons with respect
to such redemption were: (i) GHI, $905,934; and (ii) GEPT, $897,115.
Certain debentures of IXC Communications and one of its subsidiaries also
were redeemed at the original purchase price plus accrued but unpaid interest
with a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the Senior Notes. The approximate
amounts received by the following persons with respect to such redemption were:
(i) GEPT, $6,760,602; (ii) GHI, $6,788,635; (iii) Mr. Swett, $301,400; (iv) Mr.
Hinther, $50,233; and (v) Mr. Fleming, $50,233.
In 1994, IXC Communications and ALC (which has since been acquired by
Frontier) formed a corporation to acquire all of the equity interests in MSM for
an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000 from a wholly owned subsidiary of
General Electric Credit Corporation, an affiliate of GEIC. In addition, in 1995,
IXC Communications entered into a ten-year agreement with GE Capital
Communication, an affiliate of GEIC, to supply it with switched products to be
resold by GE Capital Communication. Mr. Bragin, a director of IXC
Communications, is Vice President of GEIC, which is the investment advisor to
GEPT. "See Business -- Switched Long Distance Services."
Prior to the sale of the Senior Notes, a subsidiary of IXC Communications
was indebted to GEPT under the terms of a note agreement (the "GEPT Note
Agreement"). Certain stockholders of IXC Communications, including Messrs.
Swett, Hinther, Fleming, Williams, Willingham and Irwin and GHI, had pledged
their stock and debentures of IXC Communications (and, in the case of GHI, its
stock and debentures of a subsidiary of IXC Communications) as security for such
indebtedness. Such indebtedness, in the approximate principal amount of
$5,571,348, was repaid with a portion of the proceeds of the sale of the Senior
Notes and such pledges were released.
Mr. Swett, Mr. Hinther, Mr. Fleming, GEPT and GHI purchased Senior Notes in
the amounts of $250,000, $50,000, $50,000, $20,000,000 and $5,000,000,
respectively, on October 5, 1995.
For the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, the law firm of
Riordan & McKinzie, of which Mr. McKinzie, a director and stockholder of IXC
Communications, is a principal, provided certain legal services to IXC
Communications in the amount of approximately $1.1 million, $1.4 million, and
$2.6 million, respectively.
Grumman Hill, a corporation whose president is Mr. Irwin, receives an
annual fee of $100,000 from the Company for performing certain advisory services
with respect to the management, operation and business development activities of
IXC Communications.
Culp Communications Associates, of which Mr. Culp is President, received
approximately $19,100 and $100,600 in connection with Mr. Culp's consulting
services provided to the Company in 1994 and 1995, respectively. Mr. Culp is
continuing to provide such consulting services to the Company in 1996.
Mr. Williams received fees for serving as an advisor to the Company's Board
of Directors of $12,500 in each of 1993, 1994 and 1995.
64
<PAGE> 68
Mr. Thomas entered into an employment agreement with IXC Communications in
August 1995 for a term of three years pursuant to which Mr. Thomas is entitled
to an annual base salary of $160,000, subject to adjustment in accordance with
IXC Communications' policies and procedures, and an annual bonus of up to
$75,000 if approved by the Board of Directors. Mr. Thomas was granted stock
options on August 28, 1995 for 243,353 shares of Common Stock at a price of
$3.01 per share vesting over a three-year period which, subject to certain
conditions, vest immediately upon a change of control of IXC Communications as
set forth in his employment agreement and stock option agreement. Additionally,
Mr. Thomas receives an annual automobile allowance of $8,000 and is entitled to
receive reimbursement of certain relocation costs.
Mr. Guthrie entered into an employment agreement with IXC Communications in
December 1995 for a term of three years pursuant to which Mr. Guthrie is
entitled to an annual base salary of $200,000, subject to adjustment in
accordance with IXC Communications' policies and procedures, and an annual bonus
of up to $75,000 if approved by the Board of Directors. Mr. Guthrie was granted
stock options on January 19, 1996 for 242,490 shares of Common Stock at a price
of $3.01 per share vesting over a three-year period which, subject to certain
conditions, vest immediately upon a change of control of IXC Communications as
set forth in his employment agreement and stock option agreement. Additionally,
Mr. Guthrie receives an annual automobile allowance of $8,000 and is entitled to
receive reimbursement of certain relocation costs.
In order to reduce the dilution of GEPT's current stock ownership caused by
the Equity Offering, GEPT has agreed to acquire $12.5 million of Common Stock in
the GEPT Private Placement from the Company simultaneously with the closing of
the Equity Offering. The price per share for such Common Stock will be the lower
of: (i) the price per share paid by the underwriters in the Equity Offering,
that is, the public offering price per share less underwriters' discounts and
commissions; and (ii) $20 per share less a per share amount equal to the
underwriters' discounts and commissions that would be payable if the public
offering price in the Equity Offering were $20 per share. Assuming a public
offering price of $18.00 per share in the Equity Offering, GEPT's price would be
approximately $16.79 per share and it would purchase 744,713 shares of Common
Stock. Although GEPT will receive Common Stock which has not been registered
under the Securities Act, it will also receive registration rights with respect
to such stock and all other Company Common Stock it owns, which rights are not
exercisable until March 1, 1997. In the event the amount of Common Stock
purchased by the underwriters in the Equity Offering increases through exercise
of the underwriters' over-allotment option, GEPT will, subject to certain market
conditions, also increase proportionately the amount of Common Stock it
purchases from the Company. The Company will be able to use the $12.5 million
proceeds, if it so elects, to pursue the Marca-Tel opportunity in Mexico. See
"Business -- Mexican Joint Venture." The closing of the Equity Offering and the
GEPT Private Placement are each conditioned on the concurrent closing of the
other.
In connection with the Equity Offering and the GEPT Private Placement,
GEPT, GHI and Messrs. Irwin, Swett, Hinther, Fleming, Willingham, McKinzie and
Williams have entered into an agreement with IXC Communications pursuant to
which they were granted registration rights effective March 1, 1997 with respect
to shares of IXC Communications Common Stock held by them.
65
<PAGE> 69
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information as of June 12, 1996
regarding the beneficial ownership of: (i) each class of IXC Communications'
voting securities by each person who is known by IXC Communications to be the
beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of IXC Communications' voting
securities, and (ii) each class of equity securities of IXC Communications by
(a) each director of IXC Communications, (b) each of IXC Communications' Named
Executive Officers (as defined under the heading "Management -- Executive
Compensation"), and (c) all directors and executive officers of IXC
Communications as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT OF SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
--------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT OF
PERCENT OF OUTSTANDING
OUTSTANDING SERIES 3 SERIES 3
NAME AND ADDRESS OF COMMON COMMON PREFERRED PREFERRED
BENEFICIAL OWNER STOCK STOCK STOCK(2) STOCK
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------- ----------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Ralph J. Swett(3)(4).......................... 3,037,061 12.5% 25.00 *
Kenneth F. Hinther(3)(5)...................... 1,353,739 5.6 -- --
John R. Fleming(3)............................ 1,353,739 5.6 -- --
John J. Willingham(3)(6)...................... 1,272,568 5.2 -- --
Richard D. Irwin(7)........................... 8,745,760 35.9 995.58 7.9%
Carl W. McKinzie(8)........................... 231,917 * -- --
300 S. Grand Avenue, 29th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Phillip L. Williams(9)........................ 139,150 * -- --
633 West Fifth Street,
Suite 4000
Los Angeles, CA 90071-2007
Joe C. Culp(10)............................... 60,622 * -- --
#5 Hedge Lane
Austin, TX 78746
Grumman Hill Investments, L.P.(11)............ 6,636,990 27.3 -- --
191 Elm Street
New Canaan, CT 06840
Grumman Hill Associates, Inc. ................ -- -- 915.42 7.3
191 Elm Street
New Canaan, CT 06840
Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust.... 7,449,205 30.6 6,725.00 53.6
3003 Summer Street
Stamford, CT 06905
All directors and executive officers of IXC
Communications as a group (11 persons)...... 16,194,511 66.0 1,020.58 8.1
</TABLE>
- ------------
* Less than 1%
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect
to securities. Shares of common stock relating to options currently
exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 12, 1996, are deemed
outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such
securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of
any other person. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to community
property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table above have
sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as
beneficially owned by them.
(2) The shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock vote together with the shares of
Common Stock as a class, except where otherwise required by law, and have
the right to elect one member of the Board of Directors.
(3) The address of such persons is c/o IXC Communications, Inc. 5000 Plaza on
the Lake, Suite 200, Austin, Texas 78746.
66
<PAGE> 70
(4) Includes 484,980 shares held by Ralph J. Swett, Trustee of the EMS 1994
Trust and 484,980 shares held by Ralph J. Swett, Trustee of the RJS 1994
Trust.
(5) Includes 181,867 shares held by Kenneth F. Hinther, Trustee of LISA's 1994
Trust, 181,867 shares held by Lisa Hinther, Trustee of KEN's 1994 Trust and
121,245 shares held by Craig A. Hinther, Trustee for the Kenneth A. Hinther
1996 Trust.
(6) Includes 121,245 shares held by John McC. Witherspoon, Trustee of trust for
the benefit of Jonica Lynn Willingham and 121,245 shares held by John McC.
Witherspoon, Trustee of trust for the benefit of Russell Dennis Willingham.
(7) Includes 1,628,216 shares held by The Irwin Family Limited Partnership
dated January 4, 1995 and 341,341 shares held by The Irwin Family Limited
Partnership #2. Also includes 21.16 shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock held
by Richard D. Irwin Revocable Living Trust dated January 4, 1995, 915.42
shares of Series 3 Preferred Stock held by Grumman Hill and 6,636,990
shares of Common Stock held by GHI. Mr. Irwin is President of Grumman Hill,
the general partner of GHI, and Mr. Irwin may be deemed a beneficial owner
of the shares owned by such entity.
(8) Such shares are held by Trust for the Riordan & McKinzie Profit Sharing and
Savings Plan for the benefit of Carl W. McKinzie.
(9) Such shares are held by Phillip L. Williams, as Trustee of the Phillip and
Jane Williams Living Trust, UDT August 20, 1985.
(10) Represents shares issuable with respect to the exercise of options. See
"Management -- Director Compensation."
(11) The sole general partner of Grumman Hill Investments, L.P. is Grumman Hill
Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, of which Mr. Irwin,
a director of the Company, is the general manager and a beneficial owner of
a membership interest. Mr. Irwin may be deemed to have voting and
investment power with respect to the shares held of record by Grumman Hill
Investments, L.P.
DEBT AND CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS
The primary debt and credit arrangements to which IXC Communications or its
subsidiaries are parties (excluding intercompany debt and the Senior Notes) that
remained outstanding after the sale of the Old Notes are summarized below.
IXC Carrier had equipment and other purchase obligations of approximately
$4.4 million at December 31, 1995 with a final maturity in 1997.
MSHC is indebted to Allnet under the terms of a 9% $3.0 million original
principal amount promissory note dated August 5, 1994. Cash interest is not
payable on such note until 1998. Principal and interest on such note are payable
quarterly in eight equal installments of approximately $560,000 commencing in
1998. The outstanding balance of such note at December 31, 1995 was
approximately $3.4 million.
MSM is indebted to Allnet under the terms of a 7% Senior-Subordinated
Promissory Note dated August 1, 1994 in the original principal amount of $6.2
million. Monthly principal and interest payments on such note of approximately
$136,000 commenced August 31, 1994 and continue through December 31, 1998.
Payments with respect to such note may be made by MSM by providing Allnet with
telecommunications capacity in lieu of cash. The outstanding balance of such
note at December 31, 1995 was approximately $4.4 million.
Switched Services has leased switches from DSC Finance Corporation under
five-year capital leases with monthly payments of approximately $206,000. The
outstanding balance of such capital leases at December 31, 1995 was
approximately $9 million. Such capital leases are guaranteed by IXC
Communications.
IXC Long Distance purchased Excel's minority interest in Switched Services
as of January 1, 1996 for a short-term, noninterest bearing promissory note in
the original principal amount of approximately $6.2 million payable in
installments during 1996. The first payment under such note was due March 1,
1996.
67
<PAGE> 71
In addition, IXC Communications may seek to obtain a revolving credit
facility under which it will be able to borrow up to a certain percentage of the
amount of qualifying accounts receivable of its subsidiaries. The Indenture for
the Senior Notes limits IXC Communications from borrowing under such facility in
excess of 85% of the amount of such qualifying accounts receivable. IXC
Communications anticipates that its obligations under such revolving credit
facility, if it is obtained, will be secured by intercompany notes from the
subsidiaries owning the accounts receivable, which notes will in turn be secured
by such accounts receivable. As of December 31, 1995, IXC Communications'
accounts receivable were approximately $5.6 million.
68
<PAGE> 72
DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR NOTES
A copy of the Indenture has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR NOTES
Set forth below is a summary of certain provisions of the Senior Notes. The
Senior Notes are issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of October 5, 1995,
by and among IXC Communications, the Guarantors and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust
Company, as Trustee. The following summary does not purport to be complete and
is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the
provisions of the Senior Notes and the Indenture, copies of which are available
from IXC Communications upon request. Upon completion of the Exchange Offer, the
terms of the Indenture will also be governed by certain provisions contained in
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended ("TIA"). Definitions relating to
certain terms are set forth under "-- Certain Definitions" and throughout this
description. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture. Wherever particular provisions of the Indenture
are referred to in this summary, such provisions are incorporated by reference
as part of the statement made and such statements are qualified in their
entirety by such reference.
The Senior Notes are senior obligations of IXC Communications, rank pari
passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of
IXC Communications and rank senior in right of payment to all future
subordinated Indebtedness of IXC Communications, if any. Except for the security
interest in the Escrow Account granted to the Trustee as security for the
obligations of IXC Communications under the Senior Notes, the Indenture, the
Escrow Agreement and the Security Agreement as described below, the Senior Notes
are senior unsecured obligations of IXC Communications.
The operations of IXC Communications are conducted through its Subsidiaries
and, therefore, IXC Communications is dependent upon the cash flow of its
Subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations under the Senior
Notes. IXC Communications' obligations under the Senior Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by the
Guarantors. See "-- Subsidiary Guarantees."
DISBURSEMENT OF FUNDS -- ESCROW ACCOUNT
Pursuant to the Escrow Account and Disbursement Agreement dated October 5,
1995, by and between IXC Communications and the holder of the escrowed funds
(the "Escrow Holder"), IXC Communications deposited $200.0 million of the net
proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes into the Escrow Account to be held and
invested by the Escrow Holder in Cash Equivalents until such net proceeds, and
the interest and other payments made upon or with respect to such amounts, if
any, are drawn by IXC Communications to be used by it, or through its Restricted
Subsidiaries, to: (i) fund the Fiber Expansion; (ii) acquire or develop software
(including the acquisition of the assets or not less than a majority of the
capital stock or other equity interest of another Person, where such other
Person is primarily engaged in the software industry) to be used in connection
with IXC Communications' network or switched-products business; (iii) make
capital expenditures; (iv) make Old Note Additional Payments; (v) pay cash
interest on the Senior Notes; or (vi) repurchase the Senior Notes upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control or pursuant to an Escrow Account Repurchase
Offer, including any accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments
and Old Note Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to such repurchase date. IXC
Communications has also entered into an Escrow Account and Security Agreement
dated October 5, 1995 (the "Security Agreement") whereby IXC Communications
granted a security interest in the Escrow Account to the Trustee, as collateral
agent (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent") for the ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Senior Notes. All amounts on deposit in the Escrow Account,
pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement, secure the obligations of IXC
Communications under the Indenture, the Senior Notes and the Registration Rights
Agreement. As of April 30, 1996, approximately $158.5 million remained in the
Escrow Account. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
and subject to certain terms and conditions in the Indenture, the Escrow
Agreement and the Security Agreement, IXC Communications is entitled from time
to
69
<PAGE> 73
time to receive disbursements from the Escrow Account, including receipt and use
of all interest and other payments made upon or with respect to the Cash
Equivalents held therein, to fund the Fiber Expansion, make capital
expenditures, pay interest and Old Note Additional Payments on the Senior Notes
and, upon certain repurchases or redemptions thereof, pay principal of, Old Note
Liquidated Damages and premium, if any, thereon and use the funds for other
permitted purposes described above. Upon delivery by IXC Communications of an
Officer's Certificate certifying that the amount requested by IXC Communications
from the Escrow Account will be used in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture and the Escrow Agreement, and certifying that no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, the Escrow Holder makes disbursements
out of the Escrow Account to IXC Communications in accordance with the Escrow
Agreement.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default all
rights of IXC Communications to receive any disbursements of such collateral,
including any interest and other payments made upon or with respect to such
collateral, shall cease and upon acceleration of the Senior Notes, all interest
and other payments made upon or with respect to such collateral shall be paid to
the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent may sell the collateral or any
part thereof in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement. All funds
distributed under the Security Agreement and received by the Collateral Agent
for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Senior Notes shall be distributed
by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY, INTEREST AND OLD NOTE ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS
The Senior Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $285.0
million and mature on October 1, 2005. Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at
the rate of 12.50% per annum and is payable semiannually in arrears on April 1
and October 1, commencing on April 1, 1996, to Holders of record on the
immediately preceding March 15 and September 15. Interest on the Senior Notes
accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. Interest will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. In
addition, until the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or until the Old Notes
have been registered pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, IXC
Communications is required to make the Old Note Additional Payments in respect
of the Old Notes. The Old Note Additional Payments will accrue with respect to
the Old Notes at the rate of .50% per annum of the principal amount thereof,
from and including the date of issuance and to, but not including, the date on
which the Exchange Offer has been Consummated (as defined in the Registration
Rights Agreement) or the date on which the Shelf Registration Statement is
declared effective, as applicable. The Old Note Additional Payments are payable
semiannually in arrears in cash on April 1 and October 1 of each year,
commencing April 1, 1996, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding
March 15 and September 15. IXC Communications is not required to make Old Note
Additional Payments with respect to the New Notes. Principal, premium, if any,
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Senior Notes will be payable at the office or agency of IXC
Communications maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York
or, at the option of IXC Communications, payment of interest, Old Note
Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by
check mailed to the Holders of the Senior Notes at their respective addresses
set forth in the register of Holders of Senior Notes; provided that all payments
with respect to the Senior Notes, the Holders of which have given wire transfer
instructions to IXC Communications, will be required to be made by wire transfer
of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
Until otherwise designated by IXC Communications, IXC Communications' office or
agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such
purpose. The Old Notes have been, and the New Notes will be, issued in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
IXC Communications' obligations under the Senior Notes are unconditionally
guaranteed on an unsecured basis, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors. The
obligations of each Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee is limited by the
terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee to the minimum extent necessary to
70
<PAGE> 74
prevent the Subsidiary Guarantee from violating or becoming voidable under
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or
similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
The Indenture provides that no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with
or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another
corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor
unless: (i) subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee under the Senior Notes and the
Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
or Event of Default exists; and (iii) IXC Communications (including the
Guarantor, or any Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
with such Guarantor) (a) would have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after
giving effect to such transaction), equal to or greater than its Consolidated
Net Worth immediately preceding the transaction and (b) other than in the case
of the consolidation or merger of two or more Guarantors or of one or more
Guarantors with IXC Communications, would be permitted by virtue of the pro
forma Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio, to incur, immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the
covenant described under the caption "-- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Preferred Stock." The foregoing provision will not prevent the consolidation
or merger of IXC Communications with or into one or more Guarantors or of any
Guarantor into one or more other Guarantors; provided, however, that immediately
after giving effect to such consolidation or merger no Default or Event of
Default exists.
The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition of
all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or
otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any
Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by
way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the Capital Stock of
such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the assets of such Guarantor (in
the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of such Guarantor)
will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee;
provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. See "-- Repurchase
at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales."
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications or any of the Guarantors
may, transfer or cause to be transferred, in one or a series of transactions
(whether or not related), any assets, businesses, divisions, real property or
equipment to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, or may acquire
another Restricted Subsidiary if: (i) such transaction is permitted under the
covenant described under the caption "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted
Payments;" or (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no
Default or Event of Default exists and such transferee or acquired Restricted
Subsidiary (a) executes a supplemental indenture in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee pursuant to which such Restricted
Subsidiary shall guarantee IXC Communications' obligations under the Senior
Notes on the terms set forth in such supplemental indenture and (b) delivers to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that
such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered by such
Restricted Subsidiary.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The Senior Notes are not be redeemable at IXC Communications' option prior
to October 1, 2000. Thereafter, the Senior Notes will be subject to redemption
at the option of IXC Communications, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30
nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:
71
<PAGE> 75
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
------ ----------
<S> <C>
2000...................................................... 106.250%
2001...................................................... 104.686%
2002...................................................... 103.125%
2003...................................................... 101.563%
2004...................................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to October 1, 1998, IXC
Communications may redeem Senior Notes with an aggregate principal amount of up
to $100.0 million at a redemption price of 112.50% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old
Note Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date, with the net
proceeds of offerings of Capital Stock of IXC Communications; provided that at
least $100.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes remain
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and provided
further, that each such redemption shall occur within 35 days of the date of the
closing of applicable offerings of Capital Stock of IXC Communications.
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
Change of Control
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Senior Notes
will have the right to require IXC Communications to repurchase all or any part
(equal to $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such
Holder's Senior Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of
Control Offer") at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old
Note Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase (the "Change
of Control Payment"). Within ten days following any Change of Control, IXC
Communications will mail a notice to the Trustee and each Holder describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering
to repurchase Senior Notes pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture
and described in such notice. IXC Communications will comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Senior Notes as a result of
a Change of Control.
On the date set for repurchase of the Senior Notes in connection with a
Change of Control Offer (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), IXC
Communications will, to the extent lawful: (i) accept for payment all Senior
Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control
Offer; (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Senior Notes or portions thereof so tendered;
and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Senior Notes so
accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal
amount of Senior Notes or portions thereof being purchased by IXC
Communications. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Senior
Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Senior Notes, and the
Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book
entry) to each Holder a new Senior Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each
such new Senior Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral
multiple thereof. IXC Communications will publicly announce the results of the
Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control
Payment Date.
IXC Communications shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer
upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in
the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set
forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control offer made by IXC
Communications and purchases all Senior Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer.
72
<PAGE> 76
Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the
Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Senior
Notes to require that IXC Communications repurchase or redeem the Senior Notes
in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar restructuring.
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all"
of the assets of IXC Communications and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase
"substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase
under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of Senior Notes to
require IXC Communications to repurchase such Senior Notes as a result of a
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the
assets of IXC Communications and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to
another Person or group may be uncertain.
Asset Sales
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in an Asset Sale unless:
(i) IXC Communications (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be)
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair
market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in
an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets or Equity
Interests issued, sold or otherwise disposed of; and (ii) after giving effect to
such Asset Sale, the non-cash consideration received in connection with all
Asset Sales for the period beginning on the date of the Indenture through and
including the date of such proposed Asset Sale, less cash received in connection
with the sale, disposition, transfer or other conversion of non-cash
consideration received in connection with Asset Sales during such period, does
not exceed 5% of IXC Communications' Consolidated Tangible Assets after giving
effect to such Asset Sale; provided that the amount of: (x) any liabilities (as
shown on IXC Communications' or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance
sheet or in the notes thereto) of IXC Communications or such Restricted
Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the
Senior Notes or any guarantee thereof) that are assumed by the transferee of any
such assets; and (y) any notes or other obligations received by IXC
Communications or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are
immediately converted by IXC Communications or such Restricted Subsidiary into
cash (to the extent of the cash received), shall be deemed to be cash for
purposes of this provision.
Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale,
IXC Communications or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds, at
its option, to reduce Senior Bank Debt, Indebtedness of IXC Communications that
is senior to or pari passu with the Senior Notes, or Indebtedness of any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is not subordinated to the Senior Notes, and in
each case to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect to such
Indebtedness, or to make an investment in a Permitted Business, make a capital
expenditure or acquire other long-term tangible assets in a Permitted Business.
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, IXC Communications or
such Restricted Subsidiary may reduce Indebtedness under the Senior Bank Debt or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the
Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested
within 365 days as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be
deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." Within five business days of each date
on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, IXC
Communications will be required to make an offer to all Holders of Senior Notes
(an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Senior Notes
that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in
an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
thereon to the date of repurchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth
in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Senior Notes
tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, IXC
Communications may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate
purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes surrendered by
Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select
the Senior Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other
method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, provided that no Senior
Notes of $1,000 or less shall be
73
<PAGE> 77
reduced in part. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess
Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
Escrow Account Repurchase Offer
At any time after October 1, 1996, IXC Communications may, at its option,
offer to repurchase that portion of the outstanding Senior Notes purchasable
with the pledged collateral remaining in the Escrow Account at a price equal to
112.50% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, Old
Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, to the
repurchase date, provided that at least $100.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of Senior Notes remain outstanding immediately after such repurchase. IXC
Communications will mail a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder of Senior
Notes apprising such Holders of the repurchase offer and of the Holders' rights
arising as a result thereof and offering to repurchase Senior Notes pursuant to
the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. IXC
Communications will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Senior Notes. To the extent that the aggregate amount of
Senior Notes tendered pursuant to the repurchase offer is less than the amount
of such repurchase offer, then the funds remaining in the Escrow Account after
such repurchase shall be distributed to IXC Communications, the Escrow Account
shall be terminated and IXC Communications may use such funds for general
corporate purposes. If the aggregate amount of Senior Notes tendered by the
Holders thereof exceeds the amount of the collateral, the Trustee shall select
the Senior Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other
method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, provided that no Senior
Notes with principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be reduced in part.
SELECTION AND NOTICE
If less than all of the Senior Notes are to be redeemed at any time,
selection of Senior Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
if any, on which the Senior Notes are listed, or, if the Senior Notes are not so
listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate; provided that no Senior Notes of $1,000 or less shall be
redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at
least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of
Senior Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Senior Note is to
be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Senior
Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A
new Senior Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will
be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original
Senior Note. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on
Senior Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
Restricted Payments
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i)
declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of IXC
Communications' or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests
(including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or
consolidation involving IXC Communications) or to the direct or indirect holders
of IXC Communications' Equity Interests in any capacity (other than (a)
dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of IXC Communications, (b) dividends or distributions payable to IXC
Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) pro rata dividends
or distributions in respect of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of
IXC Communications to Persons other than Affiliates of IXC Communications that
are not Restricted Subsidiaries); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or
retire for value any Equity Interests of IXC Communications or any Affiliate of
IXC Communications (other than any such Equity Interests owned by IXC
Communications or any Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications or a
redemption or purchase of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of IXC
Communications from Persons other than Affiliates of IXC Communications
74
<PAGE> 78
that are not Restricted Subsidiaries); (iii) make any principal payment on, or
purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Senior Notes; or (iv) make any
Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses
(i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"),
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
(b) with respect to Restricted Payments referenced in clauses (i)
through (iii) above, immediately after such Restricted Payment (the value
of any such payment, if other than cash, being determined by the Board of
Directors and evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers'
Certificate delivered to the Trustee) and after giving effect thereto on a
pro forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company would be more
than $50.0 million; and
(c) IXC Communications would, at the time of such Restricted Payment
and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had
been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
the Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of the covenant described below under caption "-- Certain
Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;"
and
(d) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other
Restricted Payments made by IXC Communications and its Restricted
Subsidiaries after the date of the Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments
permitted by clauses (y) and (z) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less
than the sum of: (i) an amount equal to the Cumulative Operating Cash Flow
for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
first full fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the Indenture to the
end of IXC Communications' most recently ended fiscal quarter for which
internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted
Payment (the "Basket Period") less 1.75 times IXC Communications'
Cumulative Total Interest Expense for the Basket Period, plus (ii) 100% of
the aggregate net cash proceeds received (1) by IXC Communications as
capital contributions to IXC Communications (other than from a Subsidiary)
or (2) from the sale by IXC Communications (other than to a Subsidiary) of
Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock), plus (iii) without
duplication, to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made
after the date of the Indenture is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or
repaid for cash, the Net Proceeds received by IXC Communications or a
Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications upon the sale of such
Restricted Investment, plus (iv) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary of IXC
Communications becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications, the
lower of the aggregate of all Restricted Payments made after the date of
the Indenture by IXC Communications and its Restricted Subsidiaries to such
Unrestricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated Net Worth of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary as of such date, less (v) if any Restricted Subsidiary of IXC
Communications becomes an Unrestricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications,
the aggregate of all Investments made after the date of the Indenture by
IXC Communications and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted
Subsidiary.
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit: (w) the use of the funds in the
Escrow Account for the purposes set forth under "-- Disbursement of
Funds -- Escrow Account;" (x) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after
the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment
would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture; (y) the redemption,
repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of IXC
Communications in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of IXC Communications) of other
Equity Interests of IXC Communications (other than any Disqualified Stock);
provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any
such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded
from clause (d)(ii) of the preceding paragraph; and (z) the defeasance,
redemption or repurchase of subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds
from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of IXC Communications) of
75
<PAGE> 79
Equity Interests of IXC Communications (other than Disqualified Stock); provided
that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from
clause (d)(ii) of the preceding paragraph and no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing immediately after such transaction.
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair
market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in
an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) on the date of the Restricted
Payment of the asset(s) proposed to be transferred by IXC Communications or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, constituting the Restricted Payment.
Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, IXC Communications
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the
calculations required by the covenant "Restricted Payments" were computed, which
calculations may be based upon IXC Communications' latest available financial
statements.
INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create,
incur, issue, assume, guaranty or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and that IXC Communications will not
issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that IXC
Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock if:
(i) the Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio for IXC
Communications' most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date
on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified
Stock is issued would have been not more than 5 to 1, determined on a pro
forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the
Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, as of the date of
such calculation; and
(ii) such Indebtedness is expressly pari passu with or subordinated in
right of payment to, in the case of IXC Communications, the Senior Notes,
or in the case of a Guarantor, its Subsidiary Guarantee.
The foregoing provisions will not apply to:
(i) the incurrence by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Senior Bank Debt in an aggregate principal amount not
exceeding 85% of the aggregate of Accounts Receivable of IXC Communications
and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(ii) the incurrence by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace,
defease or refund, Indebtedness that was permitted by the Indenture to be
incurred;
(iii) the incurrence by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among IXC
Communications and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;
provided, however, that: (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity
Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person
other than a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor and (b) any sale or
other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either IXC
Communications or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be
deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by
IXC Communications or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;
(iv) the incurrence by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of
fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate
Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
outstanding;
76
<PAGE> 80
(v) the incurrence by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations,
mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case incurred
for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost
of construction or improvement of property used in the business of IXC
Communications or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal
amount incurred after the date of the Indenture not to exceed $15.0 million
at any time outstanding;
(vi) the incurrence by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness (in addition to the Senior Notes and
Indebtedness permitted by any other clause of this paragraph) in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed 5% of
Consolidated Tangible Assets; and
(vii) the issuance of the New Notes in connection with the Exchange
Offer.
Liens
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications will not and will not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause
or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind (other than
Permitted Liens) upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter
acquired, or upon any income or profits therefrom, unless all payments due under
the Indenture and the Senior Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis
with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no
longer secured by a Lien.
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback
transaction; provided that IXC Communications may enter into a sale and
leaseback transaction if: (i) IXC Communications could have (a) incurred
Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale
and leaseback transaction pursuant to the Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow
Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above
under the caption "-- Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock" and (b) granted a Permitted Lien to secure such Indebtedness
pursuant to clause (iii) or (ix) of the definition of "Permitted Liens"; (ii)
the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least
equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors and set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of
the property that is the subject of such sale and leaseback transaction; and
(iii) the transfer of assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted
by, and IXC Communications or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of
such transaction in compliance with, the covenant described above under the
caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales."
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications
to: (i)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to IXC Communications
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with
respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits,
or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; (ii) make loans or advances to IXC Communications or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to
IXC Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) applicable law,
(b) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired
by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the
time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in
connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any
Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so
acquired, provided that the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person is not taken
into account in determining whether
77
<PAGE> 81
such acquisition was permitted by the terms of the Indenture, (c) by reason of
customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practices, (d) in the case of
encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause (iii) above,
Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in
each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase
price or improvement of property used in the business of IXC Communications or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (e) the Senior Bank Debt in the case of
encumbrances or restrictions in connection with the transfer or assignment of
the collateral securing such Senior Bank Debt, or (f) Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements
governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than
those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced.
Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications may not consolidate or merge
with or into (whether or not IXC Communications is the surviving corporation),
or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related
transactions, to another corporation, Person or entity unless: (i) IXC
Communications is the surviving corporation or the entity or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than IXC
Communications) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than IXC Communications) or the entity or
Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of IXC
Communications under the Senior Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a
supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee in its reasonable
judgment; (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of
Default exists; and (iv) IXC Communications or the entity or Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than IXC Communications),
or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition shall have been made (a) will have Consolidated Net Worth
immediately after the transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net
Worth of IXC Communications immediately preceding the transaction and (b) will,
at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if
such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter
period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant
to the Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption "-- Certain
Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock."
Transactions with Affiliates
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or
assets from, or enter into or make any contract, agreement, understanding, loan,
advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the
foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless: (i) such Affiliate Transaction
is on terms that are no less favorable to IXC Communications or the relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by IXC Communications or such Restricted Subsidiary with an
unrelated Person; and (ii) IXC Communications delivers to the Trustee (a) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess
of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of IXC Communications
set forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with clause (i) above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of
IXC Communications and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, other than transactions with
GE Capital Communication, an opinion as to the fairness to IXC Communications or
such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point
of view issued by an investment banking firm of national standing; provided that
(w) employment agreement or consulting agreement entered into by IXC
Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such Restricted
78
<PAGE> 82
Subsidiary, (x) transactions between or among IXC Communications and/or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (y) transactions in connection with Permitted
Businesses between IXC Communications and GE Capital Communication and (z)
transactions permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under
the caption "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments," in each case, shall
not be deemed Affiliate Transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Affiliate
Transactions shall not include any transaction involving the sale, purchase,
repurchase, redemption, transfer, exchange or other acquisition or disposition
of Senior Notes by or from, or the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages on, any
Senior Notes to, any Affiliate of IXC Communications or any Affiliate of a
Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications; provided, that such transaction is
offered substantially concurrently to all other Holders of Senior Notes on the
same terms and conditions; provided, further, that such transaction is approved
by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of IXC
Communications, other than transactions in connection with the payment of
principal of and premium, if any, and interest, Old Note Additional Payments and
Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Senior Notes as described under the
captions "-- Optional Redemption," "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders
- -- Change of Control," "-- Asset Sales", "-- Escrow Account Repurchase Offer"
and "-- Principal, Maturity, Interest and Old Note Additional Payments."
Limitation on Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries
The Indenture provides that IXC Communications: (i) will not, and will not
permit any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications to,
transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications to any Person (other
than IXC Communications or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of IXC
Communications), unless (a) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other
disposition is of all the Capital Stock of such Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary and (b) the cash Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale,
lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the covenant described
above under the caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales"
and (ii) will not permit any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of IXC
Communications to issue any of its Equity Interests (other than, if necessary,
shares of its Capital Stock constituting directors' qualifying shares) to any
Person other than to IXC Communications or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of IXC Communications.
Payments for Consent
The Indenture provides that neither IXC Communications nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid
any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder
of any Senior Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment
of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture, the Senior Notes, the
Security Agreement, the Escrow Account and Disbursement Agreement or the
Registration Rights Agreement unless such consideration is offered to be paid or
agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Senior Notes that consent, waive or
agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Reports
The Indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Commission, so long as any Senior Notes are outstanding, IXC
Communications will furnish to the original placement agents and the Holders of
Senior Notes: (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be
required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K
if IXC Communications were required to file such Forms, including a
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon
by IXC Communications' certified independent accountants and (ii) all current
reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if
IXC Communications were required to file such reports. In addition, whether or
not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, following
consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if a Shelf Registration Statement is
filed, after such Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective by
the Commission, IXC Communications will file a copy of all such information and
reports with
79
<PAGE> 83
the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission will not accept
such a filing) and make such information available to prospective investors upon
request. In addition, IXC Communications has agreed that, for so long as any
Senior Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Placement Agents, the
Holders and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an event of
default (an "Event of Default"): (i) a default for 30 days in the payment when
due of interest on, or Old Note Additional Payments or Old Note Liquidated
Damages, if any, with respect to, the Senior Notes; (ii) a default in payment
when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Senior Notes; (iii) a
failure by IXC Communications to comply with the provisions described under the
captions "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Change of Control,"
"-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Asset Sales," "-- Repurchase at the
Option of Holders -- Escrow Account Repurchase Offer," "-- Certain
Covenants -- Restricted Payments" or "-- Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;" (iv) a failure by IXC
Communications for 60 days after notice by the Trustee or the Holders of not
less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes then
outstanding to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture or the
Senior Notes; (v) a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
Indebtedness for money borrowed by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or
is created after the date of the Indenture, which default (a) is caused by a
failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness
prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the
date of such default (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity
of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more; (vi) a
failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final
judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 million, which judgments are not paid,
discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) a breach by IXC
Communications of any material representation or warranty set forth in the
Security Agreement, or default by IXC Communications in the performance of any
covenant set forth in the Security Agreement, or repudiation by IXC
Communications of its obligations under the Security Agreement or the
unenforceability of the Security Agreement against the Company for any reason;
(viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be
held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease
for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person
acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under
its Subsidiary Guarantee; (ix) IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries uses any amounts disbursed from the Escrow Account for any purpose
other than the permitted uses defined in the Escrow Agreement as described under
the caption "-- Disbursement of Funds -- Escrow Account;" and (x) certain events
of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to IXC Communications or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries.
If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause
(x) above) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes may declare all the
Senior Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency, with respect to IXC Communications, any Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary, all outstanding Senior Notes will become due and payable without
further action or notice. Holders of the Senior Notes may not enforce the
Indenture or the Senior Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to
certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Senior Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Senior Notes notice of any
continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that
withholding notice is in their interest.
80
<PAGE> 84
In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of IXC Communications
with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would
have had to pay if IXC Communications then had elected to redeem the Senior
Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an
equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the
extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Senior Notes. If an Event
of Default occurs prior to October 1, 2000 by reason of any willful action (or
inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of IXC Communications with the
intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Senior Notes prior to
October 1, 2000, then a premium of 12.50% of the principal amount thereof shall
also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the
acceleration of the Senior Notes.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Senior Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest, Old Note Additional Payments or Old Note Liquidated
Damages on, or the principal of, the Senior Notes.
IXC Communications is required to promptly deliver to the Trustee annually
a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and IXC Communications is
required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to
the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of IXC
Communications or of any Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of IXC Communications or any Subsidiary under the Senior Notes,
Indenture, Registration Rights Agreement, Security Agreement or Subsidiary
Guaranty for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Senior Notes by accepting a Senior
Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for issuance of the Senior Notes. Such waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the
view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
IXC Communications may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of
its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Senior Notes ("Legal
Defeasance") except for: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Senior Notes
to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest, Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any,
on such Senior Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to
below; (ii) IXC Communications' obligations with respect to the Senior Notes
concerning issuing temporary Senior Notes, registration of Senior Notes,
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior Notes and the maintenance of an
office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and IXC
Communications' obligations in connection therewith; and (iv) the Legal
Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, IXC Communications may, at
its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of IXC Communications
released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture
("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such
obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to
the Senior Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not
including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency
events) described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event
of Default with respect to the Senior Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: (i)
IXC Communications must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the
benefit of the Holders of the Senior Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, noncallable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be
sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, Old Note
Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, on
81
<PAGE> 85
the outstanding Senior Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable
redemption date, as the case may be, and IXC Communications must specify whether
the Senior Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption
date; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, IXC Communications shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) IXC Communications has received
from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") a
ruling or (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Senior Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times
as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in
the case of Covenant Defeasance, IXC Communications shall have delivered to the
Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Senior Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a
Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied
to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency
events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the
date of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material
agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which IXC Communications or any of its
Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) IXC Communications must have delivered to the
Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that after the 91st day following
the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors'
rights generally; (vii) IXC Communications must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by IXC
Communications with the intent of preferring the Holders of Senior Notes over
the other creditors of IXC Communications with the intent of defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of IXC Communications or others; and
(viii) IXC Communications must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided
for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been
complied with.
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
A Holder may transfer or exchange Senior Notes in accordance with the
provisions of the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and IXC Communications may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required
by law or permitted by the Indenture. IXC Communications is not required to
transfer or exchange any Senior Note selected for redemption. Also, IXC
Communications is not required to transfer or exchange any Senior Note for a
period of 15 days before a selection of Senior Notes to be redeemed.
The registered Holder of a Senior Note will be treated as the owner of it
for all purposes.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or
the Senior Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer
for Senior Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of
the Indenture or the Senior Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer
for Senior Notes).
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not
(with respect to any Senior Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): (i) reduce
the principal amount of Senior Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver; (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed
82
<PAGE> 86
maturity of any Senior Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the
redemption of the Senior Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants
described above under the captions "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders");
(iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any
Senior Note; (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
principal of or premium, if any, or interest, Old Note Additional Payments or
Old Note Liquidated Damages on the Senior Notes (except a rescission of
acceleration of the Senior Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Senior Notes and a waiver of
the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); (v) make any Senior
Note payable in money other than that stated in the Senior Notes; (vi) make any
change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults
or the rights of Holders of Senior Notes to receive payments of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest, Old Note Additional Payments or Old Note
Liquidated Damages on the Senior Notes; (vii) waive a redemption payment with
respect to any Senior Note (other than a payment required by one of the
covenants described above under the caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of
Holders"); (viii) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture, Escrow
Agreement or Security Agreement with respect to or affecting the rights of the
Collateral Agent or the Holders of Senior Notes to exercise any right with
respect to or receive any payment of the pledged collateral; or (ix) make any
change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.
Without the consent of at least 75% in principal amount of the Senior Notes
then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer
or exchange offer for Senior Notes), no waiver or amendment to the Indenture may
make any change in the provision described above under the caption
"-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders."
Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of Senior
Notes, IXC Communications and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture
or the Senior Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide
for uncertificated Senior Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Senior Notes, to provide for the assumption of IXC Communications' obligations
to Holders of Senior Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of
Senior Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the
Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with requirements of the Commission
in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA.
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of IXC Communications, to obtain payment of claims
in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any
such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in
other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must
eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission
to continue (in the event such conflict arises after consummation of the
exchange offer for Senior Notes) or resign.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Senior Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to
certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default
shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the
request of any Holder of Senior Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to
the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.
BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM
Except as set forth in the next paragraph, the Old Notes have been, and the
New Notes will be, issued in the form of one or more Global Notes (collectively,
the "Global Note"). The Global Note was deposited on the date of the closing of
the sale of the Old Notes (the "Closing Date") with, or on behalf of, the
Depositary
83
<PAGE> 87
and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depositary (such
nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder").
Old Notes that were issued, or New Notes that will be issued, as described
below under "-- Certificated Securities," were, or will be, issued in the form
of registered definitive certificates (the "Certificated Securities"). Upon the
transfer to a qualified institutional buyer of Certificated Securities, such
Certificated Securities may, unless the Global Note has previously been
exchanged for Certificated Securities, be exchanged for an interest in the
Global Note representing the principal amount of Senior Notes being transferred.
The Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold
securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants"
or the "Depositary's Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Depositary's
Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies,
clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the
Depositary's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers,
dealers and trust companies (collectively, the "Indirect Participants" or the
"Depositary's Indirect Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are
not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of the
Depositary only through the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's
Indirect Participants.
The Company expects that pursuant to procedures established by the
Depositary ownership of the Senior Notes evidenced by the Global Note will be
shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through,
records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to the interests of the
Depositary's Participants), the Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's
Indirect Participants. Prospective purchasers are advised that the laws of some
states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of
securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer Senior Notes
evidenced by the Global Note will be limited to such extent.
So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Senior
Notes, the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the
Indenture of any Senior Notes evidenced by the Global Note. Beneficial owners of
Senior Notes evidenced by the Global Note will not be considered the owners or
Holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to
the giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee
thereunder. Neither IXC Communications nor the Trustee will have any
responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records of the Depositary or
for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depositary relating
to the Senior Notes.
Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest, Old
Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Senior
Notes registered in the name of the Global Note Holder on the applicable record
date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of the Global Note
Holder in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the
terms of the Indenture, IXC Communications and the Trustee may treat the persons
in whose names Senior Notes, including the Global Note, are registered as the
owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments. Consequently, neither
IXC Communications nor the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or
liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of Senior Notes.
IXC Communications believes, however, that it is currently the policy of the
Depositary to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with
such payments, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings of
beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of the
Depositary. Payments by the Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's
Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Senior Notes will be governed
by standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility
of the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants.
CERTIFICATED SECURITIES
Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in
the Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial
interest for Senior Notes in the form of Certificated Securities. Upon any such
issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated Securities in
the name
84
<PAGE> 88
of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons (or the
nominee of any thereof). In addition, if (i) IXC Communications notifies the
Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able to act as a
depositary and IXC Communications is unable to locate a qualified successor
within 90 days or (ii) IXC Communications, at its option, notifies the Trustee
in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Senior Notes in the form of
Certificated Securities under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the Global
Note Holder of its Global Note, Senior Notes in such form will be issued to each
person that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the
beneficial owner of the related Senior Notes.
Neither IXC Communications nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by
the Global Note Holder or the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of
Senior Notes and IXC Communications and the Trustee may conclusively rely on,
and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or
the Depositary for all purposes.
SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Senior Notes
represented by the Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest,
Old Note Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
Global Note Holder. With respect to Certificated Securities, IXC Communications
will make all payments of principal, premium, if any, interest, Old Note
Additional Payments and Old Note Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or,
if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's
registered address. Secondary trading in long-term notes and debentures of
corporate issuers is generally settled in clearing-house or next-day funds. In
contrast, the Senior Notes represented by the Global Note are expected to be
eligible to trade in the Depositary's Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any
permitted secondary market trading activity in such Senior Notes will,
therefore, be required by the Depositary to be settled in immediately available
funds.
IXC Communications expects that secondary trading in the Certificated
Securities will also be settled in immediately available funds.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
"Accounts Receivable" means, with respect to any Person, all accounts
receivable of such Person net of allowances for uncollectible accounts,
discounts, refunds and all other allowances as determined in accordance with
GAAP.
"Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person: (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien
encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person after the date of the
Indenture.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however,
that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person
shall be deemed to be control.
"Asset Sale" means (i) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
any assets (including, without limitation, by way of a sale and leaseback) other
than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices (provided
that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets
85
<PAGE> 89
of IXC Communications and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be
governed by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption
"Repurchase at the Option of Holders -- Change of Control" and/or the provisions
described above under the caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders
- -- Asset Sales" and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant), and (ii)
the issue or sale by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Equity Interests of any of IXC Communications' Restricted Subsidiaries, in the
case of either clause (i) or (ii), whether in a single transaction or a series
of related transactions (a) that have a fair market value in excess of $1.0
million or (b) for net proceeds in excess of $1.0 million. Notwithstanding the
foregoing: (i) a transfer of assets by IXC Communications to its Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries or by its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries to IXC
Communications or to another of IXC Communications' Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary, (ii) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary to IXC Communications or to another Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of IXC Communications, (iii) a Restricted Payment that is permitted
by the covenant described above under the caption "-- Certain
Covenants -- Restricted Payments," (iv) an issuance or sale of an Equity
Interest of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (v) an Asset Swap will not be deemed
to be Asset Sales.
"Asset Swap" means an exchange of assets by IXC Communications or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries for one or more Permitted Businesses, assets to be
used in a Permitted Business, or for a controlling equity interest in any Person
whose assets consist primarily of one or more Permitted Businesses.
"Attributable Debt" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means,
at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of
interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of
the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term
of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the
lessor, be extended).
"Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.
"Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,
(ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a limited liability company, membership
interests, (iv) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether
general or limited) and (v) any other interest or participation that confers on
a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
"Cash Equivalents" means (i) United States dollars, (ii) securities issued
or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or
any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than six
months from the date of acquisition, (iii) certificates of deposit and
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and
overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic commercial bank having
capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of
"B" or better, (iv) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven
days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii)
above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (iii) above and (v) commercial paper having the highest
rating obtainable from either Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") or
Standard & Poor's Corporation ("Standard & Poor's") and, in each case, maturing
within six months after the date of acquisition.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of
merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of IXC Communications and its Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term is used in Section
13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), (ii) the adoption of a plan relating to the
liquidation or dissolution of IXC Communications, (iii) the consummation of any
transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the
result of which is that any "person" (as defined above), other than the
Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such
term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly
or
86
<PAGE> 90
indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting stock of IXC Communications or (iv)
the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
IXC Communications are not Continuing Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
a Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if, after such event
that otherwise would constitute a Change of Control, the Senior Notes are rated
Investment Grade by Moody's or Standard & Poor's on the 30th day following the
event that otherwise would constitute a Change of Control (the "Change of
Control Determination Date"), provided, that to the extent there is a "rating
watch" with respect to the Senior Notes or other rating agency review on such
30th day, then the Change of Control Determination Date shall be the first
Business Day thereafter on which the Senior Notes are not subject to a "rating
watch" or other rating agency review by either Moody's or Standard & Poor's. The
term "Investment Grade," for such purpose, means a rating of Baa3 or higher, in
the case of Moody's, or BBB- or higher in the case of Standard & Poor's.
"Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions paid in cash to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary,
(ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent
that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination
permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained)
or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, (iii)
the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for
any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded and (iv) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded.
"Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date,
the sum of: (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such
Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the
respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with
respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by
its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may
be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such
declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such
Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (x) all write-ups (other than
write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible
assets of a going concern business made within 12 months after the acquisition
of such business) subsequent to the date of the Indenture in the book value of
any asset owned by such Person or a consolidated Subsidiary of such Person, (y)
all investments as of such date in unconsolidated Subsidiaries and in Persons
that are not Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (z)
all unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of
such date, as determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Tangible Assets" means, with respect to any Person as of any
date, the sum of the consolidated gross book value as reflected in accounting
books and records of such Person of all its property, both real and personal,
less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications,
copyrights, trademarks, tradenames, goodwill, non-compete agreements or
organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized debt
discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence,
depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves
which should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such
Person, all of the foregoing as determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member
of the Board of Directors of IXC Communications who (i) was a member of such
Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture or (ii) was nominated for
election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority
of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.
87
<PAGE> 91
"Cumulative Operating Cash Flow" means, as of any date of determination,
Operating Cash Flow for IXC Communications and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first
fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the Indenture to the end of the IXC
Communications' most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available at such date of determination.
"Cumulative Total Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person, as
of any date of determination, Total Interest Expense for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter
commencing after the date of the Indenture to the end of such Person's most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are
available at such date of determination.
"Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving
of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
"Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at
the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date
one year after the date on which the Senior Notes mature.
"Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are in effect as of the date of the Indenture.
"Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.
"Guarantors" means each of (i) Atlantic States Microwave Transmission
Company, Central States Microwave Transmission Company, Telcom Engineering,
Inc., Tower Communication Systems Corp., West Texas Microwave Company, Western
States Microwave Transmission Company, Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., IXC
Carrier, Inc., IXC Long Distance, Inc. and Link Net International, Inc. and (ii)
any other Subsidiary that executes a supplemental indenture unconditionally
guaranteeing all of IXC Communications' obligations under the Senior Notes on
the terms set forth in such supplemental indenture, and their respective
successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Person shall be a Guarantor
after such time as it has been released from its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant
to the provisions of the Indenture.
"Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of
such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap
agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest
rates.
"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or banker's acceptances or
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of the
purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations, except
any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to
the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such
Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as all indebtedness of others
secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether or not such indebtedness
is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the
Guarantee by such Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. The amount of
Indebtedness of any Person at any date
88
<PAGE> 92
shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations
as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the
contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such
date; provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness
issued with original issue discount is the full amount of such Indebtedness less
the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such
Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP.
"Indebtedness to Operating Cash Flow Ratio" means, as of any date of
determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all
outstanding Indebtedness of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such
date on a consolidated basis, plus the aggregate liquidation preference of all
outstanding preferred stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as of
such date (excluding any such preferred stock held by such Person or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person), plus the aggregate liquidation
preference or redemption amount of all Disqualified Stock of such Person
(excluding any Disqualified Stock held by such Person or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of such Person) as of such date to (b) Operating Cash Flow
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recent four-quarter
period for which internal financial statements are available, determined on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions and dispositions of
assets (notwithstanding clause (iii) of the definition of "Consolidated Net
Income" and including, without limitation, Asset Swaps) made by such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such four-quarter period
through such date as if such acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the
beginning of such four-quarter period.
"Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel, relocation and
similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by
IXC Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to
be an Investment to the extent the consideration for such Equity Interests or
other securities consists of common equity securities of IXC Communications.
"Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge,
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset,
whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security
interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under
the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction).
"Liquidated Damages" and "Old Note Liquidated Damages" mean all liquidated
damages then owing pursuant to the Indenture or the Registration Rights
Agreement.
"Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not
loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions), or (b)
the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but
not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary
or nonrecurring gain (but not loss).
"Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by IXC
Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset
Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of
the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation,
legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) and any
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to
the repayment of Indebtedness (other than Senior Bank Debt) secured by a
89
<PAGE> 93
Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any
reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets
established in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that Net Proceeds shall
not include that portion of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by a Restricted
Subsidiary of IXC Communications that are paid as a pro rata dividend or
distributed with respect to an Equity Interest of such Restricted Subsidiary, or
used to purchase, redeem or otherwise retire for value an Equity Interest of
such Restricted Subsidiary, held by a Person other than IXC Communications or
any of its Affiliates.
"Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness: (i) as to which neither IXC
Communications nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit
support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that
would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a
guarantor or otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; (ii) no default with
respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of IXC
Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on
such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or
payable prior to its stated maturity; and (iii) as to which the lenders have
been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or
assets of IXC Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness, including, in the case of the Old
Notes, the Old Note Additional Payments and the Old Note Liquidated Damages.
"Operating Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, (A) plus (i)
extraordinary net losses, net losses on sales of assets outside the ordinary
course of business during such period and non-cash charges relating to
write-downs of property and equipment, to the extent such losses and charges
were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (ii) provision for
taxes based on income or profits, to the extent such provision for taxes was
included in computing such Consolidated Net Income, and any provision for taxes
utilized in computing the net losses under clause (i) hereof, plus (iii)
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including,
without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest
payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations,
imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and
other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers'
acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging
Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income, plus (iv) depreciation, amortization (including
amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of
prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash
charges (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an
accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a
prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation,
amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income, and (B) less all non-cash income for such period
(excluding any such non-cash income to the extent it represents an accrual of
cash income in any future period or amortization of cash income received in a
prior period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes on the
income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash
charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person shall be added to
Consolidated Net Income to compute Operating Cash Flow only to the extent (and
in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was
included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and only if
and to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary could have paid such amount at the
date of determination as a dividend or similar distribution to the referent
Person by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that
has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements,
instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental
regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
"Permitted Businesses" means (i) any communications business and (ii) any
business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
90
<PAGE> 94
"Permitted Investments" means: (i) any Investments in IXC Communications or
in a Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications; (ii) any Investments in Cash
Equivalents; (iii) any Investments in securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than two years from the
date of acquisition; (iv) Investments by IXC Communications or any Restricted
Subsidiary of IXC Communications in a Person if as a result of such Investment
(a) such Person becomes a Guarantor or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated
or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
assets to, or is liquidated into, IXC Communications or a Guarantor; (v)
Restricted Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration
from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant
described above under the caption "-- Repurchase at the Option of
Holders -- Asset Sales;" and (vi) other Investments in any Person that in the
aggregate do not exceed $15.0 million (determined using the cost basis of each
such Investment without regard to gains and losses attributable to such
Investment).
"Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens on Accounts Receivable of IXC
Communications or its Subsidiaries; (ii) Liens in favor of IXC Communications;
(iii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by clauses (v) and (vi) of the
second paragraph of the covenant entitled "Incurrence of Indebtedness and
issuance of Preferred Stock;" (iv) Liens on property of a Person existing at the
time such Person is merged into or consolidated with IXC Communications or any
of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the
contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets
other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with IXC
Communications or such Subsidiary; (v) Liens on property existing at the time of
acquisition thereof by IXC Communications or any of its Subsidiaries, provided
that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such
acquisition; (vi) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations,
surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vii) Liens existing on the date of
the Indenture; (viii) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided
that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in
conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; and (ix) Liens incurred in
the ordinary course of business of IXC Communications or any of its Subsidiaries
with respect to obligations that do not exceed $1.0 million at any one time
outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of
money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the
ordinary course of business) and (b) do not in the aggregate materially detract
from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the
operation of business by IXC Communications or such Subsidiary.
"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of IXC
Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or
the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease
or refund other Indebtedness of IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided that: (i) the principal amount of such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the
Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded
(plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith); (ii)
such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the
final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or
greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being
extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; (iii) if the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded
is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes, such Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity
date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Senior Notes on terms
at least as favorable to the Holders of Senior Notes as those contained in the
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded; and (iv) such Indebtedness is incurred either by
IXC Communications or by such Restricted Subsidiary that is the obligor on the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded.
"Principals" means the officers and directors of IXC Communications, and
General Electric Pension Trust, Grumman Hill Associates, Inc. and Grumman Hill
Investments, L.P., and each of their respective officers and directors.
91
<PAGE> 95
"Related Party" with respect to any Principal means (i) any controlling
stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate family
member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal or (ii) any trust,
corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling
interest of which consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred
to in the immediately preceding clause (i).
"Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.
"Restricted Subsidiary" of a Person means any direct or indirect Subsidiary
of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Senior Bank Debt" means the Indebtedness outstanding under any credit
facility entered into by IXC Communications or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding 85% of the aggregate
Accounts Receivable of IXC Communications and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
such agreement may be restated, further amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified or replaced from time to time hereafter, together with any refunding or
replacement of such Indebtedness.
"Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant
subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of
the Indenture.
"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person (or any
combination thereof) and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or
the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such
Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or of one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
"Total Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period,
the sum of: (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including,
without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest
payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligation, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations,
commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter
of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant
to Hedging Obligations); (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, to the
extent such amounts are not included in clause (i) of this definition; (iii) any
interest expense for such period on Indebtedness of another Person that is
Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a
Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or
not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon); and (iv) all cash dividend payments
(and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted
Subsidiary) during such period on any series of preferred stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of IXC Communications or any
of its Subsidiaries that is designated by the Board of Directors of IXC
Communications as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution, but
only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (i) has no Indebtedness other than Non-
Recourse Debt; (ii) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with IXC Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
are no less favorable to IXC Communications or such Restricted Subsidiary than
those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of
IXC Communications or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (iii) is a Person
with respect to which neither IXC Communications nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for
additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person's
financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the
board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions
92
<PAGE> 96
and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption "Certain
Covenants -- Restricted Payments." If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary
of IXC Communications would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications
as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of
such date under the covenant described under the caption "Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" (treating such Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications for such purpose for the period
relevant thereto), IXC Communications shall be in default of such covenant). The
Board of Directors of IXC Communications may at any time designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of IXC Communications;
provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness by such Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if:
(i) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the
caption "Certain Covenants -- Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock" and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
following such designation. In addition, the Board of Directors of IXC
Communications may at any time designate any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
be an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to
be a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the aggregate of all Investments
made after the date of the Indenture by IXC Communications and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary and such designation shall
only be permitted if: (i) such Restricted Payment is permitted under the
covenant described under the caption "Certain Covenants -- Restricted Payments"
and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such
designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of IXC Communications'
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the date of the Indenture, and no entity into
which any such Restricted Subsidiary existing as of the date of the Indenture is
merged or to which all or substantially all of its assets are transferred (other
than in a transfer which is an Asset Sale), shall at any time be designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness
at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.
"Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" of any Person means a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at
the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
93
<PAGE> 97
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion of federal income tax considerations is for
general information only and is based upon the current provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable Treasury Regulations,
judicial authority and administrative rulings and practice. Legislative,
judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that
could alter or modify the statements or conclusions set forth below.
The discussion does not cover all aspects of federal taxation that may be
relevant to particular Holders, and it does not address state, local, foreign or
other tax laws. Certain Holders (including insurance companies, tax-exempt
organizations, financial institutions, broker-dealers, taxpayers subject to the
alternative minimum tax and foreign persons) may be subject to special rules not
discussed below.
Because the terms of the New Notes should not be considered for federal
income tax purposes to differ materially from the terms of the Old Notes, the
exchange of New Notes for Old Notes should not be an exchange or other taxable
event for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, the New Notes should have
the same issue price as the Old Notes and a Holder should have the same adjusted
basis and holding period in the New Notes as it had in the Old Notes immediately
before the exchange. If the New Notes were determined to differ materially from
the Old Notes, the exchange of New Notes for Old Notes could be treated as a
taxable exchange, in which case Holders of Old Notes may be required to
recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.
EACH HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR IN DETERMINING THE FEDERAL,
STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF THE EXCHANGE OF OLD
NOTES FOR NEW NOTES AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NEW NOTES.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Any broker-dealer who holds Old Notes that are "Transfer Restricted
Securities" (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and that were
acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities (other than Old Notes acquired directly from IXC
Communications) may exchange such Old Notes; however, such broker-dealer may be
deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act in
connection with any resales of the New Notes received by such broker-dealer in
the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by
the delivery by such broker-dealer of a copy of this Prospectus. IXC
Communications has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the effective date
of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, it use its
best efforts to make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to
any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until
, 1996 (90 days after commencement of the Exchange Offer), all
dealers effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.
IXC Communications will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes
by broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of
resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive
compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution
of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
94
<PAGE> 98
For a period of 180 days after the effective date of the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, the Company will promptly send
additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this
Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of
Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay the expenses incident to the Exchange
Offer and will indemnify the Holders of the Old Notes against certain
liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, in
connection with the Exchange Offer.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the New Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Riordan & McKinzie, but investors exchanging Senior Notes in the
Exchange Offer and other purchasers of Senior Notes should not rely on Riordan &
McKinzie with respect to any other matters. Carl W. McKinzie, a director and
stockholder of the Company, is a stockholder of Riordan & McKinzie. IXC
Communications has granted an option covering shares of its common stock to
another stockholder of Riordan & McKinzie.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of IXC Communications, Inc. at
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1995, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have
been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their
report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and
are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-4 under the Securities Act for the registration of the New Notes offered
hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission, this
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to the
Company and the New Notes offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration
Statement and to the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this
Prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or other document are not
necessarily complete. With respect to each such contract or other document filed
with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is
made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved, and
each such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
IXC Communications has also filed with the Commission a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to the Equity Offering.
Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act. The Registration Statement, the
exhibits and schedules forming a part thereof and the reports and other
information filed by the Company with the Commission in accordance with the
Exchange Act may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and will also be available for inspection and
copying at the regional offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade
Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and at Northwestern Atrium Center,
500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such
material may also be obtained upon written request from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at
prescribed rates.
The Indenture provides that, following the filing date of this Registration
Statement, as amended, and for so long as any of the New Notes are outstanding,
the Company will file with the Commission the periodic reports required to be
filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is
subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company will also,
within 15 days of filing each such report with the Commission, provide the
Trustee and the holders of the New Notes with annual reports
95
<PAGE> 99
containing the information required to be contained in Form 10-K promulgated
under the Exchange Act, quarterly reports containing the information required to
be contained in Form 10-Q promulgated under the Exchange Act, and from time to
time such other information as is required to be contained in Form 8-K
promulgated under the Exchange Act. If filing such reports with the Commission
is prohibited by the Exchange Act, the Company will also provide copies of such
reports to prospective purchasers of the New Notes upon written request.
96
<PAGE> 100
GLOSSARY
Access charges -- The fees paid by long distance carriers to LECs for
originating and terminating long distance calls on their local networks.
ALC -- ALC Communications Corporation.
Allnet -- Allnet Communication Services, Inc.
ATM (asynchronous transfer mode) -- An information transfer standard that
is one of a general class of technologies that relay traffic by way of an
address contained within the first five bytes of a standard 53-byte-long packet
or cell. The ATM format can be used by many different information systems,
including local area networks, to deliver traffic at varying rates, permitting a
mix of voice, video and data (multimedia).
AT&T -- AT&T Corp.
Backbone -- The through-portions of a transmission network, as opposed to
spurs which branch off the through-portions.
Bandwidth -- The range of frequencies that can be transmitted through a
medium, such as glass fibers, without distortion. The greater the bandwidth, the
greater the information-carrying capacity of such medium.
Capacity-intensive -- Refers to products which use comparatively large
amounts of bandwidth.
Broadband -- Broadband communications systems can transmit large quantities
of voice, data and video. Examples of broadband communication systems include
DS-3 fiber optic systems, which can transmit 672 simultaneous voice
conversations, or a broadcast television station signal, that transmits high
resolution audio and video signals into the home. Broadband connectivity is also
an essential element for interactive multimedia applications.
Cable & Wireless -- Cable & Wireless, P.L.C.
CAP (Competitive Access Provider) -- A company that provides its customers
with an alternative to the LEC for local transport of private line, special
access and interstate transport of switched access telecommunications service.
Carriers -- Companies that provide telecommunications transmission
services.
Central Offices -- The switching centers or central switching facilities of
the LECs.
Dedicated -- Refers to telecommunications lines dedicated or reserved for
use by particular customers along predetermined routes.
Digital -- A method of storing, processing and transmitting information
through the use of distinct electronic or optical pulses that represent the
binary digits 0 and 1. Digital transmission and switching technologies (both
fiber and microwave) employ a sequence of these pulses to represent information
as opposed to the continuously variable analog signal. The precise digital
numbers minimize distortion (such as graininess or snow in the case of video
transmission, or static or other background distortion in the case of audio
transmission).
DS-1, DS-3 -- Standard telecommunications industry digital signal formats,
which are distinguishable by bit rate (the number of binary digits (0 and 1)
transmitted per second). DS-0 service has a bit rate of 64 kilobits per second
and can transmit only one voice conversation at a time. DS-1 service has a bit
rate of 1.544 megabits per second and can transmit 24 simultaneous voice
conversations. DS-3 service has a bit rate of 45 megabits per second and can
transmit 672 simultaneous voice conversations.
DS-3 miles -- A measure of the total capacity and length of a transmission
path, calculated as the capacity of the transmission path in DS-3s multiplied by
the length of the path in miles.
800/888 Service -- A telecommunications service for businesses that allows
calls to be made to a specific location at no charge to the calling party. Use
of the "800" or "888" service code denotes calls that are to be
A-1
<PAGE> 101
billed to the receiving party. A computer database in the provider's network
translates the 800 or 888 number into a conventional telephone number.
Enhanced data services -- Products and services designed for the transport
and delivery of integrated information to include voice, data and video and any
combination thereof.
Excel -- EXCEL Communications, Inc.
Facilities-based carrier -- Carriers who own transmission facilities.
FCC -- Federal Communications Commission.
Frame Relay -- A high-speed, data-packet switching service used to transmit
data between computers. Frame Relay supports data units of variable lengths at
access speeds ranging from 56 kilobits per second to 1.5 megabits per second.
This service is well-suited for connecting local area networks, but is not
appropriate for voice and video applications due to the variable delays which
can occur. Frame Relay was designed to operate at high speeds on modern fiber
optic networks.
Frontier -- Frontier Corporation.
GAAP -- Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
GE Capital Communication -- GE Capital Communication Services Corporation.
GTE -- GTE Corporation.
ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) -- A complex networking concept
designed to provide a variety of voice, data and digital interface standards.
Incorporated into ISDN are many new enhanced services, such as high-speed data
file transfer, desktop video conferencing, telepublishing, telecommuting,
telepresence learning-remote collaboration, data network linking and home
information services.
Hubs -- Collection centers located centrally in an area where
telecommunications traffic can be aggregated for transport and distribution.
Interexchange Carrier -- A company providing inter-LATA or long distance
services between LATAs on an intrastate or interstate basis.
Inter-LATA -- InterLATA calls are calls that pass from one LATA to another.
Typically, these calls are referred to as long distance calls.
Intra-LATA -- IntraLATA calls are those local calls that originate and
terminate within the same LATA.
Kilobit -- One thousand bits of information. The information-carrying
capacity (i.e., bandwidth) of a circuit may be measured in "kilobits per
second."
LATAs (local access and transport areas) -- The approximately 200
geographic areas that define the areas between which the RBOCs were prohibited
from providing long distance services prior to the Telecommunications Act.
LCI -- LCI International, Inc.
LEC (local exchange carrier) -- A company providing local telephone
services.
Local loop -- A circuit within a LATA.
Long-Haul Circuit -- A private, dedicated telecommunications circuit
between locations in different LATAs.
MCI -- MCI Communications Corporation.
Megabit -- One million bits of information. The information-carrying
capacity (i.e., bandwidth) of a circuit may be measured in "megabits per
second."
A-2
<PAGE> 102
MOU -- Minutes of use of long distance service.
Off-net -- Refers to circuits on transmission facilities not owned by the
Company.
On-net -- Refers to circuits on transmission facilities owned by the
Company.
Optronic -- a combination of optical and electronic equipment.
RBOCs (regional Bell operating companies) -- The seven local telephone
companies (formerly part of AT&T) established by court decree in 1982.
Rockwell International -- Rockwell International Corp.
Route Miles -- The measure of the length of a transmission path in miles.
SONET (synchronous optical network technology) -- An electronics and
network architecture for variable-bandwidth products which enables transmission
of voice, video and data (multimedia) at very high speeds.
Sprint -- Sprint Corp.
Switch -- A device that opens or closes circuits or selects the paths or
circuits to be used for transmission of information. Switching is a process of
interconnecting circuits to form a transmission path between users.
Switched long distance services -- Telecommunications services such as
residential long distance services that are processed through digital switches
and delivered over long-haul circuits and other transmission facilities.
WilTel -- WilTel Network Services, Inc.
WorldCom -- WorldCom, Inc.
A-3
<PAGE> 103
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995................................................................... F-2
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Auditors........................................................ F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and as of March 31, 1996
(unaudited)......................................................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)............. F-5
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1996
(unaudited)......................................................................... F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)............. F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................ F-9
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 104
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Effective January 1, 1996, IXC Communications, Inc. acquired the minority
interest of Switched Services Communications, L.L.C. ("SSC") previously owned by
Excel Telecommunications, Inc. The acquisition has been accounted for using the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations of
IXC Communications, Inc. ("IXC" or the "Company") for the year ended December
31, 1995 reflects the acquisition by the Company of the minority interest of SSC
as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1995.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations
should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of IXC,
related notes to financial statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the
results that would have resulted had the acquisition of the minority interest of
SSC actually occurred on the dates assumed herein, nor is the pro forma
information indicative of the future results of IXC and its consolidated
subsidiaries.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
IXC IXC
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
---------- ADJUSTMENTS ---------
-----------
(NOTE 1)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net operating revenues.................................. $ 91,001 -- $ 91,001
Operating expenses...................................... 89,572 $ 1,117(a) 90,689
-------- ------- --------
1,429 (1,117) 312
Interest income......................................... 3,020 -- 3,020
Interest expense........................................ (14,597) -- (14,597)
Equity in net income of unconsolidated subsidiaries..... 19 -- 19
Minority interest....................................... 5,218 (5,450)(b) (232)
-------- ------- --------
Loss before income taxes and extraordinary item......... (4,911) (6,567) (11,478)
Income tax benefit...................................... 1,693 2,180(c) 3,873
-------- ------- --------
Loss before extraordinary item.......................... $ (3,218) $(4,387) $ (7,605)
======== ======= ========
Loss per common share before extraordinary item......... $ (.20) $ (.38)
======== ========
Weighted average common shares.......................... 25,128 25,128
======== ========
</TABLE>
NOTE 1 -- PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
The following pro forma adjustments reflect the impact of purchase
accounting related to the acquisition of the minority interest of SSC, as if it
had been acquired on January 1, 1995 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Amortization of goodwill............................................... $ 1,117(a)
Elimination of minority interest in net loss of SSC.................... $ 5,450(b)
Tax benefit of additional net losses of SSC (at 40%)................... $ 2,180(c)
</TABLE>
F-2
<PAGE> 105
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors
IXC Communications, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IXC
Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity
(deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of IXC
Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
[SIG]
Austin, Texas
March 1, 1996, except for Note 18,
as to which the date is June 12, 1996
F-3
<PAGE> 106
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- MARCH 31,
1994 1995 1996
-------- -------- -----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.................................................... $ 6,048 $ 6,915 $ 5,492
Accounts receivable:
Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $762 in 1994, $1,769 in
1995 and $1,490 in 1996................................................... 3,421 5,537 6,213
Note receivable -- related party........................................... -- 238 227
Other...................................................................... 295 544 531
-------- -------- --------
3,716 6,319 6,971
Income tax receivable........................................................ -- 1,296 381
Net current deferred tax asset (Note 10)..................................... 118 450 450
Prepaid expenses............................................................. 1,038 1,069 1,689
-------- -------- --------
Total current assets....................................................... 10,920 16,049 14,983
Property and equipment:
Land......................................................................... 2,284 2,344 2,344
Buildings and improvements................................................... 896 5,167 5,424
Transmission system.......................................................... 108,564 138,659 150,996
Construction in progress..................................................... 5,943 5,658 14,094
-------- -------- --------
117,687 151,828 172,858
Less: accumulated depreciation............................................... (28,822) (45,429) (50,696)
-------- -------- --------
88,865 106,399 122,162
Prepaid contract costs (Note 11)............................................... 1,399 989 887
Escrow under Senior Notes (Note 3)............................................. -- 198,266 187,584
Deferred charges and other assets.............................................. 4,225 14,772 20,851
-------- -------- --------
Total assets.......................................................... $105,409 $336,475 $ 346,467
======== ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable -- trade.................................................... $ 1,596 $ 6,792 $ 8,232
Accrued taxes................................................................ 3,864 2,924 3,138
Unearned income.............................................................. 988 1,693 1,859
Accrued interest............................................................. 76 8,748 18,010
Current portion of long-term debt -- related parties (Note 4)................ 6,850 1,371 1,394
Current portion of long-term debt and lease obligations (Notes 4 and 5)...... 11,688 3,163 9,032
Other current liabilities.................................................... 1,757 941 788
-------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities.................................................. 26,819 25,632 42,453
Long-term debt -- related parties, less current portion (Note 4)............... 24,653 6,446 6,164
Long-term debt and lease obligations, less current portion (Notes 4 and 5)..... 25,933 287,814 294,741
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability (Note 10)................................ 9,818 8,303 6,949
Other noncurrent liabilities................................................... 2,429 469 621
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5, 6, 9 and 14)
Minority interest.............................................................. 168 953 380
Preferred stock of consolidated subsidiary held by minority interests (Note
6)........................................................................... 1,400 -- --
Stockholders' equity (deficit) (Note 6):
Preferred stock; 3,000 shares authorized:
10% Senior Series 1 cumulative preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1 share
issued and outstanding in 1994, none in 1995 and 1996..................... 1,460 -- --
10% Junior Series 3 cumulative preferred stock, $.01 par value; 13 shares
issued and outstanding in 1994, 1995 and 1996 (aggregate liquidation
preference of $17,326 at December 31, 1995 and $17,754 at March 31,
1996)..................................................................... 13 13 13
Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 24,335 shares issued
and outstanding in 1994, 1995 and 1996..................................... 243 243 243
Additional paid-in capital................................................... 29,430 29,430 29,430
Accumulated deficit.......................................................... (16,957) (22,828) (34,527)
-------- -------- --------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......................................... 14,189 6,858 (4,841)
-------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit).................. $105,409 $336,475 $ 346,467
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-4
<PAGE> 107
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
--------------------------------------- -------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net operating revenues (Note 11)....... $ 71,123 $ 80,663 $ 91,001 $ 21,766 $ 26,250
Operating expenses:
Cost of services..................... 37,823 33,896 39,852 8,175 15,600
Operations and administration........ 22,835 20,561 32,282 6,256 10,417
Depreciation and amortization........ 21,061 12,121 17,438 3,619 6,010
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
(10,596) 14,085 1,429 3,716 (5,777)
Interest income........................ 215 211 468 111 126
Interest income on escrow under Senior
Notes................................ -- -- 2,552 -- 2,557
Interest expense -- related parties.... (1,026) (2,649) (2,468) (792) (149)
Interest expense -- other.............. (3,917) (3,456) (12,129) (1,081) (9,721)
Contract settlement costs.............. (59) -- -- -- --
Write-down of property and equipment
(Note 8)............................. (37,960) -- -- -- --
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated subsidiaries.......... -- (94) 19 (4) (5)
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before (provision)
benefit for income taxes and minority
interest and extraordinary items..... (53,343) 8,097 (10,129) 1,950 (12,969)
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
(Note 10)............................ 21,977 (3,157) 1,693 (966) 1,363
Minority interest...................... (446) 77 5,218 283 (93)
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items................................ (31,812) 5,017 (3,218) 1,267 (11,699)
Extraordinary items:
Extraordinary gain (loss) on early
extinguishment of debt (involving
a related party in 1994), less
applicable (provision) benefit for
income taxes of ($1,472) in 1994
and $1,164 in 1995 (Note 4)....... -- 2,298 (1,747) -- --
Extraordinary gain on forgiveness of
deferred lease obligations, less
applicable income taxes of $5,848
(Note 5).......................... 8,495 -- -- -- --
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss)...................... (23,317) 7,315 (4,965) 1,267 (11,699)
Dividends applicable to preferred
stock................................ 1,567 1,752 1,843 479 433
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) applicable to common
stockholders......................... $ (24,884) $ 5,563 $ (6,808) $ 788 $ (12,132)
========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Income (loss) per common share:
Before extraordinary items........... $ (1.39) $ .13 $ (.20) $ .03 $ (.48)
Extraordinary gain (loss)............ .35 .09 (.07) -- --
---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
Net income (loss).................... $ (1.04) $ .22 $ (.27) $ .03 $ (.48)
========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
Weighted average common shares......... 24,026 25,011 25,128 25,226 25,029
========== =========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-5
<PAGE> 108
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
10% SENIOR SERIES 1 10% JUNIOR 3
COMMON STOCK PREFERRED STOCK PREFERRED STOCK
------------------ ------------------- ------------------ ADDITIONAL
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF NUMBER OF PAID-IN ACCUMULATED
SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL DEFICIT TOTAL
--------- ------ --------- ------- --------- ------ ---------- ----------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1992...................... 21,974 $219 1 $ 1,300 13 $ 13 $ 29,451 $ (955) $ 30,028
Issuance of preferred
stock................... -- -- 160 -- -- -- -- 160
Issuance of common
stock................... 2,300 23 -- -- -- -- (23) -- --
Net loss.................. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (23,317) (23,317)
-------
---
---- ---- --- ------- ---- --- ---- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1993...................... 24,274 242 1 1,460 13 13 29,428 (24,272) 6,871
Issuance of common
stock................... 61 1 -- -- -- -- 2 -- 3
Net income................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 7,315 7,315
-------
---
---- ---- --- ------- ---- --- ---- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1994...................... 24,335 243 1 1,460 13 13 29,430 (16,957) 14,189
Redemption of preferred
stock................... -- -- (1) (1,460) -- -- -- -- (1,460)
Net income................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (4,965) (4,965)
Dividends
paid -- preferred
stock -- 10% Senior
Series 1................ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (505) (505)
Dividends
paid -- preferred stock
of consolidated
subsidiary.............. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (401) (401)
-------
---
---- ---- --- ------- ---- --- ---- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1995...................... 24,335 243 -- -- 13 13 29,430 (22,828) 6,858
Net loss (unaudited)...... -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (11,699) (11,699)
-------
---
---- ---- --- ------- ---- --- ---- ------- --------- ---------
Balance at March 31, 1996
(unaudited)............... 24,335 $243 -- $ -- 13 $ 13 $ 29,430 $ (34,527) $ (4,841)
========== ==== ======= ======= ======= ==== ======= ========= =========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-6
<PAGE> 109
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
----------------------------------- --------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- --------- ------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)............................. $(23,317) $ 7,315 $ (4,965) $ 1,267 $(11,699)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation................................ 20,651 11,131 16,608 3,444 5,267
Amortization................................ 410 990 830 175 743
Amortization of debt issue costs and Senior
Note discount............................ 130 472 858 215 361
Interest income on escrow under Senior
Notes.................................... -- -- (2,552) -- (2,557)
Provision for doubtful accounts............. 447 1,565 1,505 150 176
Equity in net (income) loss of
unconsolidated subsidiaries.............. -- 94 (19) 4 5
Minority interest in net income (loss) of
subsidiaries............................. 446 (77) (5,218) (283) 93
Extraordinary (gain) loss on early
extinguishment of debt................... -- (3,770) 2,911 -- --
Gain on sale of property and equipment...... (330) (90) -- -- --
Write-down of property and equipment........ 37,960 -- -- -- --
Extraordinary gain on forgiveness of
deferred lease obligations............... (14,343) -- -- -- --
Deferred operating lease costs.............. 8,910 -- -- -- --
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of
effects of acquisitions:
Decrease (increase) in accounts
receivable............................. (206) (1,000) (4,108) (17) (828)
Decrease (increase) in other current
assets................................. 1,349 141 (1,466) 38 391
Increase (decrease) in accounts
payable................................ 2,777 (4,619) 5,196 (152) 1,440
Increase (decrease) in accrued taxes,
unearned income, accrued interest and
other current liabilities.............. (712) 139 7,503 (3) 9,368
Increase (decrease) in deferred income
taxes.................................. (17,227) 2,847 (1,847) 65 (1,354)
Decrease in other assets................. (2,045) (854) (4,092) (338) (1,186)
Increase (decrease) in noncurrent other
liabilities............................ 587 (752) (2,089) 689 226
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Total adjustments................... 38,804 6,217 14,020 3,987 12,145
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities..... 15,487 13,532 9,055 5,254 446
</TABLE>
F-7
<PAGE> 110
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
----------------------------------- --------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
-------- -------- --------- ------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Release of funds from escrow under Senior
Notes....................................... -- -- 4,300 -- 13,225
Purchase of restricted short-term
investments................................. -- -- (200,000) -- --
Purchase of property and equipment............ (27,008) (7,087) (23,670) (2,571) (13,564)
Sale of property and equipment................ 49 235 -- -- --
Payments for businesses acquired, net of cash
received.................................... (14,025) (11,976) -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities......... (40,984) (18,828) (219,370) (2,571) (339)
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes,
net of discount............................. $ -- $ -- $ 277,148 $ -- $ --
Capital contribution in subsidiary by minority
shareholders................................ -- -- 6,002 490 --
Proceeds from long-term debt.................. 50,671 12,999 18,695 692 --
Payments on long-term debt and lease
obligations................................. (19,990) (7,837) (76,490) (3,620) (1,359)
Payments from (to) escrow..................... (1,500) 1,500 -- -- --
Payment of debt issue costs................... (1,760) (1,551) (10,407) -- (171)
Redemption of preferred stock................. -- -- (1,460) -- --
Redemption of preferred stock of consolidated
subsidiary held by minority interests....... -- -- (1,400) -- --
Dividend payments............................. -- -- (906) -- --
Issuance of common stock...................... -- 3 -- -- --
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock......... 160 -- -- -- --
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock of
subsidiary.................................. 1,400 -- -- -- --
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.................................. 28,981 5,114 211,182 (2,438) (1,530)
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents................................. 3,484 (182) 867 245 (1,423)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period...................................... 2,746 6,230 6,048 6,048 6,915
-------- -------- -------- ------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.... $ 6,230 $ 6,048 $ 6,915 $ 6,293 $ 5,492
======== ======== ======== ======= ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:
Cash paid (received) for:
Income taxes............................. $ (746) $ 891 $ 1,240 $ 293 $ (908)
======== ======== ======== ======= ========
Interest................................. $ 1,683 $ 4,496 $ 4,955 $ 890 $ 304
======== ======== ======== ======= ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.
F-8
<PAGE> 111
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995
1. ORGANIZATION AND ACQUISITIONS
IXC Communications, Inc. ("IXC" or the "Company") is an Austin, Texas based
supplier of telecommunications services. IXC provides two basic products to
other long distance carriers: (i) long-haul voice and data circuits and (ii)
switched long distance services. Consistent with industry practice, the Company
considers itself to be operating in one business segment.
IXC, a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in 1992 and began operations
by acquiring 50% of the outstanding common stock of Electra Communications
Holding Corporation ("ECHC") which owned Electra Communication Corporation
("ECC"). ECC owned and operated a regional fiber optic transmission system in
Texas. ECHC became a wholly-owned subsidiary of IXC in 1993, when ECHC redeemed
all its outstanding stock not held by IXC.
Also during 1992 and 1993, the stockholders of IXC formed Telecom Services
Group, Inc. ("TSGI") and I-Link Communications Inc. ("ILCI").
TSGI acquired Communications Transmission Group, Inc. ("CTGI") from
Communications Transmission, Inc. ("CTI") in 1992. CTI was controlled by a
majority of the same shareholders as that of TSGI; therefore, the acquisition of
CTGI was a transaction among entities under common control and was accounted for
in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method.
ILCI acquired I-Link Holdings, Inc. ("ILHI") in 1993. The transaction was
accounted for in a manner similar to the pooling of interests method of
accounting as both entities were under common ownership by the same shareholder
group.
Effective February 22, 1994, TSGI and ILCI became wholly-owned subsidiaries
of IXC through a stock-for-stock merger, whereby IXC issued common and
redeemable preferred stock in exchange for all of the outstanding common and
preferred stock of TSGI and ILCI. IXC, TSGI and ILCI were controlled by the same
shareholder group, therefore the assets and liabilities acquired from the
controlling shareholders were recorded at their historical cost. The minority
interest acquired was recorded at fair value. The accompanying consolidated
financial statements of IXC have been restated to include the accounts and
operations of TSGI and ILCI since their acquisitions from third parties and the
elimination of all intercompany accounts and transactions.
On August 5, 1994, IXC, through its newly formed majority-owned (85%)
subsidiary, Mutual Signal Holding Corporation ("MSHC"), acquired MSM Associates,
Limited Partnership ("MSM"). MSHC purchased all of the issued and outstanding
common stock of Mutual Signal Corporation ("MSC"), the sole general partner of
MSM, for $1,050,000 and all of the outstanding limited partnership units of MSM
from the sole limited partner for $450,000. The acquisition was accounted for as
a purchase. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of MSM at the date of
acquisition were adjusted to reflect the purchase price, using an allocation
based upon the fair values of the acquired assets. The operating results of MSM
have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of
acquisition. The owner of the remaining 15% minority interest of MSHC, Frontier
Corporation ("Frontier"), is a customer of IXC. Frontier, which is considered a
related party because of its miniority interest in MSHC, generated revenue to
IXC of $16.9 million in 1993, $18.7 million in 1994 and $19.1 million in 1995.
F-9
<PAGE> 112
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Unaudited pro forma results for 1993 and 1994 assuming the acquisitions of
MSC and MSM occurred as of January 1, 1993 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Operating revenues...................................... $ 77,727 $82,290
Income (loss) before extraordinary items................ $(30,142) $ 5,574
Net income (loss)....................................... $(21,647) $ 7,872
Income (loss) per common share before extraordinary
items................................................. $ (1.25) $ 0.22
</TABLE>
The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes
only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have
occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of the above dates, nor are
they necessarily indicative of future operations.
On September 15, 1994, IXC formed IXC Long Distance, Inc. Together with
Excel Telecommunications, Inc. ("Excel"), IXC Long Distance, Inc. then formed
Switched Services Communications, L.L.C. ("SSC") on September 19, 1994 for the
purpose of owning and operating a nationwide long distance switch network. As of
December 31, 1995 IXC Long Distance, Inc. owned a majority interest of SSC which
is consolidated as a majority-owned subsidiary.
Effective January 1, 1996, IXC Long Distance, Inc. entered into an
agreement with Excel to acquire its minority interest in SSC for $6.2 million.
In connection with the purchase agreement, Excel executed a second amended and
restated Service Agreement with SSC, requiring Excel to purchase certain minimum
communications services from SSC. (See Note 17)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of IXC include the accounts of IXC
and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All minority owned
subsidiaries are accounted for by the equity method. Significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial
statements.
Revenues
Long-haul voice and data circuit revenues are primarily generated from
providing capacity on the Company's fiber optic and microwave transmission
network at rates established under long-term contractual arrangements. Revenues
are recognized as services are provided.
Switched long-distance service revenues are primarily generated by
providing voice and data communications. Customers are billed on monthly cycle
dates. Revenues are recognized as services are provided.
The Company accounts for exchange agreements with other carriers by
recognizing the fair value of the revenue earned and expense incurred under the
respective agreements (see Note 11).
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, money market funds and all
investments with an initial maturity of three months or less. Short-term
investments held in the Company's escrow related to the Senior Notes (see Note
3) are not included as a cash equivalent.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost, adjusted for the writedown
discussed in Note 8. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method
over the estimated useful lives of the various assets, generally 3 to
F-10
<PAGE> 113
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
20 years. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.
Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation
expense. Property and equipment recorded under capital leases are included with
the Company's owned assets.
In March 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 121, Accounting for Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, which requires
impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when
indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated
to be generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying amount.
Statement 121 also addresses the accounting for long-lived assets that are
expected to be disposed of. (See Note 17)
Capitalization of Interest
Interest costs are capitalized as part of the cost of constructing the
Company's fiber optic network. Interest costs capitalized during construction
periods are computed by determining the average accumulated expenditures for
each interim capitalization period and applying the interest rate related to the
specific borrowings associated with each construction project. Interest
capitalized during the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was
approximately $379,000, $34,000 and $361,000, respectively.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method as
required by Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, issued by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board.
Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the
basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax
reporting. Investment tax credits are accounted for by the flow-through method.
Deferred Charges and Other Assets
Costs incurred in connection with obtaining long-term financing have been
deferred and are being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the
related debt agreements. The costs relating to long-term financing for the years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 were $2.8 million and $10.4 million,
respectively. Accumulated amortization for these costs for the years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995 was $534,000 and $467,000, respectively (see Note 4
regarding extraordinary items).
Costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of certain lease
agreements (see Note 5) have been deferred and are being amortized over the
terms of the related agreements.
Costs incurred to obtain certain regulatory licenses are amortized on a
straight-line basis over 10 to 40 years.
Certain costs incurred in connection with installation of the nationwide
long distance network have been deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis
over 4 years. The network costs for the year ended December 31, 1995 were
$1,836,000, with accumulated amortization of $95,000.
The acquisition cost of customer accounts obtained through an outside sales
organization have been deferred and amortized over two years, the estimated
average of the term of the related customer contracts.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for its stock compensation arrangements under the
provisions of APB 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and intends to
continue to do so.
F-11
<PAGE> 114
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Income (Loss) Per Common Share
Income (loss) per common share is based on net income (loss) less preferred
stock dividend requirements divided by the weighted average common shares
outstanding during the period, as adjusted for applicable stock options. Income
(loss) per share on a fully diluted basis is not presented as the fully diluted
effect is either antidilutive or not material.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the
1995 presentation.
3. ESCROW UNDER SENIOR NOTES
Under the terms of the Company's Senior Notes, issued in October 1995, the
Company was required to place $200 million of Senior Note proceeds in an escrow
account, which proceeds and the earnings thereon are restricted in their use to
fiber expansion, capital expenditures, certain interest, principal and other
payments on the Senior Notes and other permitted uses (see Note 4). Such funds
have been invested in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities
at December 31, 1995 as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Overnight investments............................. $ 96,975
U.S. Government securities........................ 101,291
--------
$198,266
========
</TABLE>
The escrow account is subject to a security interest under the Company's
Senior Notes. The investments in the escrow account at December 31, 1995, by
contractual maturity, were all due in three months or less and are classified as
held-to-maturity.
F-12
<PAGE> 115
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
4. LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt and lease obligations of IXC and its consolidated
subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1995 consisted of the following (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Senior Notes -- 12.5%, net of unamortized discount of $7,762 at
December 31, 1995............................................. $ -- $277,238
Senior term loans -- 8.23% to 9.9%.............................. 14,405 --
Senior secured notes -- 9.93%................................... 12,150 --
Variable rate senior secured note due to stockholder (10.63% at
December 31, 1994)............................................ 9,750 --
Senior subordinated note due to related party -- 7%............. 5,694 4,416
Promissory note due to related party -- 9%...................... 3,111 3,401
Subordinated debentures due to stockholders -- 10%.............. 12,948 --
Capital lease obligations (see Note 5).......................... 6,560 13,697
Deferred lease obligations (see Note 5)......................... 4,432 --
Other debt...................................................... 74 42
------- --------
Total long-term debt and lease obligations................. $69,124 $298,794
======= ========
</TABLE>
These amounts are included in the balance sheets of the Company as follows
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995
------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Long-term debt -- related parties:
Current portion....................... $ 6,850 $ 1,371
Long-term portion..................... 24,653 6,446
Long-term debt and lease obligations:
Current portion....................... 11,688 3,163
Long-term portion..................... 25,933 287,814
------- --------
$69,124 $298,794
======= ========
</TABLE>
Senior Notes
On October 5, 1995, the Company issued $285 million of 12 1/2% Senior Notes
(effective rate 13%) due October 1, 2005, with interest payable semi-annually.
The Company has agreed to file a registration statement and to exchange the
Senior Notes for registered Senior Notes, or to register the Senior Notes on a
shelf registration statement. Until such exchange offer is consummated, or such
shelf registration statement is declared effective, the Company is required to
make additional interest payments at the rate of .5% per annum of the principal
amount thereof.
The Senior Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or
in part, on or after October 1, 2000 at a premium declining to zero in 2004. At
any time prior to October 1, 1998, the Company may redeem Senior Notes with an
aggregate principal amount of up to $100 million at a redemption price of 112.5%
of the principal amount from the net proceeds of a sale of Capital Stock of the
Company, provided that at least $100 million in aggregate principal amount of
Senior Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such
redemption and that the redemption occurs within 35 days of the date of the
closing of the offering of such equity securities. Also, the Senior Notes
contain provisions that, in the event of a Change in Control (which meets the
definition set forth in the Indenture) of the Company, provide their holders the
right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Senior Notes
at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest.
F-13
<PAGE> 116
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Of the net proceeds of approximately $277 million, $200 million has
initially been deposited into an escrow account primarily restricted for the
construction of a major fiber optic expansion program (see Note 3).
Approximately $53 million of the net proceeds was used to repay or repurchase
existing indebtedness (resulting in an extraordinary loss on early
extinguishment of debt of $1.7 million, net of applicable income tax benefit of
$1.2 million) and approximately $3.7 million was used to redeem certain
preferred stock.
The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company, except
for a security interest in the escrow account (see Note 3), and are guaranteed
on a senior unsecured basis by all wholly owned direct and indirect subsidiaries
(other than SSC) of IXC. The obligations of each guarantor are limited to the
minimum extent necessary to prevent the guarantee from violating or becoming
voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
The Senior Notes contain certain covenants that limit the ability of the
Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and issue
preferred stock, pay dividends or make other distributions, repurchase equity
interests or subordinated indebtedness, engage in sale and leaseback
transactions, create certain liens, enter into certain transactions with
affiliates, sell assets of the Company or its subsidiaries, issue or sell equity
interests of the Company's subsidiaries or enter into certain mergers and
consolidations.
Senior Term Loans
During 1993, to finance the construction of the Company's fiber optic
transmission system, the Company entered into a senior term loan agreement to
obtain $11 million in construction financing at 8.23% plus up to $750,000 of
capitalized interest during the construction period. During 1994, to finance an
extension of the Company's fiber optic transmission system, the Company entered
into a senior term loan agreement to obtain approximately $7.5 million in
construction financing at 9.9%, plus up to $750,000 of capitalized interest
during the construction period. These senior term loans were repaid or
repurchased from the proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Notes.
Senior Secured Notes
During 1993, to finance the redemption of the ECHC common stock not owned
by IXC (see Note 1), the Company issued $15 million of 9.63% senior secured
notes. During 1994, IXC and the senior secured note holder signed an agreement
which amended and restated the notes. In connection with this agreement, IXC was
released from certain restrictive covenants, the interest rate on the notes was
increased to 9.93%, $1,500,000 held in escrow was applied to the notes and the
escrow account was terminated. As the terms of the original notes were
substantively modified, the related unamortized original debt issuance costs of
$174,000 (net of $114,000 income tax benefit) are shown as an extraordinary loss
on early extinguishment of debt. The senior secured notes were repaid from the
proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Notes.
Variable Senior Secured Note Due to Stockholder
During 1993, to finance the acquisition of the rights, title and interest
in certain equipment lease agreements (see Note 5), the Company issued an 8.5%
senior secured note in the original principal amount of $17,000,000. During
1994, the note was purchased by a stockholder of IXC under a prepayment option.
The stockholder exchanged the note for a note that was amended (including a
reduction in its principal amount to $11,143,000) and restated in the form of a
variable rate senior secured note. This transaction resulted in an extraordinary
gain of approximately $2,472,000, net of applicable income taxes of $1,586,000.
The variable rate senior secured note due to stockholder was repaid from the
proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Notes.
F-14
<PAGE> 117
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
Senior Subordinated Note Due to Minority Investor in Subsidiary
During 1994, the Company issued a $6.2 million 7% senior subordinated
promissory note to a minority investor in MSHC, one of IXC Communications'
subsidiaries. Under the terms of the senior subordinated promissory note,
principal and interest are due and payable in 53 consecutive monthly
installments of $136,000 commencing August 31, 1994 through December 31, 1998.
Promissory Note Due to Minority Investor in Subsidiary
During 1994, to facilitate the acquisition of MSM, the Company issued a $3
million 9% promissory note to a minority investor in MSHC. Under the terms of
the promissory note, principal and interest payments of $560,000 are due
quarterly beginning March 31, 1998 through December 31, 1999. Thus, accrued
interest is reflected in the balance of the note.
Subordinated Debentures Due to Stockholders
During 1992, to finance the acquisition of a 50% interest in ECHC, IXC
issued $3.7 million of 10% subordinated debentures to certain stockholders.
During 1993, IXC issued an additional $2 million of 10% subordinated debentures
to certain stockholders. The debentures were unsecured general obligations of
IXC.
In addition, in connection with the construction of the Company's fiber
optic transmission system, IXC issued $5.1 million of 10% subordinated
debentures to certain stockholders.
All of the subordinated debentures due to stockholders were repaid from the
proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Notes.
Annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1995 are as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1996.............................................. $ 1,412
1997.............................................. 1,470
1998.............................................. 2,854
1999.............................................. 2,123
2000.............................................. --
Thereafter........................................ 277,238
--------
$285,097
========
</TABLE>
5. CAPITAL AND OPERATING LEASES
On August 14, 1992, in connection with the acquisition of CTGI, all
existing equipment lease obligations were restructured to provide for the
deferrals of future lease obligations that were otherwise payable. A provision
was also made for an escrow account to provide additional collateral for certain
equipment lease obligations. This escrow account was initially funded in March
1993 with excess collateral held by a creditor of CTGI's prior parent.
As of October 12, 1993, certain equipment lessors sold to IXC their
respective rights, title and interest in certain equipment lease agreements with
the Company. In connection with this transaction, a substantial portion of the
escrow account was withdrawn to pay certain deferred lease obligations to
another lessor. This resulted in an extraordinary gain of approximately
$8,495,000, net of applicable income taxes of $5,848,000. Certain equipment
lease agreements were not purchased by IXC and remained in effect as operating
leases. The escrow account (discussed in the preceding paragraph) was used to
supplement lease payments due under certain of the remaining leases (the "Escrow
Secured Leases") during 1993 and 1994. The Company recorded
F-15
<PAGE> 118
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
income of approximately $731,000 and $1,444,000 to reflect nonrefundable
proceeds used from the escrow account during the years ended December 31, 1993
and 1994, respectively.
During 1994, the Escrow Secured Leases were amended and the future basic
rental obligations due under the remaining leases (which were classified as
operating leases) were satisfied with approximately $18 million in proceeds from
the escrow account. The amendments to the Escrow Secured Leases resulted in the
leases meeting the criteria for capitalization under FAS No. 13. The present
value of the residual lease obligations approximated the fair value of the
leased assets which were both recorded at $6,031,000. The company made principal
payments of $550,000 during 1995 and repaid $1,120,000 of the obligations using
proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes. The remainder of the lease
obligations become due in installments in the years 1996 and 1997.
In connection with the satisfaction of the remaining Escrow Secured Leases,
the escrow account was terminated in 1994 and the residual balance in the
account, approximately $888,000, was distributed to the Company and recognized
as income.
Future minimum annual lease payments for facilities, equipment and
transmission capacity used in its operations at December 31, 1995, net of
sublease revenue, are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CAPITAL OPERATING
LEASES LEASES
------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
1996.................................................... $ 3,707 $ 9,915
1997.................................................... 5,697 7,725
1998.................................................... 2,862 4,733
1999.................................................... 2,467 2,591
2000.................................................... 1,588 795
Thereafter.............................................. -- 2,615
------- -------
16,321 $28,374
=======
Less amounts related to interest........................ (2,624)
-------
Present value of capital lease obligations.............. 13,697
Less current portion.................................... (2,735)
-------
Net long-term capital lease obligations................. $10,962
=======
</TABLE>
The gross amount of assets recorded under capital leases at December 31,
1994 and 1995 were $7,648,000 and $17,946,000, respectively. The related
accumulated amortization was $1,388,000 and $4,078,000 at December 31, 1994 and
1995, respectively.
Expenses relating to facilities, equipment and transmission capacity leases
were approximately $37,183,000, $28,710,000 and $29,130,000 for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
The Company had certain deferred lease obligations payable through 1998
that were not settled as part of the October 12, 1993 transaction discussed
above. On November 29, 1994, IXC entered into an agreement whereby these
obligations were restructured resulting in all the deferred obligations,
$4,432,000, being due during 1995. These obligations were repaid in 1995 from
the proceeds the Company received from the issuance of the Senior Notes.
In February 1995, the Company entered into a five-year equipment lease for
network switching equipment, for which the lease obligations had a present value
of $9,800,000. (See Note 17)
F-16
<PAGE> 119
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
6. COMMON AND PREFERRED STOCK
IXC's 10% Senior Series 1 Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock was
non-voting and was redeemed on October 6, 1995, from the proceeds of the Senior
Notes for $1,965,000, including cumulative dividends in arrears and related
interest of $505,000.
The 10% Junior Series 3 Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock ("Series 3
Preferred Stock") is voting (as a single class with IXC's common stock), is
entitled to elect one director and may be redeemed by the Company in whole or in
part at any time, subject to certain debt covenants, at a price of $1,000 per
share, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends and accrued interest. The
liquidation value of each Series 3 Preferred share is $1,000 plus any
accumulated and unpaid dividends including accrued interest. The Series 3
Preferred Stock is nonparticipatory and has no mandatory redemption
requirements. Dividends are payable at the determination of the Board of
Directors, subject to debt covenants. Interest accrues on unpaid dividends at a
rate of 10%. Cumulative preferred dividends in arrears, including interest, at
December 31, 1994 and 1995 were $3,201,000 and $4,776,000, respectively.
In November 1994, the Board of Directors adopted the IXC Communications,
Inc. Stock Plan ("IXC Stock Plan"), which provides for the issuance of
restricted stock or the granting of stock options for up to 1,212,450 shares of
common stock to key employees and others. Options granted may be either
"incentive stock options," within the meaning of Section 422(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code, or non-qualified options. The options are for 10 years and
generally vest at a rate of 25% per year commencing one year after the date of
grant and 25% on each anniversary thereafter, with the exception of two options
covering 84,872 shares which were 100% vested upon grant. The IXC Stock Plan was
adopted and approved by the majority of stockholders of IXC by written consent
on May 4, 1995.
The Company has not issued any restricted stock under the IXC Stock Plan.
All options granted under the IXC Stock Plan were granted at estimated market
value at the date of grant, based on annual appraisals obtained from an
independent party. In the event of a change of control of the Company, the
optionees, immediately following the consummation of such change of control,
fully vest, and the options may be exercised in full to purchase the total
number of shares covered by the option.
Option activity for the two years ended December 31, 1995 was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER PRICE
OF SHARES PER SHARE
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Options granted in 1994 and outstanding at
December 31, 1994..................................... 206,113 $3.01
Options granted in 1995................................. 439,767 3.01
------- -----
Options outstanding at December 31, 1995................ 645,880 $3.01
======= =====
Options exercisable at December 31, 1995................ 121,243
=======
Available for grant at December 31, 1995................ 566,570
=======
</TABLE>
During 1993, an indirect subsidiary of IXC issued 1,400 shares of 10%
Senior Series 1 Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock (the "ILHI Series 1
Preferred Stock") at $1,000 per share to stockholders of IXC. The ILHI Series 1
Preferred Stock was redeemed on October 6, 1995 from the proceeds of the Senior
Notes, for $1,801,000, including cumulative dividends in arrears and related
interest of $401,000.
F-17
<PAGE> 120
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
7. MAJOR CUSTOMERS
Long-haul services are provided to domestic common carriers under long-term
contractual arrangements. Sales to certain customers exceeded 10% of total
revenues for each of the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995. The
percentages of revenue represented by these customers are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1994 1995
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
WorldCom, Inc........................................... 23% 25% 20%
Frontier Communications................................. 24% 23% 21%
</TABLE>
Trade receivables are primarily due from a limited customer base including
these major customers. Although the Company has a concentration of credit risk,
the Company has not experienced significant collection losses from these
respective customers. Additionally, the Company bills in advance which further
minimizes any potential losses due to concentration of credit risk.
8. IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-TERM ASSETS
Due to rate reductions in the long-haul business, in 1993 the Company
assessed the estimated future net cash flows expected to be produced by the
digital microwave system property and equipment. As a result, on December 31,
1993, the Company projected it would be unable to recover the recorded values of
such equipment and therefore reduced the carrying value of the digital microwave
system property and equipment by $37,960,000.
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company has a defined contribution retirement and 401(k) savings plan
which covers all full-time employees with one year of service. The Company
contributes 6% of eligible compensation, as defined in the plan, and matches 50%
of the employee's contributions up to a maximum of 6% of the employee's
compensation. Employees vest in the Company's contribution over five years.
Benefit expense for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was
approximately $394,000, $468,000 and $522,000, respectively.
10. INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of
the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-----------------
1994 1995
------ ------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Tax credit carryforwards................................. $1,764 $2,411
Net operating loss carryforwards......................... -- 2,489
Accrued expenses......................................... 1,768 908
Other.................................................... 929 1,286
------ ------
4,461 7,094
Deferred tax liabilities:
Tax over book depreciation............................... 6,978 8,384
Other liability accruals................................. 5,062 5,090
Other.................................................... 2,121 1,473
------ ------
14,161 14,947
------ ------
Net deferred tax liability................................. $9,700 $7,853
====== ======
</TABLE>
F-18
<PAGE> 121
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
At December 31, 1995, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $7,775,000 for income tax purposes that will expire in 2010. The
Company has minimum tax and investment tax credit carryforwards at December 31,
1995 of approximately $1,721,000 and $690,000, respectively. The minimum tax
credits can be carried forward indefinitely and the investment tax credits
expire in 2001.
A valuation allowance was not provided for deferred tax assets at December
31, 1993, 1994 or 1995.
Significant components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes
(excluding the effect attributable to extraordinary items) are as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
-------- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current:
Federal..................................... $ 561 $1,188 $ (381)
State....................................... 432 404 --
-------- ------ -------
Total current................................. 993 1,592 (381)
Deferred:
Federal..................................... (19,121) 1,131 (1,144)
State....................................... (3,849) 434 (168)
-------- ------ -------
Total deferred................................ (22,970) 1,565 (1,312)
-------- ------ -------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......... $(21,977) $3,157 $(1,693)
======== ====== =======
</TABLE>
The reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) attributable to
continuing operations (excluding the effect attributable to extraordinary items)
computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense (benefit)
is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1993 1994 1995
-------- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory
rates....................................... $(18,288) $2,780 $(1,670)
State income tax provision (benefit) net of
federal effect.............................. (3,141) 432 (302)
Permanent and other differences............... (548) (55) 279
--------- ------ -------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......... $(21,977) $3,157 $(1,693)
========= ====== =======
</TABLE>
11. EXCHANGE AGREEMENTS
During 1993, IXC entered into long-term contracts with a common carrier
which provides IXC with capacity on the carrier's nationwide fiber optic
communications system. For this capacity, the Company paid $2,000,000 and
provided the common carrier with access to and use of certain regional fiber
optic communication systems. The $2,000,000 paid and related costs incurred in
connection with the contract have been deferred and are being recognized over
the five-year term of the contract. Accumulated amortization relating to the
contract costs as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 was $648,000 and $1,058,000,
respectively.
In the normal course of business, IXC enters into long-term facilities
exchange agreements with other carriers to exchange capacity on the carrier's
network for access to the Company's regional fiber optic communication systems.
These exchanges are accounted for at fair value (see Note 2). These exchange
agreements accounted for noncash revenue and expense (in equal amounts) of
$3,743,000, $7,980,000 and $13,839,000 for 1993, 1994 and 1995.
F-19
<PAGE> 122
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
A law firm, of which a director and stockholder of the Company was a
principal, provided certain legal services to the Company and received fees from
the Company in the amount of approximately $1.1 million in 1993, $1.4 million in
1994 and $2.6 million in 1995.
13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amount reported in the balance
sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.
Accounts receivable and accounts payable: The carrying amounts reported in
the balance sheets for accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate
fair value.
Restricted short-term investments: The carrying amount reported in the
balance sheets for restricted short-term investments held in escrow
approximates fair value.
Long-term debt: The fair value of the Senior Notes has not been determined
due to the impracticability of such a calculation based on the limited
market of the privately issued notes and the lack of an actively quoted
price.
14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
On September 1, 1994, IXC entered into an agreement with a common carrier
to purchase dedicated digital telecommunication services, superseding all prior
agreements. Under the terms of the agreement, IXC is required to purchase
services with remaining monthly minimum commitments of $500,000 through March
1998. Upon IXC paying a total of $22,548,000 for service subsequent to the
September 1, 1994 agreement, the minimum commitments under this agreement will
be canceled. Actual expenses under this and previous agreements for the years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 were $11,996,000, $12,552,000 and
$11,353,000, respectively.
In June 1995, IXC entered into a three-year agreement with a common carrier
to purchase communication services, under which, by April 1996, the Company is
required to purchase a monthly minimum of $350,000 in services. Actual expenses
under this agreement for the year ended December 31, 1995 were $1,471,000.
The Company plans to substantially expand its network beginning in 1996 to
include a coast-to-coast fiber optic system. In order to achieve this objective,
in November 1995, IXC entered into an agreement with a contractor to perform
construction and installation of fiber optic cable from Fort Worth, Texas to
Abilene, Texas. The approximate length of this project is 160 miles. The total
commitment under this agreement is approximately $6,487,000. As of December 31,
1995, no capital expenditures had yet been made under this agreement.
In January 1996, IXC also entered into an agreement with a supplier to
purchase fiber optic cable equipment to be used in the network expansion. Under
this agreement, the Company has a commitment to purchase a minimum number of
fiber kilometers during an initial three-year term, for a total commitment of
$32,000,000. In the event that IXC orders an amount of fiber less than the
commitment amount during the term of this agreement, the supplier may elect to
charge the Company the aggregate difference between the amount which would have
been billed to the Company for fiber based upon the commitment amount and the
amount actually billed to the Company. This agreement will automatically be
renewed for a period of one year unless one party has given the other party
notice at least 60 days in advance of such renewal that it elects to terminate
this agreement. As of December 31, 1995 no fiber purchases had been made under
this agreement.
F-20
<PAGE> 123
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
In December 1995, IXC entered into a long-term indefeasible right to use
("IRU") agreement with a common carrier in which the Company will realize
significant cost savings to the cost of the planned fiber expansion. Under the
IRU, both parties will construct a fiber optic communications system and will
grant unrestricted rights to each other to use certain fiber on each others'
constructed communications systems. The scheduled completion date of all
construction, installation and fiber acceptance testing of each system is
October 1, 1996. The agreement provides for substantial penalties ($400,000 per
month) for either party which does not complete construction of the applicable
route by October 1, 1996, but only after a grace period and only in the event
the other party has already completed its route. The initial term of this
agreement is 20 years from July 1, 1997. The agreement may be renewed for two
terms of 10 years each. The agreement states that beginning at the end of the
first full calendar quarter after the final construction acceptance date, each
party shall pay the other a usage fee during the term in an annual amount of
$2.0 million payable in four equal installments at the end of each calendar
quarter.
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, all of which have
arisen in the ordinary course of business and some of which are covered by
insurance. In the opinion of the Company's management, none of the claims
relating to such proceedings will have material adverse effect on the financial
condition or results of operations of the Company.
15. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Activity in the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts for the years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 was as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO BALANCE
BEGINNING COSTS AND AT END OF
FOR THE YEARS ENDED OF PERIOD EXPENSES DEDUCTIONS PERIOD
--------------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
December 31, 1993...................... $1,024 $ 447 $1,042 $ 429
December 31, 1994...................... $ 429 $1,565 $1,232 $ 762
December 31, 1995...................... $ 762 $1,505 $ 498 $ 1,769
</TABLE>
F-21
<PAGE> 124
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
IXC conducts a significant portion of its business through subsidiaries.
The Senior Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by all
of IXC's wholly-owned direct and indirect subsidiaries except for SSC (the
"Subsidiary Guarantors"). The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the
minimum extent necessary to prevent the guarantee from violating or becoming
voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent
transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. IXC's
subsidiaries that were not wholly-owned at the time the Senior Notes were
issued, do not guarantee the Senior Notes (the "Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries").
The claims of creditors of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have priority over the
rights of IXC to receive dividends or distributions from such subsidiaries.
Presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for IXC,
the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries as of and for the
fiscal years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the quarter ended March 31,
1996 (unaudited). All of the non-guarantor subsidiaries were acquired or formed
in 1994. Accordingly, the Company's audited consolidated financial statements
prior to January 1, 1994 do not include any direct or indirect consolidated
subsidiaries which are not guarantors. As a result, the aggregate net assets,
earnings and equity of IXC and the Subsidiary Guarantors for the year ended 1993
would be equivalent to the aggregate net assets, earnings and equity of the
Company. Accordingly, condensed consolidating financial information for such
periods is not presented.
The equity method has been used by IXC and the Subsidiary Guarantors with
respect to investments in Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Separate financial
statements for Subsidiary Guarantors are not presented based on management's
determination that they do not provide additional information that is material
to investors.
The following table sets forth the Guarantor and Non-Guarantor
subsidiaries:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES NON-GUARANTOR SUBSIDIARIES
----------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Tower Communications Systems Corp. Mutual Signal Holding Corporation
West Texas Microwave Company Mutual Signal Corporation
Western States Microwave Transmission Mutual Signal Corporation of Michigan
Company MSM Associates, Limited Partnership
Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Switched Services Communications,
Company L.L.C.
Central States Microwave Transmission Progress International L.L.C.
Company US Advantage Long Distance, Inc.
IXC Carrier, Inc. Marca-Tel S.A. de C.V.
IXC Long Distance, Inc.
Link Net International, Inc.
Rio Grande Transmission, Inc.
Telcom Engineering, Inc.
</TABLE>
F-22
<PAGE> 125
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1994
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents....... $ 146 $ 4,619 $ 934 $ 349(a) $ 6,048
Accounts receivable and other,
net........................... 10 3,674 529 (497)(e) 3,716
Other current assets............ 187 845 124 -- 1,156
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Total current assets.............. 343 9,138 1,587 (148) 10,920
Property and equipment, net....... -- 74,508 14,547 (190)(d) 88,865
Prepaid contract costs............ -- 1,399 -- -- 1,399
Due from affiliate................ 4,091 3,809 -- (7,900)(e) --
Other assets...................... 20,718 3,873 2,248 (22,614)(b) 4,225
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Total assets...................... $ 25,152 $ 92,727 $18,382 $(30,852) $105,409
======== ======== ======= ======== ========
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable, accrued
interest and other current
liabilities................... $ 134 $ 7,378 $ 815 $ (46)(a)(e) $ 8,281
Due to affiliate................ 3,800 283 114 (4,197)(e) --
Current portion of long-term
debt and lease obligations.... -- 17,035 1,503 -- 18,538
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities......... 3,934 24,696 2,432 (4,243) 26,819
Long-term debt and lease
obligations, less current
portion......................... 7,029 32,651 14,017 (3,111)(e) 50,586
Net deferred tax liability........ -- 11,458 -- (1,640)(e) 9,818
Other noncurrent liabilities...... -- 2,429 1,332 (1,332)(e) 2,429
Minority interest................. -- -- -- 168(c) 168
Preferred stock of consolidated
subsidiary held by minority
interests....................... -- 1,400 -- -- 1,400
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock.................... 243 3 1 (4)(b) 243
Preferred stock................. 1,473 -- 1 (1)(b) 1,473
Additional paid-in capital...... 29,430 39,760 500 (40,260)(b) 29,430
Retained earnings (accumulated
deficit)...................... (16,957) (19,670) 99 19,571(b)(c)(d)(e) (16,957)
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Total stockholders' equity........ 14,189 20,093 601 (20,694) 14,189
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and
stockholders'
equity...................... $ 25,152 $ 92,727 $18,382 $(30,852) $105,409
======== ======== ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany settlements in transit.
(b) Eliminations of investments in consolidated subsidiaries
(c) Recording of minority interest in equity operations.
(d) Eliminations of intercompany capitalized labor.
(e) Eliminations of intercompany receivables and lease obligations.
F-23
<PAGE> 126
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1994
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
------ ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net operating revenues............ $ -- $ 78,448 $ 3,410 $ (1,195)(a) $ 80,663
Operating expenses:
Cost of services................ -- 33,848 810 (762)(a)(b) 33,896
Operations and administration... 570 19,336 898 (243)(a) 20,561
Depreciation and amortization... 32 11,166 923 -- 12,121
------ ------- ------ ------- -------
(602) 14,098 779 (190) 14,085
Interest income................... 139 194 8 (130)(a) 211
Interest expense.................. (653) (5,141) (441) 130(a) (6,105)
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated subsidiaries..... 7,864 83 -- (8,041)(c) (94)
------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Income (loss) before provision
(benefit) for income taxes and
minority interest in net loss of
subsidiaries.................... 6,748 9,234 346 (8,231) 8,097
Benefit (provision) for income
taxes........................... 567 (3,477) (247) -- (3,157)
Minority interest................. -- -- -- 77(d) 77
------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Income before extraordinary
item............................ 7,315 5,757 99 (8,154) 5,017
Extraordinary gain, net........... -- 2,298 -- -- 2,298
------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Net income................... $7,315 $ 8,055 $ 99 $ (8,154) $ 7,315
====== ======= ====== ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany administration services, communication services
and interest charges.
(b) Eliminations of capitalized intercompany labor.
(c) Eliminations of equity (income) loss from consolidated subsidiaries.
(d) Recording of minority interest in equity or earnings loss of non-guarantor
subsidiaries.
F-24
<PAGE> 127
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1994
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities......... $(1,262) $ 9,935 $ 1,199 $ 3,660(a)(b)(c) $ 13,532
Cash flows from investing
activities
Purchase of property and
equipment.................... -- (3,545) (3,732) 190(b) (7,087)
Sale of property and
equipment.................... -- 235 -- -- 235
Payments for businesses
acquired, net of cash
received..................... -- -- (11,976) -- (11,976)
------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used in)
investing activities......... -- (3,310) (15,708) 190 (18,828)
Cash flows from financing
activities
Payments from (advances to)
affiliates, net.............. 1,411 (1,525) 114 -- --
Proceeds from long-term debt... -- 229 15,770 (3,000)(a) 12,999
Payments on long-term debt and
lease obligations............ -- (7,331) (506) -- (7,837)
Payments from escrow........... -- 1,500 -- -- 1,500
Payments of debt issue costs... (139) (976) (436) -- (1,551)
Capital contribution in
subsidiary by minority
shareholders................. -- -- 500 (500)(c) --
Issuance of common stock....... 3 -- 1 (1)(c) 3
------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities......... 1,275 (8,103) 15,443 (3,501) 5,114
Net increase (decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents......... 13 (1,478) 934 349 (182)
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period.......... 133 6,097 -- -- 6,230
------- ------- -------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at
end of period................ $ 146 $ 4,619 $ 934 $ 349 $ 6,048
======= ======= ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany receivables, debt and lease obligations.
(b) Eliminations of intercompany capitalized labor.
(c) Eliminations of intercompany capital contribution.
F-25
<PAGE> 128
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash
equivalents........... $ 1,418 $ 3,332 $ 1,742 $ 423(a) $ 6,915
Accounts receivable and
other, net............ -- 6,717 1,148 (2,328)(e) 6,319
Other current assets..... 6,565 4,481 358 (7,807)(e) 2,815
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total current assets....... 7,983 14,530 3,248 (9,712) 16,049
Property and equipment,
net...................... -- 76,804 29,910 (315)(d) 106,399
Prepaid contract costs..... -- 989 -- -- 989
Escrow under Senior
Notes.................... 198,266 -- -- -- 198,266
Due from affiliate......... 74,604 3,351 568 (78,523)(e) --
Other assets............... 12,997 15,959 4,191 (18,375)(b) 14,772
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total assets............... $293,850 $111,633 $ 37,917 $ (106,925) $336,475
======== ======== =========== ========= =========
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable, accrued
interest and other
current liabilities... $ 8,984 $ 13,922 $ 2,720 $ (4,528)(a)(e) $ 21,098
Due to affiliate......... 258 6,458 1,832 (8,548)(e) --
Current portion of
long-term debt and
lease obligations..... -- 1,511 3,023 -- 4,534
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total current
liabilities.............. 9,242 21,891 7,575 (13,076) 25,632
Long-term debt and lease
obligations, less current
portion.................. 277,238 3,207 17,215 (3,400)(e) 294,260
Net noncurrent deferred tax
liability................ 222 10,997 -- (2,916)(e) 8,303
Due to affiliate/parent.... -- 70,384 3,878 (74,262)(e) --
Other noncurrent
liabilities.............. -- 469 -- -- 469
Minority interest.......... -- 1 -- 952(c) 953
Preferred stock of
consolidated subsidiary
held by minority
interests................ -- -- -- -- --
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock.......... 13 -- -- -- 13
Common stock............. 243 3 1 (4)(b) 243
Additional paid-in
capital............... 29,430 30,051 20,750 (50,801)(b) 29,430
Retained earnings
(accumulated
deficit).............. (22,538) (25,370) (11,502) 36,582(b)(c)(d)(e) (22,828)
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total stockholders'
equity................... 7,148 4,684 9,249 (14,223) 6,858
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total liabilities
and
stockholders'
equity......... $293,850 $111,633 $ 37,917 $ (106,925) $336,475
======== ======== =========== ========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany settlements in transit.
(b) Eliminations of investments in consolidated subsidiaries
(c) Recording of minority interest in equity operations.
(d) Eliminations of intercompany capitalized labor.
(e) Eliminations of intercompany receivables, and lease obligations.
F-26
<PAGE> 129
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net operating revenues.......... $ 404 $ 89,339 $ 12,155 $(10,897)(a) $ 91,001
Operating expenses:
Cost of services.............. -- 38,950 10,075 (9,173)(a)(b) 39,852
Operations and
administration............. 1,116 26,155 6,322 (1,311)(a) 32,282
Depreciation and
amortization............... 57 12,728 4,653 -- 17,438
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
(769) 11,506 (8,895) (413) 1,429
Interest income................. 3,766 399 67 (3,764)(a) 468
Interest income on escrow under
Senior Notes.................. 2,552 -- -- -- 2,552
Interest expense................ (10,982) (5,838) (1,541) 3,764(a) (14,597)
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated subsidiaries... (1,185) (7,678) -- 8,882(c) 19
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before provision
(benefit) for income taxes and
minority interest in net loss
of subsidiaries............... (6,618) (1,611) (10,369) 8,469 (10,129)
Benefit (provision) for income
taxes......................... 2,246 546 (1,099) -- 1,693
Minority interest............... -- -- -- 5,218(d) 5,218
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary items........... (4,372) (1,065) (11,468) 13,687 (3,218)
Extraordinary gain, net......... (304) (1,309) (134) -- (1,747)
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Net income...................... $ (4,676) $ (2,374) $ (11,602) $ 13,687 $ (4,965)
======== ======= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany administration services, communication services
and interest charges.
(b) Eliminations of capitalized intercompany labor.
(c) Eliminations of equity (income) loss from consolidated subsidiaries.
(d) Recording of minority interest in equity or earnings loss of non-guarantor
subsidiaries.
F-27
<PAGE> 130
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1995
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR IXC
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
--------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities........... $ (10,876) $ 24,272 $(8,333) $ 3,992(a)(b) $ 9,055
Cash flows from investing
activities
Release of funds from escrow
under Senior Notes............. 4,300 -- -- -- 4,300
Purchase of restricted short-term
investments.................... (200,000) -- -- -- (200,000)
Purchase of property and
equipment...................... -- (14,282) (9,565) 177(b) (23,670)
--------- -------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used in)
investing activities........... (195,700) (14,282) (9,565) 177 (219,370)
Cash flow from financing
activities
Net proceeds from issuance of
Senior Notes, net of
discount....................... 277,148 -- -- -- 277,148
Capital contributions in
subsidiary by minority
shareholders................... -- (14,248) 20,250 -- 6,002
Payments from (advances to)
affiliates, net................ (50,827) 50,827 -- -- --
Proceeds from long-term debt..... -- 17,150 1,545 -- 18,695
Payments on long-term debt and
lease obligations.............. (5,700) (63,606) (3,089) (4,095)(a) (76,490)
Payments of debt issue costs..... (10,407) -- -- -- (10,407)
Redemption of preferred stock.... (1,460) (1,400) -- -- (2,860)
Payments of preferred stock
dividends...................... (906) -- -- -- (906)
--------- -------- ------- -------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities........... 207,848 (11,277) 18,706 (4,095) 211,182
Net increase (decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents........... 1,272 (1,287) 808 74 867
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period............ 146 4,619 934 349 6,048
--------- -------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end
of period...................... $ 1,418 $ 3,332 $ 1,742 $ 423 $ 6,915
========= ======== ======= =======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany receivables, debt and lease obligations.
(b) Eliminations of intercompany capitalized labor.
F-28
<PAGE> 131
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash and cash
equivalents............. $ 2,505 $ 1,113 $ 1,031 $ 843(a) $ 5,492
Accounts receivable and
other, net.............. -- 9,118 2,623 (4,770)(e) 6,971
Other current assets....... 2,430 4,781 576 (5,267)(e) 2,520
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total current assets......... 4,935 15,012 4,230 (9,194) 14,983
Property and equipment,
net........................ 1 83,321 39,154 (314)(d) 122,162
Escrow under Senior Notes.... 187,584 -- -- -- 187,584
Due from affiliate........... 91,914 3,095 -- (95,009)(e) --
Other assets................. 7,167 24,601 10,276 (20,306)(b) 21,738
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total assets................. $291,601 $126,029 $ 53,660 $ (124,823) $346,467
======== ======== =========== ========= =========
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable, accrued
interest and other
current liabilities..... $ 18,216 $ 16,342 $ 4,765 $ (7,296)(a)(e) $ 32,027
Due to affiliate........... 436 228 1,696 (2,360)(e) --
Current portion of
long-term debt and lease
obligations............. -- 9,207 3,087 (1,868)(e) 10,426
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total current liabilities.... 18,652 25,777 9,548 (11,524) 42,453
Long-term debt and lease
obligations, less current
portion.................... 277,336 3,270 20,299 -- 300,905
Net noncurrent deferred tax
liability.................. -- 9,791 -- (2,842)(e) 6,949
Due to affiliate/parent...... -- 88,438 6,571 (95,009)(e) --
Other noncurrent
liabilities................ -- 621 707 (707)(e) 621
Minority interest............ -- -- -- 380(c) 380
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock............ 13 -- 2,584 (2,584)(b) 13
Common stock............... 243 3 1 (4)(b) 243
Additional paid-in
capital................. 29,430 30,052 32,249 (62,301)(b) 29,430
Retained earnings
(accumulated deficit)... (34,073) (31,923) (18,299) 49,768(b)(c)(d)(e) (34,527)
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total stockholders' equity
(deficit).................. (4,387) (1,868) 16,535 (15,121) (4,841)
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Total liabilities
and stockholders'
equity........... $291,601 $126,029 $ 53,660 $ (124,823) $346,467
======== ======== =========== ========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany settlements in transit.
(b) Eliminations of investments in consolidated subsidiaries
(c) Recording of minority interest in equity operations.
(d) Eliminations of intercompany capitalized labor.
(e) Eliminations of intercompany receivables, and lease obligations.
F-29
<PAGE> 132
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net operating revenues.......... $ -- $ 27,853 $ 5,246 $ (6,849)(a) $ 26,250
Operating expenses:
Cost of services.............. -- 14,635 7,452 (6,487)(a)(b) 15,600
Operations and
administration............. 834 7,984 1,797 (198)(a) 10,417
Depreciation and
amortization............... 14 3,793 2,203 -- 6,010
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(848) 1,441 (6,206) (164) (5,777)
Interest income................. 2,327 197 30 (2,428)(a) 126
Interest income on escrow under
Senior Notes.................. 2,557 -- -- -- 2,557
Interest expense................ (9,623) (2,098) (577) 2,428(a) (9,870)
Equity in net income (loss) of
unconsolidated subsidiaries... (6,553) (6,895) -- 13,443(c) (5)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before provision
(benefit) for income taxes and
minority interest in net loss
of subsidiaries............... (12,140) (7,355) (6,753) 13,279 (12,969)
Benefit (provision) for income
taxes......................... 605 802 (44) -- 1,363
Minority interest............... -- -- -- (93)(d) (93)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary items........... $(11,535) $ (6,553) $ (6,797) $ 13,186 $(11,699)
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany administration services, communication services
and interest charges.
(b) Eliminations of capitalized intercompany labor.
(c) Eliminations of equity (income) loss from consolidated subsidiaries.
(d) Recording of minority interest in equity or earnings loss of non-guarantor
subsidiaries.
F-30
<PAGE> 133
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
16. FINANCIAL INFORMATION FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND NON-GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES (CONTINUED)
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31, 1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBSIDIARY NON-GUARANTOR IXC
IXC GUARANTORS SUBSIDIARIES ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
-------- ---------- ------------- ------------ ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities......... $ 3,934 $ 4,338 $(4,752) $ (3,074)(a)(b) $ 446
Investing activities
Release of funds from escrow
under Senior Notes........... 13,225 -- -- -- 13,225
Purchase of restricted
short-term
investments.................. -- -- -- -- --
Purchase of property and
equipment.................... (1) (10,092) (3,731) 260(b) (13,564)
-------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in)
investing activities......... 13,224 (10,092) (3,731) 260 (339)
Financing activities
Payments from (advances to)
affiliates, net.............. (15,900) 7,400 8,500 -- --
Payments on long-term debt and
lease obligations............ -- (3,865) (728) 3,234(a) (1,359)
Payments of debt issue costs... (171) -- -- -- (171)
-------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities......... (16,071) 3,535 7,772 3,234 (1,530)
Net increase (decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents......... 1,087 (2,219) (711) 420 (1,423)
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period.......... 1,418 3,332 1,742 423 6,915
-------- -------- ------- ------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at
end of period................ $ 2,505 $ 1,113 $ 1,031 $ 843 $ 5,492
======== ======== ======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(a) Eliminations of intercompany receivables, debt and lease obligations.
(b) Eliminations of intercompany capitalized labor.
F-31
<PAGE> 134
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
17. UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies
The interim financial data as of March 31, 1996 and for the three month
periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited. The information reflects all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that, in the
opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position
and results of operations of the Company for the periods indicated. Results of
operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results
of operations for the full year.
As of January 1, 1996, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 121,
Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be
Disposed Of. The adoption had no effect on the results of operations of the
Company.
Acquisition of Minority Interest in SSC
Effective January 1, 1996, IXC Long Distance, Inc. entered into an
agreement with Excel to acquire its minority interest in SSC for $6.25 million.
The purchase price was paid by the issuance of a non-interest bearing promissory
note due in monthly installments over six months. The acquisition was accounted
for as a purchase and the operating results of SSC have been included in the
consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The purchase
price was allocated based on estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.
The excess of purchase price over assets acquired was $5,583,000 and is being
amortized on a straight-line basis over five years. Pro forma operating results
for the three month period ended March 31, 1995 as if SSC had been acquired as
of January 1, 1995, are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 31
------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA
---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Operating revenues..................................... $ 21,766 $21,766
Net income............................................. $ 1,267 $ 1,228
Earnings per share..................................... $ .03 $ .03
</TABLE>
Income Taxes
The Company has determined that a valuation allowance should be applied
against the net operating loss it expects to incur in 1996. The difference
between the tax benefit recorded for the first quarter of 1996 and the expected
benefit at the federal statutory rate is primarily due to losses incurred by a
subsidiary that provides switched long distance services. The related tax
benefits have not been recognized as a result of uncertainty regarding future
profitability.
Capital and Operating Leases
In March 1996, the Company entered into five-year equipment leases for
network switching equipment for which the lease obligations have a present value
of $7,038,000.
Issuance of Stock Options
During the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the Company granted stock options
covering 429,200 shares of common stock at $3.01 per share under the IXC Stock
Plan.
F-32
<PAGE> 135
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
From January 1, 1996 through June 12, 1996, the Company effected stock
splits resulting in a 2.4249 for 1 split of the Company's common stock (with
fractional shares to be paid in cash). The Company also increased the number of
authorized shares of its common stock to 100,000,000 and the number of
authorized shares of its preferred stock to 3,000,000. The accompanying
financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock
splits and the increase in authorized shares.
On May 14, 1996, the Board of Directors adopted, and on June 6, 1996
stockholders approved, the IXC Communications, Inc. 1996 Stock Plan (the "1996
Stock Plan"), a stock incentive plan covering 2,121,788 shares of common stock.
Awards under the 1996 Stock Plan are given at the discretion of the Board of
Directors and include common stock options with exercise prices at least equal
to the fair market value at the date of grant.
Additionally on May 14, 1996 the Board of Directors adopted the IXC
Communications, Inc. Outside Directors' Phantom Stock Plan (the "Directors'
Plan"), pursuant to which $20,000 per director per year of outside director's
fees are deferred and treated as if it were invested in shares of the Company's
common stock. No shares of common stock will be actually purchased and the
participants will receive cash benefits equal to the value of the shares that
they are deemed to have purchased under the Directors' Plan, with such value to
be determined on the date of distribution. Distribution of benefits generally
will occur three years after the deferral. Compensation expense will be
determined based on increases in the market price of the number of shares deemed
to have been purchased and will be charged to expense over the related period.
On June 6, 1996 the stockholders approved the Directors' Plan.
F-33
<PAGE> 136
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN
OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO
SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY
PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN A CHANGE IN THE
FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE
DATE HEREOF.
---------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary.................... 5
Risk Factors.......................... 16
Use of Proceeds....................... 24
The Exchange Offer.................... 26
Selected Historical and Pro Forma
Financial Data...................... 33
Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations....................... 35
Industry Overview..................... 43
Business.............................. 46
Management............................ 60
Certain Transactions.................. 64
Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management.... 66
Debt and Credit Arrangements.......... 67
Description of Senior Notes........... 69
Certain Federal Income Tax
Considerations...................... 94
Plan of Distribution.................. 94
Legal Matters......................... 95
Experts............................... 95
Available Information................. 95
Glossary.............................. A-1
Index to Financial Statements......... F-1
</TABLE>
---------------------
UNTIL , ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NEW NOTES, WHETHER
OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
$285,000,000
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
12.50% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES
DUE 2005
--------------------
PROSPECTUS
--------------------
, 1996
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE> 137
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Each of IXC Communications, IXC Long Distance, Link Net, and Rio Grande
(collectively, the "Delaware Companies") is a Delaware corporation. Article VII,
Section 8 of each of the Delaware Companies' Bylaws other than Rio Grande and
Article VII, Section 7 of Rio Grande's Bylaws provide that each of the Delaware
Companies shall indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL").
Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation has the power to
indemnify its officers and directors in certain circumstances.
Subsection (a) of Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a corporation to
indemnify any director or officer, or former director or officer, who was or is
a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation),
against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action,
suit or proceeding provided that such director or officer acted in good faith in
a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
provided that such director or officer had no cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful.
Subsection (b) of the Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any
director or officer, or former director or officer, who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth
above, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the
defense or settlement of such action or suit provided that such director or
officer acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification
may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such director
or officer shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and
only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action
was brought shall determine that despite the adjudication of liability such
director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
expenses which the court shall deem proper.
Section 145 further provides that to the extent a director or officer of a
corporation has been successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding
referred to in subsections (a) and (b) or in the defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith; that
indemnification provided for by Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any
other rights to which the indemnified party may be entitled; and that the
corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of a
director or officer of the corporation against any liability asserted against
him or incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against
such liabilities under Section 145.
Article Tenth of the Certificate of Incorporation of each of the Delaware
Companies other than Rio Grande and Article 9 of the Certificate of
Incorporation of Rio Grande currently provide that each director shall not be
personally liable to the company or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach
of the director's duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful
stock repurchases or redemptions as provided under Section 174 of the DGCL, or
(iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit.
Each of Telcom Engineering, Inc. and West Texas Microwave Company
(collectively, the "Texas Companies") is a Texas corporation. Article X of each
of the Texas Companies' Bylaws provides that each of the Texas Companies shall
indemnify its officers and directors from all expenses in connection with or
arising
II-1
<PAGE> 138
out of any action, suit or proceeding unless (a) the director or officer is
finally adjudged liable for willful misconduct in the performance of his duties,
(b) the expenses for settlement are in excess of the expenses which might
reasonably have been incurred had such litigation been conducted to a final
conclusion, or (c) such expenses are incurred by a director or officer as a
result of his willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless
disregard of his duties as a director or officer. Article 2.02-1 of the Texas
Business Corporation Act ("TBCA") provides that a Texas corporation has the
power to indemnify its officers and directors in certain circumstances.
Article 2.02-1 of the TBCA provides:
(1) A corporation may indemnify any officer or director from and
against any judgments, penalties, fines, settlements, and reasonable
expenses actually incurred by him in an action suit, investigation or other
proceeding to which he is, was, or is threatened to be a party; provided
that it is determined by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof,
special legal counsel, or a majority of the stockholders that such officer
or director: (a) acted in good faith; (b) reasonably believed that his
conduct was in the best interest of the corporation or was, in some
circumstances, not opposed to the corporation's interest; and (c) in a
criminal case, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Such indemnity is limited to the reasonable expenses actually incurred in
matters as to which the officer or director is found liable to the
corporation or is found liable on the basis that a personal benefit was
improperly received by him. No indemnification is permitted with respect to
any proceeding in which the officer or director is found liable for willful
or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duty to the
corporation.
(2) A corporation shall indemnify a director against reasonable
expenses incurred by him in connection with an action, suit, or other
proceeding to which he is, was, or was threatened to be a party if he has
been wholly successful in its defense.
(3) A corporation may advance an officer or director the reasonable
costs of defending an action, suit, investigation or other proceeding in
certain cases.
(4) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against
any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity
or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would
have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions
of this Article.
Each of Central States Microwave Transmission Company and Tower
Communication Systems Corp. (collectively, the "Ohio Companies") is an Ohio
corporation. Section 1701.13(E) of Ohio General Corporation Law ("OGCL")
provides for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents
against amounts which may be incurred in connection with certain actions, suits
or proceedings under certain circumstances. However, Section 1701.13(E) of the
OGCL limits indemnification in respect of certain claims, issues or matters as
to which such party is adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in
performance of his duty to the corporation and also in actions in which the only
liability asserted against a director is for certain statutory violations. In
addition, Section 1701.13(E) of the OGCL provides that the corporation may pay
certain expenses in advance of the final disposition of an action if the person
receiving the advance undertakes to repay the advance if it is ultimately
determined that the person receiving the advance is not entitled to
indemnification. Also, with certain limited exceptions, expenses incurred by a
director in defending an action must be paid by the corporation as they are
incurred in advance of the final disposition if the director agrees (i) to repay
such advances if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence that the
director's action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertaken with
reckless disregard for the corporation's interests and (ii) to reasonably
cooperate with the corporation concerning the action. The corporation may from
time to time maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director
or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against such
director or officer in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.
II-2
<PAGE> 139
The indemnification provided by Section 1701.13(E) of the DGCL is in
addition to any other rights granted to those seeking indemnification under the
articles of incorporation, the regulations, any agreement, a vote of
shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Articles of
Incorporation and Regulations of each of the Ohio Companies do not provide for
indemnification of directors and officers.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A) EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of IXC Communications, Inc.'s Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on June
13, 1996 (File No. 333-4061) (the "S-1 Amendment")).
3.2 Bylaws of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 of the S-1 Amendment).
*3.3 Articles of Incorporation of Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company,
Articles of Incorporation of Central States Microwave Transmission Company,
Articles of Incorporation of IXC Carrier, Inc., Certificate of Incorporation of
IXC Long Distance, Inc., Certificate of Incorporation of Link Net International,
Inc., Certificate of Incorporation of Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., Articles of
Incorporation of Telcom Engineering, Inc., Articles of Incorporation of Tower
Communication Systems Corp., Articles of Incorporation of West Texas Microwave
Company and Articles of Incorporation of Western States Microwave Transmission
Company, each as amended.
3.4 Bylaws of Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company, Regulations of Central
States Microwave Transmission Company, Bylaws of IXC Carrier, Inc., Bylaws of IXC
Long Distance, Inc., Bylaws of Link Net International, Inc., Bylaws of Rio Grande
Transmission, Inc., Bylaws of Telcom Engineering, Inc., Regulations of Tower
Communication Systems Corp., Bylaws of West Texas Microwave Company and Bylaws of
Western States Microwave Transmission Company, each as amended.
*4.1 Indenture dated as of October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications, Inc., on
its behalf and as successor-in-interest to I-Link Holdings, Inc. and IXC Carrier
Group, Inc., each of IXC Carrier, Inc., on its behalf and as
successor-in-interest to I-Link, Inc., CTI Investments, Inc., Texas Microwave,
Inc. and WTM Microwave, Inc., Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company,
Central States Microwave Transmission Company, Telcom Engineering, Inc., on its
behalf and as successor-in-interest to SWTT Company and Microwave Network, Inc.,
Tower Communication Systems Corp., West Texas Microwave Company, Western States
Microwave Transmission Company, Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., IXC Long Distance,
Inc., Link Net International, Inc. (collectively, the "Guarantors"), and IBJ
Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, with respect to the 12 1/2% Senior
Notes due 2005 (the "Indenture").
*4.2 Purchase Agreement dated October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications, Inc.
and the Purchasers named therein.
*4.3 A/B Exchange Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and
among IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the Purchasers named therein.
*4.4 Escrow Account and Disbursement Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and
among IXC Communications, Inc., IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Escrow
Holder, and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Collateral Agent.
*4.5 Escrow Account Security Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company.
*4.6 Form of Old Note.
4.7 Form of New Note and Subsidiary Guarantee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.8 of the S-1 Amendment).
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 140
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
4.8 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 6, 1992 by and among Telecom
Services Group, Inc. predecessor-in-interest to IXC Communications, Inc. and each
of the signatories thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the S-1
Amendment).
4.9 Amendment to Registration Rights Agreements dated as of May 1, 1996 by and among
IXC Communications, Inc. and each of the signatories thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the S-1 Amendment).
4.10 Amendment No. 1 to Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of June 4, 1996 by
and among IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the Trustee (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the S-1 Amendment).
4.11 Stock Exchange Agreement dated as of June 10, 1996 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust ("GEPT")
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the S-1 Amendment).
4.12 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 10, 1996 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc., GEPT and certain stockholders of IXC Communications, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the S-1 Amendment).
5.1 Opinion of Riordan & McKinzie, a Professional Law Corporation, as to the legality
of securities registered hereunder.
*10.1 Office Lease dated June 21, 1989 by and between USAA Real Estate Company and
Communications Transmission, Inc., as amended.
*10.2 Equipment Lease dated as of December 1, 1994 by and between DSC Finance
Corporation and Switched Services Communications, L.L.C.; Assignment Agreement
dated as of December 1, 1994 by and between Switched Services Communications,
L.L.C. and DSC Finance Corporation; and Guaranty dated December 1, 1994 made in
favor of DSC Finance Corporation by IXC Communications, Inc.
10.3 Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the S-1 Amendment).
*10.4 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1994 Stock Plan of IXC
Communications, Inc.
*10.5 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
*10.6 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
*10.7 Amended and Restated Development Agreement dated as of April 3, 1996 by and
between Intertech Management Group, Inc. and IXC Long Distance, Inc.
*10.8 Second Amended and Restated Service Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 by and
between Switched Services Communications, L.L.C. and Excel Telecommunications
Inc.
*10.9 Equipment Purchase Agreement dated as of January 16, 1996 by and between Siecor
Corporation and IXC Carrier, Inc.
10.10 1996 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.10 of the S-1 Amendment).
*10.11 IRU Agreement dated as of November 1995 between WorldCom, Inc. and IXC Carrier,
Inc.
10.12 IXC Communications, Inc. Outside Directors' Phantom Stock Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the S-1 Amendment).
10.13 Business Consultant and Management Agreement dated as of January 3, 1995 by and
between IXC Communications, Inc. and Culp Communications Associates (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of S-1 Amendment).
10.14 Employment Agreement dated December 28, 1995 by and between IXC Communications,
Inc. and James F. Guthrie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the S-1
Amendment).
10.15 Employment Agreement dated August 28, 1995 by and between IXC Communications,
Inc. and David J. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the S-1
Amendment).
11.1 Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings.
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE> 141
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
- ------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <S>
12.1 Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
*21.1 Subsidiaries of IXC Communications, Inc.
23.1 Consent of Riordan & McKinzie (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP.
*24.1 Powers of Attorney for Richard D. Irwin, Wolfe H. Bragin and Carl W. McKinzie.
*24.2 Power of Attorney for Ralph J. Swett.
24.3 Powers of Attorney for Joe C. Culp and Phillip L. Williams.
*25.1 Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939 of IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company.
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to the Exchange Offer.
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Previously filed.
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable
or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or
because the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or
related notes.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
1. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: (i) to
include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the
Registration Statement; (iii) to include any material information with
respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the
Registration Statement.
(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a
new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and
the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
2. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, each of the
registrants has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by a registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of such registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
II-5
<PAGE> 142
3. The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to file an application for
the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under
subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act ("Act") in accordance
with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under section
305(b)(2) of the Act.
4. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.
5. The undersigned registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-6
<PAGE> 143
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
IXC Communications, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE> 144
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
Atlantic States Microwave
Transmission Company,
a Nevada corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-8
<PAGE> 145
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
Central States Microwave
Transmission Company,
an Ohio corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-9
<PAGE> 146
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
IXC Carrier, Inc.,
a Nevada corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-10
<PAGE> 147
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
IXC Long Distance, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-11
<PAGE> 148
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
Link Net International, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-12
<PAGE> 149
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
Rio Grande Transmission, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-13
<PAGE> 150
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
Telcom Engineering, Inc.,
a Texas corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-14
<PAGE> 151
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
Tower Communication Systems Corp.,
an Ohio corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-15
<PAGE> 152
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
West Texas Microwave Company,
a Texas corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-16
<PAGE> 153
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly
caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Austin, State of
Texas, on June 14, 1996.
Western States Microwave
Transmission Company,
a Nevada corporation
By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM
------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
* Chairman, President, Chief Executive June 14, 1996
- ---------------------------------------- Officer, and Director
Ralph J. Swett (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM Senior Vice President, Chief
- ---------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
John J. Willingham (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Richard D. Irwin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Wolfe H. Bragin
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Carl W. McKinzie
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
* Director June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
*By: /s/ JOHN J. WILLINGHAM June 14, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
John J. Willingham
(Attorney-in-fact)
</TABLE>
II-17
<PAGE> 154
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
<C> <S> <C>
3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IXC Communications, Inc., as
amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of IXC Communications,
Inc.'s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed
with the Commission on June 13, 1996 (File No. 333-4061) (the "S-1
Amendment")).
3.2 Bylaws of IXC Communications, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 3.2 of the S-1 Amendment).
*3.3 Articles of Incorporation of Atlantic States Microwave Transmission
Company, Articles of Incorporation of Central States Microwave
Transmission Company, Articles of Incorporation of IXC Carrier, Inc.,
Certificate of Incorporation of IXC Long Distance, Inc., Certificate of
Incorporation of Link Net International, Inc., Certificate of
Incorporation of Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., Articles of Incorporation
of Telcom Engineering, Inc., Articles of Incorporation of Tower
Communication Systems Corp., Articles of Incorporation of West Texas
Microwave Company and Articles of Incorporation of Western States
Microwave Transmission Company, each as amended.
3.4 Bylaws of Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company, Regulations of
Central States Microwave Transmission Company, Bylaws of IXC Carrier,
Inc., Bylaws of IXC Long Distance, Inc., Bylaws of Link Net
International, Inc., Bylaws of Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., Bylaws of
Telcom Engineering, Inc., Regulations of Tower Communication Systems
Corp., Bylaws of West Texas Microwave Company and Bylaws of Western
States Microwave Transmission Company, each as amended.
*4.1 Indenture dated as of October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications,
Inc., on its behalf and as successor-in-interest to I-Link Holdings, Inc.
and IXC Carrier Group, Inc., each of IXC Carrier, Inc., on its behalf and
as successor-in-interest to I-Link, Inc., CTI Investments, Inc., Texas
Microwave, Inc. and WTM Microwave, Inc., Atlantic States Microwave
Transmission Company, Central States Microwave Transmission Company,
Telcom Engineering, Inc., on its behalf and as successor-in-interest to
SWTT Company and Microwave Network, Inc., Tower Communication Systems
Corp., West Texas Microwave Company, Western States Microwave
Transmission Company, Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., IXC Long Distance,
Inc., Link Net International, Inc. (collectively, the "Guarantors"), and
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, with respect to the 12
1/2% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Indenture").
*4.2 Purchase Agreement dated October 5, 1995 by and among IXC Communications,
Inc. and the Purchasers named therein.
*4.3 A/B Exchange Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by
and among IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the Purchasers
named therein.
*4.4 Escrow Account and Disbursement Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by
and among IXC Communications, Inc., IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as
Escrow Holder, and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Collateral
Agent.
*4.5 Escrow Account Security Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by and
between IXC Communications, Inc. and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company.
*4.6 Form of Old Note.
4.7 Form of New Note and Subsidiary Guarantee (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.8 of the S-1 Amendment).
4.8 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 6, 1992 by and among
Telecom Services Group, Inc. predecessor-in-interest to IXC
Communications, Inc. and each of the signatories thereto (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.9 of the S-1 Amendment).
4.9 Amendment to Registration Rights Agreements dated as of May 1, 1996 by
and among IXC Communications, Inc. and each of the signatories thereto
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the S-1 Amendment).
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 155
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
<C> <S> <C>
4.10 Amendment No. 1 to Indenture and Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of June 4,
1996 by and among IXC Communications, Inc., the Guarantors and the
Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the S-1 Amendment).
4.11 Stock Exchange Agreement dated as of June 10, 1996 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and Trustees of General Electric Pension Trust
("GEPT") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the S-1
Amendment).
4.12 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 10, 1996 by and among IXC
Communications, Inc., GEPT and certain stockholders of IXC
Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the
S-1 Amendment).
5.1 Opinion of Riordan & McKinzie, a Professional Law Corporation, as to the
legality of securities registered hereunder.
*10.1 Office Lease dated June 21, 1989 by and between USAA Real Estate Company
and Communications Transmission, Inc., as amended.
*10.2 Equipment Lease dated as of December 1, 1994 by and between DSC Finance
Corporation and Switched Services Communications, L.L.C.; Assignment
Agreement dated as of December 1, 1994 by and between Switched Services
Communications, L.L.C. and DSC Finance Corporation; and Guaranty dated
December 1, 1994 made in favor of DSC Finance Corporation by IXC
Communications, Inc.
10.3 Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc.
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the S-1 Amendment).
*10.4 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 1994 Stock Plan of
IXC Communications, Inc.
*10.5 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
*10.6 Form of IXC Communications, Inc. Restricted Stock Agreement.
*10.7 Amended and Restated Development Agreement dated as of April 3, 1996 by
and between Intertech Management Group, Inc. and IXC Long Distance, Inc.
*10.8 Second Amended and Restated Service Agreement dated as of January 1, 1996
by and between Switched Services Communications, L.L.C. and Excel
Telecommunications Inc.
*10.9 Equipment Purchase Agreement dated as of January 16, 1996 by and between
Siecor Corporation and IXC Carrier, Inc.
10.10 1996 Stock Plan of IXC Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 of the S-1 Amendment).
*10.11 IRU Agreement dated as of November 1995 between WorldCom, Inc. and IXC
Carrier, Inc.
10.12 IXC Communications, Inc. Outside Directors' Phantom Stock Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the S-1 Amendment).
10.13 Business Consultant and Management Agreement dated as of January 3, 1995
by and between IXC Communications, Inc. and Culp Communications
Associates (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of S-1 Amendment).
10.14 Employment Agreement dated December 28, 1995 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and James F. Guthrie (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.14 of the S-1 Amendment).
10.15 Employment Agreement dated August 28, 1995 by and between IXC
Communications, Inc. and David J. Thomas (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.15 of the S-1 Amendment).
11.1 Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings.
12.1 Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
*21.1 Subsidiaries of IXC Communications, Inc.
23.1 Consent of Riordan & McKinzie (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2 Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP.
*24.1 Powers of Attorney for Richard D. Irwin, Wolfe H. Bragin and Carl W.
McKinzie.
*24.2 Power of Attorney for Ralph J. Swett.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 156
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
- ------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----
<C> <S> <C>
24.3 Powers of Attorney for Joe C. Culp and Phillip L. Williams.
*25.1 Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 of IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company.
99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal with respect to the Exchange Offer.
99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Previously filed.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 3.4
ATLANTIC STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
***
B Y - L A W S
***
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The principal office shall be in the City of Reno,
County of Washoe, State of Nevada.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the State of Nevada as the board of directors may
from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All annual meetings of the stockholders shall be
held within or without the State of Nevada. Special meetings of the stockholders
may be held at such time and place within or without the State of Nevada as
shall be stated in the notice of the meeting, or in a duly executed waiver of
notice thereof.
Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with
the year 1985, shall be held on the third Wednesday of June, if not a legal
holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 9:30
A.M., at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and
transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Section 3. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles
of incorporation, may be called by the
<PAGE> 2
president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in
writing of a majority of the board of directors, or at the request in writing of
stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the
corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall
state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.
Section 4. Notices of meetings shall be in writing and signed
by the president or a vice president, or the secretary, or an assistant
secretary, or by such other person or persons as the directors shall designate.
Such notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called
and the time when, and the place, which may be within or without this state,
where it is to be held. A copy of such notice shall be either delivered
personally to or shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days
before such meeting. If mailed, it shall be directed to a stockholder at his
address as it appears upon the records of the corporation and upon such mailing
of any such notice, the service thereof shall be complete, and the time of the
notice shall begin to run from the date upon which such notice is deposited in
the mail for transmission to such stockholder Personal delivery of any such
notice to any officer of a corporation or association, or to any member of a
partnership shall constitute delivery of such notice to such corporation,
association or partnership. In the event of the transfer of stock after delivery
or mailing of the notice of and prior to the holding of the meeting it shall not
be necessary to deliver or mail notice of the meeting to the transferee.
Section 5. Business transacted at any special meeting of
stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
- 2 -
<PAGE> 3
Section 6. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
articles of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified.
Section 7. When a quorum is present or represented at any
meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power
present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought
before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision
of the statutes or of the articles of incorporation a different vote s required
in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of
such question.
Section 8. Every stockholder of record of the corporation
shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one vote for each share of
stock standing in his name on the books of the corporation.
Section 9. At any meeting of the stockholders, any stockholder
may be represented and voted by a proxy or proxies appointed by an instrument in
writing. In the event that any such instrument in writing shall designate two or
more persons to act as proxies, a majority of
- 3 -
<PAGE> 4
such persons present at the meeting, or, if only one shall be present, then that
one shall have and may exercise all of the powers conferred by such written
instrument upon all of the persons so designated unless the instrument shall
otherwise provide. No such proxy shall be valid after the expiration of six
months from the date of its execution, unless coupled with an interest, or
unless the person executing it specifies therein the length of time for which it
is to continue in force, which in no case shall exceed seven years from the date
of its execution. Subject to the above, any proxy duly executed is not revoked
and continues in full force and effect until an instrument revoking it or a duly
executed proxy bearing a later date is filed with the secretary of the
corporation.
Section 10. Any action, which may be taken by the vote of the
stockholders at a meeting, may be taken without a meeting if authorized by the
written consent of stockholders holding at least a majority of the voting power,
unless the provisions of the statutes or of the articles of incorporation
require a greater proportion of voting power to authorize such action in which
case such greater proportion of written consents shall be required.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The number of directors shall be neither more than
seven (7) nor less than five (5). The number of directors which shall
constitute the whole board shall be six (6). The number of directors shall be
elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, and except as provided in
Section 2 of this article, each director elected shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.
- 4 -
<PAGE> 5
Section 2. Vacancies, including those caused by an increase in
the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors
though less than a quorum. When one or more directors shall give notice of his
or their resignation to the board, effective at a future date, the board shall
have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies to take effect when such
resignation or resignations shall become effective, each director so appointed
to hold office during the remainder of the term of the office of the resigning
director of directors.
Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by
its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and
do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the articles of
incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done
by the stockholders.
Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Nevada.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of
directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of
the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the
stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and
place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter
- 5 -
<PAGE> 6
provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be
specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be
held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.
Section 7. Special meetings of the board of directors may be
called by the president or secretary on the written request of two directors.
Written notice of special meetings of the board of directors shall be given to
each director at least one (1) day before the date of the meeting.
Section 8. A majority of the board of directors, at a meeting
duly assembled, shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as
may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the articles of
incorporation. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the
directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors entitled to vote
with respect to the subject matter thereof.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 9. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee
to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the
extent provided in the resolution, shall have and may exercise the powers of the
board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be
affixed to all
- 6 -
<PAGE> 7
papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name
or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the
board of directors.
Section 10. The committees shall keep regular minutes of their
proceedings and report the same to the board when required.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any,
of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed
sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary
as director No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Notices to directors and stockholders shall be in
writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at
their addresses appearing on the books of the corporation. Notice by mail shall
be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram.
Section 2. Whenever all parties entitled to vote at any
meting, whether of directors or stockholders, consent, either by a writing on
the records of the meeting or filed with the secretary, or by presence at such
meeting and oral consent entered on the minutes, or by taking
- 7 -
<PAGE> 8
part in the deliberations at such meeting without objection, the doings of such
meeting shall be as valid as if had at a meeting regularly called and noticed,
and at such meeting any business may be transacted which is not excepted from
the written consent or to the consideration of which no objection for want of
notice is made at the time, and if any meeting be irregular for want of notice
or of such consent, provided a quorum was present at such meeting, the
proceedings of said meeting may be ratified and approved and rendered likewise
valid and the irregularity or defect therein waived by a writing signed by all
parties having the right to vote at such meetings; and such consent or approval
of stockholders may be by proxy or attorney, but all such proxies and powers of
attorney must be in writing.
Section 3. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be
given under the provisions of the statutes, of the articles of incorporation or
of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by
the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice president, a secretary
and a treasurer. Any person may hold two or more offices.
Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after
each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a vice president,
a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the board.
- 8 -
<PAGE> 9
Section 3. The board of directors may appoint additional vice
presidents, and assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers and such other
officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for
such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the board.
Section 4. The salaries of all officer and agents of the
corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.
Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office
until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed
by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the
board of directors.
THE PRESIDENT
Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer
of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the
board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of
the corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of
directors are carried into effect.
Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other
contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where
required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except
where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the
board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
- 9 -
<PAGE> 10
THE VICE PRESIDENT
Section 8. The vice president shall, in the absence or
disability of the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
president and shall perform such other duties as the board of directors may from
time to time prescribe.
THE SECRETARY
Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the
board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in
a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the
standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice
of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of
directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board
of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall keep in
safe custody the seal of the corporation and, when authorized by the board of
directors, affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed,
it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of the treasurer or an
assistant secretary.
THE TREASURER
Section 10. The treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name
- 10 -
<PAGE> 11
and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated
by the board of directors.
Section 11. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as
may be ordered by the board of directors taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at
the regular meetings of the board, or when the board of directors so requires,
an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition
of the corporation.
Section 12. If required by the board of directors, he shall
give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of
the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of
his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under
his control belonging to the corporation.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
Section 1. Every stockholder shall be entitled to have a
certificate, signed by the president or a vice president and the treasurer or an
assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the
corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.
When the corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or
more than one series of any class, there shall be set forth upon the face or
back of the certificate, or the certificate shall have a statement that the
corporation will furnish to any stockholders upon
- 11 -
<PAGE> 12
request and without charge, a full or summary statement of the designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the
various classes of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations
or restrictions of such rights, and, if the corporation shall be authorized to
issue only special stock, such certificate shall set forth in full or summarize
the rights of the holders of such stock.
Section 2. Whenever any certificate is countersigned or
otherwise authenticated by a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and by a
registrar, then a facsimile of the signatures of the officers or agents of the
corporation may be printed or lithographed upon such certificate in lieu of the
actual signatures. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or
whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such
certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the
corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such
certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the corporation, such
certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the corporation and
be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such
certificate or certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall
have been used thereon, had not ceased to be the officer or officers of such
corporation.
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate
or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed,
upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a
new
- 12 -
<PAGE> 13
certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and
as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost
or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to
advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the
corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim
that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged
to have been lost or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer
agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS
Section 5. The directors may prescribe a period not exceeding
sixty days prior to any meeting of the stockholders during which no transfer of
stock on the books of the corporation may be made, or may fix a day not more
than sixty days prior to the holding of any such meeting as the day as of which
stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting shall be
determined; and only stockholders of record on such day shall be entitled to
notice or to vote at such meeting.
- 13 -
<PAGE> 14
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to
receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Nevada.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation, if any,
may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting
pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the
capital stock, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation.
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set
aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or
sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think
proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing
dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or
for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of
the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in
the manner in which it was created.
- 14 -
<PAGE> 15
CHECKS
Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed
by resolution of the board of directors.
SEAL
Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the
name of the corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words "Corporate
Seal, Nevada."
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These by-laws may be altered or repealed at any
regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any
special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of
such alteration or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting.
- 15 -
<PAGE> 16
<PAGE> 17
CENTRAL STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
* * * * *
REGULATIONS
* * * * *
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The principal office shall be in the City of
Cleveland, County of Cuyahoga, State of Ohio.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other
places as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business
of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS
Section 1. Meetings of the shareholders shall be in the City
of Los Angeles, County of Los Angeles, State of California or any other location
in the United States.
Section 2. An annual meeting of the shareholders, commencing
with the year 1983, shall be held on the third Wednesday of June in each year if
not a legal holiday, and, if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day
following at 9:30 a.m., when they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of
directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before
the meeting.
<PAGE> 18
Section 3. Written notice stating the time, place and purpose
of a meeting of the shareholders shall be given either by personal delivery or
by mail not less than seven (7) nor more than fifty (5) days before the date of
the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting by
or at the direction of the president or a vice president or the secretary or an
assistant secretary. If mailed, such notice shall be addressed to the
shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.
Notice of adjournment of a meeting need not be given if the time and place to
which it is adjourned are fixed and announced at such meeting.
Section 4. Meetings of the shareholders may be called by the
president or a vice president, or the directors by action at a meeting, or a
majority of the directors acting without a meeting or by the secretary of the
corporation upon the order of the board of directors, or by the persons who hold
twenty-five per cent of all the shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereat.
Upon the request in writing delivered either in person or by registered mail to
the president or secretary by any person or by registered mail to the president
or secretary by any persons entitled to call a meeting of the shareholders, such
officer shall forthwith cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled
thereto. If such request be refused, then the persons making such request may
call a meeting by giving notice in the manner provided in these regulations.
Section 5. Business transacted at any special meeting of
shareholders shall be confined to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 6. Upon request of any shareholders at any meeting of
shareholders, there shall be produced at such meeting an alphabetically arranged
list, or classified lists, of the shareholders of record as of the record date
of such meeting, who are entitled to vote,
2
<PAGE> 19
showing their respective addresses and the number and class of shares held by
each. Such list or lists when certified by the officer or agent in charge of the
transfers of shares shall be prima-facie evidence of the facts shown therein.
Section 7. The holders of majority of the shares issued and
outstanding having voting power, present in person or represented by proxy,
shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
shareholders for the transaction of business, except that at any meeting of
shareholders called to take any action which is authorized or regulated by
statute, in order to constitute a quorum, there shall be present in person or
represented by proxy the holders of record of shares entitling them to exercise
the voting power required by statute, the articles of incorporation, or these
regulations, to authorize or take the action proposed or stated in the notice of
the meeting. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any
meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present
in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting
from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until
a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a
quorum shall present or represented any business may be transacted which might
have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
Section 8. When a quorum is present or represented at any
meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power,
present in person or represented by proxy, shall decide any question brought
before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision
of the statutes or of the articles of
3
<PAGE> 20
incorporation or of these regulations, a different vote is required, in which
case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such
question.
Section 9. At every meeting of shareholders, each outstanding
share having voting power shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each
matter properly submitted to the shareholders, subject to the provisions with
respect to cumulative voting set forth in this section. If notice in writing is
given by any shareholder to the president, a vice president or the secretary,
not less than forty-eight hours before the time fixed for holding a meeting of
the shareholders for the purpose of electing directors if notice of such meeting
shall have been given at least ten days prior thereto, and otherwise not less
than twenty-four hours before such time, that he desires that the voting at such
election shall be cumulative, and if an announcement of the giving of such
notice is made upon the convening of the meeting by the chairman or secretary or
by or on behalf of the shareholder giving such notice, each shareholder shall
have the right to cumulate such voting power as he possesses and to give one
candidate as many votes as the number of directors to be elected multiplied by
the number of his votes equals, or to distribute his votes on the same principle
among two or more candidate, as he sees fit. A shareholder shall be entitled to
vote even though his shares have not been fully paid, but shares upon which an
installment of the purchase price is overdue and unpaid shall not be voted.
Section 10. A person who is entitled to attend a shareholders'
meeting, to vote thereat, or to execute consents, waivers, or releases, may be
represented at such meeting or vote thereat, and execute consents, waivers, and
releases, and exercise any of his other rights, by proxy or proxies appointed by
a writing signed by such person. A telegram or
4
<PAGE> 21
cablegram appearing to have been transmitted by such person, or a photographic,
photostatic, or equivalent reproduction of a writing, appointing a proxy is
sufficient writing. No appointment of a proxy shall be valid after the
expiration of eleven months after it is made unless the writing specifies the
date on which it is to expire or the length of time it is to continue in force.
Section 11. Unless the articles or these regulations prohibit
the authorization or taking of any action of the shareholders without a meeting,
any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the shareholders may
be authorized or taken at a meeting if the shareholders may be authorized or
taken without a meeting with the affirmative vote, or approval of, and in a
writing or writings signed by all the shareholders who would be entitled to
notice of a meeting of the shareholders held for such purpose, which writing or
writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the corporation.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The number of directors may be fixed from time to
time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall be not less than five
(5) and not more than seven (7). The number of directors which shall constitute
the whole board shall be six (6). The directors shall be elected at the annual
meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article,
and each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and
qualified. Directors need not be stockholders. The initial number of directors
which shall constitute the whole board shall be six (6).
5
<PAGE> 22
Section 2. If the office of any director or directors becomes
vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal
from office, or otherwise, the remaining directors, though less than a quorum,
shall by a vote of a majority of their number, choose a successor or successors,
who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect to which such vacancy
occurred.
Section 3. For their own government the directors may adopt
by-laws not inconsistent with the articles of incorporation or these
regulations.
Section 4. The directors may hold their meeting, and keep the
books of the corporation, outside the State of Ohio, at such places as they may
from time to time determine but, if no transfer agent is appointed to act for
the corporation in Ohio, it shall keep an office in Ohio at which shares shall
be transferrable and at which it shall keep books in which shall be recorded the
names and addresses of all shareholders and all transfers of shares.
COMMITTEES
Section 5. The directors may at any time elect three or more
of their number as an executive committee or other committees, which shall, in
the interval between meetings of the board of directors, exercise such powers
and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of
directors. At such committee shall be subject at all times to the control and
direction of the board of directors. Unless otherwise ordered by the board of
directors, any such committee may act by a majority of its members at a meeting
or by a writing or writings signed by all its members. An act or authorization
of an act by any
6
<PAGE> 23
such committee within the authority delegated to it shall be as effective for
all purposes as the act or authorization of the board of directors.
Section 6. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their
proceedings and report the same to the board when required.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 7. Directors, as such, shall not receive any stated
salary for their services but, by resolution of the board, a fixed sum, and
expenses of attendance if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or
special meeting of the board; provided that nothing herein contained shall be
construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other
capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 8. Members of the executive committee or other
committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD
Section 9. The first meeting of each newly elected board other
than the board first elected shall be held at such time and place, either within
or without the State of Ohio, as shall be fixed by the vote of the shareholders
at the annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the
newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a
quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be
fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors given either before or
after the meeting.
7
<PAGE> 24
Section 10. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be
held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Ohio, as
shall be determined by the board.
Section 11. Special meetings of the board of directors may be
called by the president, any vice president, or by two directors on two days'
notice to each director, either delivered personally or sent by mail, telegram
or cablegram. The notice need not specify the purposes of the meeting.
Section 12. At all meetings of the board majority directors
shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at
which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as
may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the articles of
incorporation or by these regulations. If a quorum shall not be present at any
meeting of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from
time to time, until a quorum shall be present. Notice of adjournment of a
meeting need not be given to absent directors if the time and place are fixed at
the meeting adjourned.
Section 13. Unless the articles or these regulations prohibit
the authorization or taking of any action of the directors without a meeting,
any action which may be authorized or taken at a meeting of the directors may be
authorized or taken without a meeting with the affirmative vote or approval of,
and in a writing or writings signed by all the directors, which writing or
writings shall be filed with or entered upon the records of the corporation.
8
<PAGE> 25
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Section 14. All the directors, or all the directors of a
particular class, if any, or any individual director may be removed from office,
without assigning any cause, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the
voting power entitling them to elect directors in place of those to be removed,
provided that unless all the directors, or all the directors of a particular
class, if any, are removed, no individual director shall be removed in case the
votes of a sufficient number of shares are cast against his removal which, is
cumulatively voted at an election of all the directors, or all the directors of
a particular class, if any, as the case may be, would be sufficient to elect at
least one director. In case of any such removal, a new director may be elected
at the same meeting for the unexpired term of each director removed. Failure to
elect a director to fill the unexpired term of any director removed shall be
deemed to create a vacancy in the board.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Notices to directors and shareholders shall be in
writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or shareholders at
their addresses appearing on the books of the corporation. Notice by mail shall
be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram or telephone.
Section 2. Notice of the time, place and purposes of any
meeting of shareholders or directors as the case may be, whether required by
law, the articles of incorporation or these regulations, may be waived in
writing, either before or after the holding
9
<PAGE> 26
of such meeting, by any shareholder, or by any director, which writing shall be
filed with or entered upon the records of the meeting.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by
the directors and shall be a president, a vice president, a secretary and a
treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice presidents,
and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any two or more
of such offices except the offices of president and vice president, may be held
by the same person, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify any
instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law or by
these regulations to be executed, acknowledged or verified by any two or more
officers.
Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after
each annual meeting of shareholders shall choose a president, a vice president,
a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the board.
Section 3. The board may appoint such other officers and
agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms
and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined
from time to time by the board.
Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the
corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.
Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office
until their successors are chosen and qualify in their stead. Any officer
elected or appointed by the
10
<PAGE> 27
board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the whole board of directors. If the office of any officer or
officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the board
of directors.
THE PRESIDENT
Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer
of the corporation; he shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and
directors, shall be ex officio a member of the executive committee or any other
committee, shall have general and active management of the business of the
corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board are
carried into effect.
Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other
contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where
required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except
where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the
board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
THE VICE PRESIDENTS
Section 8. The vice presidents in the order of their
seniority, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, shall, in the
absence or disability of the president, perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the president. They shall perform such other duties as the board of
directors may from time to time prescribe.
11
<PAGE> 28
THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES
Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the
board of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in
a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the
standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice
of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the board of
directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board
of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall keep in
safe custody the seal of the corporation and, when authorized by the board of
directors, affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed,
it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of the treasurer or an
assistant secretary.
Section 10. The assistant secretaries in the order of their
seniority unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, shall, in the
absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS
Section 11. The treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the
12
<PAGE> 29
name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be
designated by the board of directors.
Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as
may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of
all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation.
Section 13. If required by the board of directors, he shall
give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum
and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of
directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the
restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or
removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of
whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the
corporation.
Section 14. The assistant treasurers in the order of their
seniority, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors, shall, in the
absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the treasurer. They shall perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
Section 1. Each holder of shares is entitled to one or more
certificates, signed by the president or a vice president and by the secretary,
an assistant secretary, the
13
<PAGE> 30
treasurer, or an assistant treasurer of the corporation, which shall certify the
number and class of shares held by him in the corporation. Every certificate
shall state that the corporation is organized under the laws of Ohio, the name
of the person to whom the shares represented by the certificate are issued, the
number of shares represented by the certificate, and the par value of each share
represented by it or that the shares are without par value, and if the shares
are classified, the designation of the class, and the series, if any, of the
shares represented by the certificate. There shall also be stated on the face or
back of the certificate the express terms, if any, of the shares represented by
the certificate and of the other class or classes and series of shares, if any,
which the corporation is authorized to issue, or a summary of such express
terms, or that the corporation will mail to the shareholder a copy of such
express terms without charge within five days after receipt of written request
therefor, or that a copy of such express terms is attached to and by reference
made a part of such certificate and that the corporation will mail to the
shareholder a copy of such express terms without charge within five days after
receipt of written request therefore if the copy has become detached from the
certificate.
Section 2. In case of the restriction on transferability of
shares or reservation of lien thereon, the certificate representing such shares
shall set forth on the face or back thereof the statements required by the
General Corporation Law of Ohio to make such restrictions or reservations
effective.
Section 3. Where a certificate is countersigned by an
incorporated transfer agent or registrar, the signature of any of the officers
specified in Section 1 of this article may be facsimile, engraved, stamped, or
printed. Although any officer of the corporation, whose
14
<PAGE> 31
manual or facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate, ceases to
be such officer before the certificate is delivered, such certificate
nevertheless shall be effective in all respects when delivered.
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 4. The board of directors may direct a new certificate
or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed,
upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a
new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion
and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such
lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to
advertise the sam in such manner as it shall require and/or give the corporation
a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be
made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have
been lost or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 5. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer
agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the older certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
15
<PAGE> 32
Section 6. For any lawful purpose, including without
limitation, (1) the determination of the shareholders who are entitled to
receive notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders; (2) receive payment
of any dividend or distribution; (3) receive or exercise rights of purchase of
or subscription for, or exchange or conversion of, shares or other securities,
subject to contract rights with respect thereto; or (4) participate in the
execution of written consents, waivers, or releases, the directors may fix a
record date which shall not be a date earlier than the date on which the record
date is fixed and, in the cases provided for in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,
shall not be more than sixty days, preceding the date of the meeting of the
shareholders, or the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or distribution,
or the date fixed for the receipt or the exercise of rights, as the case may be.
Section 7. If a meeting of the shareholders is called by
persons entitled to call the same, or action is taken by shareholders without a
meeting, and if the directors fail or refuse, within such time as the persons
calling such meeting or initiating such other action may request, to fix a
record date for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to receive
notice of or vote at such meeting, or to participate in the execution of written
consents, waivers, or releases, then the persons calling such meeting or
initiating such other action may fix a record date for such purposes, subject to
the limitations set forth in Section 6 of this article.
Section 8. The record date for the purpose of clause (1) of
Section 6 of this article shall continue to be the record date for all
adjournments of such meeting, unless the directors or the persons who shall have
fixed the original record date shall, subject to the limitations set forth in
Section 6 of this article, fix another date, and in case a new record date
16
<PAGE> 33
is so fixed, notice thereof and of the date to which the meeting shall have been
adjourned shall be given to shareholders of record as of said date in accordance
with the same requirements as those applying to a meeting newly called.
Section 9. The directors may close the share transfer books
against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of the period provided
for in Section 6 of this article, including the date of the meeting of the
shareholders and the period ending with the date, if any, to which adjourned. If
no record date is fixed therefor, the record date for determining the
shareholders who are entitled to receive notice of, or who are entitled to vote
at, a meeting of shareholders, shall be the date next preceding the day on which
notice is given, or the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is
held, as the case may be.
Section 10. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive rights of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to
receive dividend, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize
any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part
of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice
thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Ohio.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. The board of directors may declare and the
corporation may pay dividends on its outstanding shares in cash, property, or
its own shares pursuant to law and subject to the provisions of its articles of
incorporation.
17
<PAGE> 34
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set
aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or
sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think
proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or
for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other
purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interests of the
corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.
ANNUAL STATEMENT
Section 3. At the annual meeting of shareholders, or the
meeting held in lieu thereof, the corporation shall prepare and lay before the
shareholders a financial statement consisting of: A balance sheet containing a
summary of the assets, liabilities, stated capital, and surplus (showing
separately any capital surplus arising from unrealized appreciation of assets,
other capital surplus, and earned surplus) of the corporation as of a date not
more than four months before such meeting; if such meeting is an adjourned
meeting, said balance sheet may be as of a date not more than four months before
the date of the meeting as originally convened; and a statement of profit and
loss and surplus, including a summary of profits, dividends paid, and other
changes in the surplus accounts of the corporation for the period commencing
with the date marking the end of the period for which the last preceding
statement of profit and loss required under this section was made and ending
with the date of said balance sheet, or in the case of the first statement of
profit and loss, from the incorporation of the corporation to the date of said
balance sheet.
18
<PAGE> 35
The financial statement shall have appended thereto a
certificate signed by the president or a vice president or the treasurer or an
assistant treasurer or by a public accountant or firm of public accountants to
the effect that the financial statement presents fairly the position of the
corporation and the results of its operations in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent for the period
covered thereby, or such other certificate as is in accordance with sound
accounting practice.
Section 4. Upon the written request of any shareholder made
within sixty days after notice of any such meeting has been given, the
corporation, not later than the fifth day after receiving such request or the
fifth day before such meeting, whichever is the later date, shall mail to such
shareholder a copy of such financial statement.
CHECKS
Section 5. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the board of
directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 6. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed
by resolution of the board of directors.
19
<PAGE> 36
SEAL
Section 7. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the
name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate
Seal, Ohio". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These regulations may be amended or new regulations
adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to
exercise a majority of the voting power on such proposal, at any regular meeting
of the shareholders, or at any special meeting of the shareholders if notice of
the proposal to amend or add to the regulations be contained in the notice of
the meeting, or, without a meeting, by the written consent of the holders of
record of shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power on
such proposal.
20
<PAGE> 37
TIMES MIRROR MICROWAVE COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY*
* * * * *
B Y - L A W S
* * * * *
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The principal office shall be in the City of Reno,
County of Washoe, State of Nevada.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the State of Nevada as the board of directors may
from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All annual meetings of the stockholders shall be
held in the City of Irvine, State of California. Special meetings of the
stockholders may be held at such time and place within or without the State of
Nevada as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting, or in a duly executed
waiver of notice thereof.
- --------
* Name changed to Communications Transmission, Inc.
on July 30, 1986, to Communications Transmission Group, Inc. on August 12, 1987
and to IXC Carrier, Inc. on March 21, 1995.
<PAGE> 38
Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with
the year 1983, shall be held on a the third Wednesday of June, if not a legal
holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 9:30
a.m., at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and
transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Section 3. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles
of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the
president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of
directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in
amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting.
Section 4. Notices of meetings shall be in writing and signed
by the president or a vice president, or the secretary, or an assistant
secretary, or by such other persons or persons as the directors shall designate.
Such notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called
and the time when, and the place, which may be within or without this state,
where it is to be held. A copy of such notice shall be either delivered
personally to or shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days
before such meeting. If mailed, it shall be directed to a stockholder at his
address as it appears upon the records of the corporation and upon such mailing
of any such notice, the service thereof shall be complete, and the time of the
notice shall begin to run from the date upon which such
2
<PAGE> 39
notice is deposited in the mail for transmission to such stockholder. Personal
delivery of any such notice to any officer of a corporation or association, or
to any member of a partnership shall constitute delivery of such notice to such
corporation, association or partnership. In the event of the transfer of stock
after delivery or mailing of the notice of and prior to the holding of the
meeting it shall not be necessary to deliver or mail notice of the meeting to
the transferee.
Section 5. Business transacted at any special meeting of
stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 6. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
articles of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified.
Section 7. When a quorum is present or represented at any
meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power
present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought
before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision
of the statutes or of the articles of
3
<PAGE> 40
incorporation a different vote is required in which case such express provision
shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 8. Except as hereinafter provided, every stockholder
of record of the corporation shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders
to one vote for each share of stock standing in his name on the books of the
corporation. At all elections of directors each holder of stock possessing
voting power shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of his
shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and he may
cast all of such votes for a single director or may distribute them among the
number to be voted for or any two or more of them, as he may see fit.
Section 9. At any meeting of the stockholders, any stockholder
may be represented and vote by a proxy or proxies appointed by an instrument in
writing. In the event that any such instrument in writing shall designate two or
more persons to act as proxies, a majority of such persons present at the
meeting, or, if only one shall be present, then that one shall have and may
exercise all of the powers conferred by such written instrument upon all of the
persons so designated unless the instrument shall otherwise provide. No such
proxy shall be valid after the expiration of six months from the date of its
execution, unless coupled with an interest, or unless the person executing it
specifies therein the length of time for which it is to continue in force, which
in no case shall exceed seven years from the date of its execution. Subject to
the above, any proxy duly executed is not revoked and continues in full force
and effect until an instrument revoking it or a duly executed proxy bearing a
later date is filed with the secretary of the corporation.
4
<PAGE> 41
Section 10. Any action, except election of directors, which
may be taken by the vote of the stockholders at a meeting, may be taken without
a meeting if authorized by the written consent of stockholders holding at least
a majority of the voting power, unless the provisions of the statutes or of the
articles of incorporation require a greater proportion of voting power to
authorize such action in which case such greater proportion of written consents
shall be required.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The number of directors may be fixed from time to
time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall be not less than five
(5) and not more than seven (7). The number of directors which shall constitute
the whole board shall be six (6). The directors shall be elected at the annual
meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article,
and each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and
qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Vacancies, including those caused by an increase in
the number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors
though less than a quorum. When one or more directors shall give notice of his
or their resignation to the board, effective at a future date, the board shall
have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies to take effect when such
resignation or resignations shall become effective, each director so appointed
to hold office during the remainder of the term of office of the resigning
director or directors.
5
<PAGE> 42
Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by
its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and
do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the articles of
incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done
by the stockholders.
Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Nevada.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of
directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by vote of the
stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the
stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and
place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be
held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.
Section 7. Special meetings of the board of directors may be
called by the president or secretary on the written request of two directors.
Written notice of special
6
<PAGE> 43
meetings of the board of directors shall be given to each director at least no
days before the date of the meeting.
Section 8. A majority of the board of directors, at a meeting
duly assembled, shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as
may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the articles of
incorporation. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the
directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors entitled to vote
with respect to the subject matter thereof.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 9. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee
to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the
extent provided in the resolution, shall have and may exercise the powers of the
board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, and may have power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall
have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution
adopted by the board of directors.
Section 10. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their
proceedings and report the same to the board when required.
7
<PAGE> 44
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any,
of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed
sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary
as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Notices to directors and stockholders shall be in
writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at
their addresses appearing on the books of the corporation. Notice by mail shall
be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram.
Section 2. Whenever all parties entitled to vote at any
meeting, whether of directors or stockholders, consent, either by a writing on
the records of the meeting or filed with the secretary, or by presence at such
meeting and oral consent entered on the minutes, or by taking part in the
deliberations at such meeting without objection, the doings of such meeting
shall be as valid as if had at a meeting regularly called and noticed, and at
such meeting any business may be transacted which is not excepted from the
written consent or to the consideration of which no objection for want of notice
is made at the time, and if any meeting be irregular for want of notice or of
such consent, provided a quorum was present at
8
<PAGE> 45
such meeting, the proceedings of said meeting may be ratified and approved and
rendered likewise valid and the irregularity or defect therein waived by a
writing signed by all parties having the right to vote at such meetings; and
such consent or approval of stockholders may be by proxy or attorney, but all
such proxies and powers of attorney must be in writing.
Section 3. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be
given under the provisions of the statutes, of the articles of incorporation or
of these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by
the board of directors and shall be a president, a vice president, a secretary
and a treasurer. Any person may hold two or more offices.
Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after
each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a vice president,
a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the board.
Section 3. The board of directors may appoint additional vice
presidents, and assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers and such other
officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for
such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the board.
9
<PAGE> 46
Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the
corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.
Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office
until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed
by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the
board of directors.
THE PRESIDENT
Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer
of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the
board of directors, shall have general and active management of the business of
the corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of
directors are carried into effect.
Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other
contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where
required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except
where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the
board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
THE VICE PRESIDENT
10
<PAGE> 47
Section 8. The vice president shall, in the absence or
disability of the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
president and shall perform such other duties as the board of directors may from
time to time prescribe.
THE SECRETARY
Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the
board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the
proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in
a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the
standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice
of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of
directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board
of directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall keep in
safe custody the seal of the corporation and, when authorized by the board of
directors, affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed,
it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of the treasurer or an
assistant secretary.
THE TREASURER
Section 10. The treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of
the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of
directors.
11
<PAGE> 48
Section 11. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as
may be ordered by the board of directors taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at
the regular meetings of the board, or when the board of directors so requires,
an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition
of the corporation.
Section 12. If required by the board of directors, he shall
give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as
shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of
the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of
his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under
his control belonging to the corporation.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
Section 1. Every stockholder shall be entitled to have a
certificate, signed by the president or a vice president and the treasurer or an
assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the
corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.
When the corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or
more than one series of any class, there shall be set forth upon the face or
back of the certificate, or the certificate shall have a statement that the
corporation will furnish to any stockholders upon request and without charge, a
full or summary statement of the designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of the
12
<PAGE> 49
various classes of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations
or restrictions of such rights, and, if the corporation shall be authorized to
issue only special stock, such certificate shall set forth in full or summarize
the rights of the holders of such stock.
Section 2. Whenever any certificate is countersigned or
otherwise authenticated by a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and by a
registrar, then a facsimile of the signatures of the officers or agents of the
corporation may be printed or lithographed upon such certificate in lieu of the
actual signatures. In case any officers or officers who shall have signed, or
whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such
certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the
corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such
certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the corporation, such
certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the corporation and
be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such
certificate or certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall
have been used thereon, had not ceased to be the officer or officers of such
corporation.
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate
or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed,
upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a
new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion
and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such
lost or destroyed
13
<PAGE> 50
certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same
in such manner as it shall require and/or give the corporation a bond in such
sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the
corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or
destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer
agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the older certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS
Section 5. The directors may prescribe a period not exceeding
sixty days prior to any meeting of the stockholders during which no transfer of
stock on the books of the corporation may be made, or may fix a day not more
than sixty days prior to the holding of any such meeting as the day as of which
stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting shall be
determined; and only stockholders of records on such day shall be entitled to
notice or to vote at such meeting.
14
<PAGE> 51
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to
receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Nevada.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation, if any,
may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting
pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the
capital stock, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation.
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set
aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or
sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think
proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing
dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or
for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of
15
<PAGE> 52
the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in
the manner in which it was created.
CHECKS
Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed
by resolution of the board of directors.
SEAL
Section 5. The corporation seal shall have inscribed thereon
the name of the corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words
"Corporate Seal, Nevada."
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These by-laws may be altered or repealed at any
regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any
special meeting of the stockholders
16
<PAGE> 53
or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration or repeal be contained
in the notice of such special meeting.
17
<PAGE> 54
IXC LONG DISTANCE, INC.
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other
places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors
may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election
of directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of
Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and
stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other
purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of
Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed
waiver of notice thereof.
Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at
such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which the stockholders
shall elect directors by a plurality vote, and transact such other business as
may properly be brought before the meeting.
Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the
place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled
to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the date of the meeting.
Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of
the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at
the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the
<PAGE> 55
time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.
Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called
by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the
Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a
majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or
purposes of the proposed meeting.
Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the
place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty
(60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote
at such meeting.
Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of
stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if at the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote
of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person
or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of
the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case
such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be
entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock
having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on
after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
2
<PAGE> 56
Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting
of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any
annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the action without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The number of directors may be fixed from time to
time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall be not less than five
(5) and not more than seven (7). The number of directors which shall constitute
the whole board shall be six (6). The directors shall be elected at the annual
meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article,
and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and
qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a
majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a
sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the
next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall
qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are not directors in office, then an
election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the
time of filling any vacancy of any newly created directorship, the directors
then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as
constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may,
upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent
(10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right
to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any
such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors
chosen by the directors then in office.
Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by
or under the direction of its Board of Directors which may exercise all such
powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or
required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
3
<PAGE> 57
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 4. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Delaware.
Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of
Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of
the stockholders at the annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the
stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and
place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be
held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.
Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the
president on one (1) day's notice to each director, either personally or by mail
or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary
in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless
the board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be
called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the
written request of the sole director.
Section 8. At all meetings of the board a majority of
directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act
of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum
shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise
specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a
quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any
committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of
the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all
4
<PAGE> 58
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation
in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed
by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The
board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee,
who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the
committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the
member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from
voting, whether or not such person or persons constitute a quorum, may
unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the
meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.
Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution
of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and
authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the
power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation,
adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the
stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, removing or
indemnifying directors or amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless
the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provides, no
such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such
name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by
the Board of Directors.
Section 12. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides,
each committee designated by the Board of Directors may adopt, amend and repeal
rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of a provision by the
Board of Directors or a provision in the rules of such committee to the
contrary, a majority of the entire authorized number of members of such
committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of
a majority of the members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a
quorum is then present shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects
each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of
Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article III of these Bylaws. Each
committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the
Board of Directors when required.
5
<PAGE> 59
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority
to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses,
if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid
a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated
salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be
removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled
to vote at an election of directors.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or
of the certificate of incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be
given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal
notice, but such notice may be given in writing and will be deemed to have been
duly given if personally delivered or sent by United States mail (addressed to
such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the
corporation, with postage thereon prepaid), or by telegram, telex or facsimile
confirmed by letter, and will be deemed given, unless earlier received, if by
mail, at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail,
and if by telegram, telex or facsimile, on the day such confirmation letter
shall be deposited in the United States mail.
Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under
the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of
these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.
6
<PAGE> 60
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be a
president, a chief financial officer, one or more vice presidents and a
secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of
Directors, a chief executive officer, a corporate controller, one or more
assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries and such other
officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions hereof. One
person may hold two or more offices. The salaries of all officers of the
corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. The officers of the corporation, except such
officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or
Section 5 of this Article V, shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors,
and each shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or
otherwise disqualified to serve, or his or her successor shall be elected and
qualified.
Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other
officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall have
such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the
Board of Directors or the president may from time to time specify, and shall
hold office until he or she shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise
disqualified to serve.
Section 4. Any officer may be removed, either with or without
cause, by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board
of Directors or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors,
by any officer upon whom such power or removal may be conferred by the Board of
Directors.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the
president or the secretary of the corporation. Any such resignation shall take
effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified
therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 5. A vacancy in any office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in the Bylaws for the regular appointments to such office.
THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Section 6. The chief executive officer (if there is such an
officer) of the corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of
Directors, have general supervision,
7
<PAGE> 61
direction and control of the business and affairs of the corporation. He or she
shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or
she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the
chief executive officer of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and
duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the
corporation as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of
Directors or as prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the
president, the chief executive officer, in addition to his or her assigned
duties and powers, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so
acting shall have all the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
president.
THE PRESIDENT
Section 7. The president shall exercise and perform such
powers and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs
of the corporation as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the
chief executive officer (unless the president is also the chief executive
officer) or by the Board of Directors or as is prescribed by these Bylaws. In
the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall
perform all of the duties of the chief executive officer and when so acting
shall have all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
chief executive officer.
THE VICE PRESIDENTS
Section 8. The vice presidents shall exercise and perform such
powers and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs
of the corporation as may from time to time be assigned to each of them by the
chief executive officer, the president, by the Board of Directors or as is
prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the chief executive
officer (if there is such an officer) and of the president, the vice presidents,
in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the
vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all of the
duties of the president and when so acting shall have all of the powers of and
be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.
THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
Section 9. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a
book of minutes at the principal office for the transaction of the business of
the corporation, or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, of all
meetings of directors and stockholders, with the time and place of holding,
whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized and the notice
thereof given, the names of those present at directors' meetings, the number of
shares present or represented at stockholders' meeting and the proceedings
thereof.
Section 10. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at
the principal offices for the transaction of the business of the corporation or
at the office of the corporation's transfer agent, a share register, or a
duplicate share register, showing the
8
<PAGE> 62
names of the stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares
held by each; the number and date of certificates issued for the same; and the
number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for
cancellation.
Section 11. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given,
notice of all the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors
required by these Bylaws or by law to be given, and he or she shall keep the
seal of the corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or
these Bylaws. If for any reason the secretary shall fail to give notice of any
special meeting of the Board of Directors called by one or more of the persons
identified in Section 7 of Article III of these Bylaws, or if he or she shall
fail to give notice of any special meeting of the stockholders called by one or
more of the persons identified in Section 5 of Article II of these Bylaws, then
any such person or persons may give notice of any such special meeting.
THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Section 12. The chief financial officer shall keep and
maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of
the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts
of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital,
surplus and shares. Any surplus, including earned surplus, paid-in surplus and
surplus arising from a reduction of capital, shall be classified according to
source and shown in a separate account. The books of account shall at all
reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.
The chief financial officer shall deposit, or cause to be
deposited, all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the
corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of
Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be
ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the chief executive officer
(if there is such an officer), to the president and to the directors, whenever
they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as chief financial
officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such
other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors or the Bylaws.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
Section 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be
entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by,
the chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors, or the chief executive
officer, president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant
treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation,
certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.
9
<PAGE> 63
Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may
be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she
were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 3. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate
or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the
issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as
a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the
same in such manner as it shall require, and/or to give the corporation a bond
in such sum, or other security in such form, as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the
certificate claimed to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer
agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
FIXING RECORD DATE
Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which
record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the
record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall
not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such
meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date
for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on
the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting, the Board of Directors
10
<PAGE> 64
may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which
the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and
which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the
resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no
record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by
law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the
action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery
to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an
officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which
proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the
corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered
mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of
Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the
record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action
in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on
which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
Section 7. In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution
or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of
any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which
record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the
record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60)
days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for
determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating
thereto.
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 8. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to
receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Delaware.
11
<PAGE> 65
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if
any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special
meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in
shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of
incorporation.
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set
aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or
sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think
proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for repairing or
maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the
directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the
directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was
created.
ANNUAL STATEMENT
Section 3. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual
meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote
of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of
the corporation.
CHECKS
Section 4. All checks for demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed
by resolution of the Board of Directors.
SEAL
Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the
name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate
Seal." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed
or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
12
<PAGE> 66
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Section 7. Whenever notice is required to be given by law or
under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a
written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before
or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.
Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such
meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to
be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the
stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be
specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate
of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Unless either proper notice of a meeting of
the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, has been given or else the
persons entitled thereto have waived such notice (either in writing or by
attendance as set forth above), any business transacted at such meeting shall be
null and void.
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8. The corporation shall indemnify its officers,
directors, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed,
or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors,
when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of
incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of
Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of
Directors, if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to
adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the
certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the
stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.
13
<PAGE> 67
LINK-NET INTERNATIONAL, INC.
BY-LAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington,
County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places
both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from
time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of
directors shall be held at such place either within or without the State of
Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and
stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other
purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of
Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed
waiver of notice thereof.
Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held at such date
and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and
stated in the notice of the meeting, at which the stockholders shall elect
directors by a plurality vote, and transact such other business as may properly
be brought before the meeting.
Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the
date of the meeting.
Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting
of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least
ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time
<PAGE> 68
and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by
any stockholder who is present.
Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the
president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of
Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in
amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting.
Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days
before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such
meeting.
Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if at the
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at the meeting.
Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of
the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case
such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be
entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock
having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on
after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
- 2 -
<PAGE> 69
Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting
of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any
annual or special meting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the action without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The number of directors may be fixed from time to time by
resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall be either five (5), six (6) or
seven (7). The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall
be six (6). The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the
stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each
director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified.
Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of
the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual
election and until their successors are duly executed and shall qualify, unless
sooner displaced. If there are not directors in office, then an election of
directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of
filling any vacancy of any newly created directorship, the directors then in
office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted
immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon
application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent
(10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right
to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any
such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors
chosen by the directors then in office.
Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under
the direction of its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of
the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or
by the certificate of incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to
be exercised or done by the stockholders.
- 3 -
<PAGE> 70
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 4. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings,
both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
Section 5. The first meting of each newly elected Board of Directors
shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the
stockholders at the annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the
stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and
place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held
without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.
Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president
on one (1) day's notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by
telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like
manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the
board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be
called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the
written request of the sole director.
Section 8. At all meetings of the board a majority of directors shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of
the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act
of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present
at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if al members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any
committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of
the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all
- 4 -
<PAGE> 71
persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation
in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In
the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether
or not such person or persons constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint
another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any
such absent or disqualified member.
Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the
Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of
the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or
authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an
agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale,
lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and
assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, removing or indemnifying directors or amending the
Bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the certificate of
incorporation expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or
authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such
committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from
time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
Section 12. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each
committee designated by the Board of Directors may adopt, amend and repeal rules
for the conduct of its business. In the absence of a provision by the Board of
Directors or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a
majority of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of
members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then
present shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee
shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts
its business pursuant to Article III of these Bylaws. Each committee shall keep
regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors
when required.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority
to fix the compensation of
- 5 -
<PAGE> 72
directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at
each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for
attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as
director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or by law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be
removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled
to vote at an election of directors.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the
certificate of incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given
to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal
notice, but such notice may be given in writing and will be deemed to have been
duly given if personally delivered or sent by United States mail (addressed to
such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the
corporation, with postage thereon prepaid), or by telegram, telex or facsimile
confirmed by letter, and will be deemed given, unless earlier received, if by
mail, at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail,
and if by telegram, telex or facsimile, on the day such confirmation letter
shall be deposited in the United States mail.
Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these
Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to
said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a
chief financial officer, one or more vice presidents and a secretary. The
corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chief
executive officer, a corporate controller, one or more assistant vice
presidents, one or more assistant secretaries and such other officers as may be
appointed in accordance with the provisions hereof. One person may hold two or
more
- 6 -
<PAGE> 73
offices. The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the
Board of Directors.
Section 2. The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may
be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5 of this
Article V, shall be chosen annually the Board of Directors, and each shall hold
his office until he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified
to serve, or his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.
Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as
the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall have such
authority and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the
Board of Directors or the president may from time to time specify, and shall
hold office until he or she shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise
disqualified to serve.
Section 4. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by
the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of
Directors or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by
an officer upon whom such power or removal may be conferred by the Board of
Directors.
Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, the
president or the secretary of the corporation. Any such resignation shall take
effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified
therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
Section 5. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in the Bylaws for the regular appointments to such office.
THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Section 6. The chief executive officer (if there is such an officer) of
the corporation shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have
general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the
corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of stockholders and the
Board of Directors. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, and
shall have such other powers and duties with respect to the administration of
the business and affairs of the corporation as may from time to time be assigned
to him or her by the Board of Directors or as prescribed by these Bylaws. In the
absence or disability of the president, the chief executive officer, in addition
to his or her assigned duties and powers, shall perform all the duties of the
president and when so acting shall have all the powers and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the president.
- 7 -
<PAGE> 74
THE PRESIDENT
Section 7. The president shall exercise and perform such powers and
duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the
corporation as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the chief
executive officer (unless the president is also the chief executive officer) or
by the Board of Directors as is prescribed by these Bylaws. In the absence or
disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform all of
the duties of the chief executive officer and when so acting shall have all of
the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chief executive
officer.
THE VICE PRESIDENTS
Section 8. The vice presidents shall exercise and perform such powers
and duties with respect to the administration of the business and affairs of the
corporation as may from time to time be assigned to each of them by the chief
executive officer, the president, by the board of Directors or as is prescribed
by these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer (if
there is such an officer) and of the president, the vice presidents, in order of
their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the vice
president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all of the duties
of the president and when so acting shall have all of the powers of and be
subject to all the restrictions upon the president.
THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
Section 9. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a book of
minutes at the principal office for the transaction of the business of the
corporation, or such other place as the Board of Directors may order, all of
meetings of directors and stockholders, with the time and place of holding,
whether regular or special, and if special, how authorized and the notice
thereof given, the names of those present at directors' meetings, the number of
shares present or represented at stockholders' meeting and the proceedings
thereof.
Section 10. The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the
principal offices for the transaction of the business of the corporation or at
the office of the corporation's transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate
share register, showing the names of the stockholders and their addresses, the
number and classes of shares held by each; the number and date of certificates
issued for the same; and the number and date of cancellation of every
certificate surrendered for cancellation.
Section 11. The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of
all the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required by
these Bylaws or by law to be given, and he or she shall keep the seal of the
corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. If
for any reason the secretary shall fail to give notice of any special meeting of
the Board of Directors called by one or more of the persons identified in
- 8 -
<PAGE> 75
Section 7 of Article III of these Bylaws, or if he or she shall fail to give
notice of any special meeting of the stockholders called by one or more of the
persons identified in Section 5 of Article II of these Bylaws, then any such
person or persons may give notice of any such special meeting.
THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Section 12. The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or
cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties
and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets,
liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, surplus and
shares. Any surplus, including earned surplus, paid-in surplus and surplus
arising from a reduction of capital, shall be classified according to source and
shown in a separate account. The books of account shall at all reasonable times
be open to inspection by any director.
The chief financial officer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited,
all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation
with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she
shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors, shall render to the chief executive officer (if there is such an
officer), to the president and to the directors, whenever they request it, an
account of all of his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the
financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the
Bylaws.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
Section 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled
to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the
chairman or vice chairman of the Board of Directors, or the chief executive
officer, president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant
treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation,
certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.
Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she
were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
- 9 -
<PAGE> 76
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 3. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the
issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as
a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the
same in such manner as it shall require, and/or to give the corporation a bond
in such sum, or other security in such form, as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the
certificate claimed to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of
the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
FIXING RECORD DATE
Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record
date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date
is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more
than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If
no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to bote at a meeting of
stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on
the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however,
that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board
of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors. If no
record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for
determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, when no
- 10 -
<PAGE> 77
prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first
date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or
proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its
registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or
agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation's
registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors
and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date
for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the
Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
Section 7. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action, the Board of directors may fix a record date, which record date
shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to
such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day
on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 8. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive
dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject
to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared
by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
- 11 -
<PAGE> 78
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out
of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for repairing or maintaining any
property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall
think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify
or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
ANNUAL STATEMENT
Section 3. The Board of Directors shall present at each annual meeting,
and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the
stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the
corporation.
CHECKS
Section 4. All checks for demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors.
SEAL
Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of
the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal."
The Seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or
affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Section 7. Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any
provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders,
directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any
written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation
or these Bylaws. Unless either proper notice of a meeting of the Board of
Directors, or any committee thereof, has been given or else the persons entitled
- 12 -
<PAGE> 79
thereto have waived such notice (either in writing or by attendance as set forth
above), any business transacted at such meeting shall be null and void.
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8. The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors,
employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation
Law of Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new
Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when
such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of
incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of
Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of
Directors, if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to
adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the
certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the
stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.
- 13 -
<PAGE> 80
RIO GRANDE TRANSMISSION, INC.
BY-LAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington,
County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places
both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from
time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of
directors shall be held in the City of Austin, State of Texas, at such place as
may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place
either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time
to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.
Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and
place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice
of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year
1987, shall be held on the first Tuesday of September if not a legal holiday,
and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 10:00 a.m.,
Austin, Texas time at 3307 Northland Drive, Suite 500, Austin, Texas, or at such
other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of
directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by
a plurality vote of board of directors, and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.
Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than ten 10 or more than 60 days before the date of the
meeting.
Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any
1
<PAGE> 81
purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of
at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where
the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the
meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.
The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting
during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.
Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the
president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of
directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in
amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting.
Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date
and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date
of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified. If at the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the meeting.
Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting,
unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or if
the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required in which case
such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be
entitled to one vote in person or by
2
<PAGE> 82
proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such
stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date,
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting
of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any
annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting,
without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporation action
without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
stockholders who have not consented in writing.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole
board shall be not less than five (5) nor greater than seven (7), as specified
from time to time by the Board of Directors. The number of directors which
shall constitute the whole board shall be six (6). The directors shall be
elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except for the initial
directors named in the Certificate of Incorporation and except as provided in
Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of
the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual
election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless
sooner displaced. If there are not directors in office, then an election of
directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of
filling any vacancy of any newly created directorship, the directors then in
office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted
immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon
application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of
the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote
for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such
vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by
the directors then in office.
Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under
the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of
the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or
by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to
be exercised or done by the stockholders.
3
<PAGE> 83
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings,
both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors
shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the
stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the
stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and
place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held
without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.
Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president
on one days' notice to each director, either personally or by mail or by
telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like
manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the
board consists of only one director; in which case special meetings shall be
called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the
written request of the sole director.
Section 8. At all meetings of the board a majority of directors shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of
the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act
of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present
at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any
committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of
the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
4
<PAGE> 84
participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a
meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.
Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the
board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of
the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or
authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an
agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale,
lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and
assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation a
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and,
unless the resolution for the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide,
no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to
authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such
name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by
the board of directors.
Section 12. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings
and report the same to the board of directors when required.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority
to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses,
if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid
a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated
salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
5
<PAGE> 85
REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or by law, any director or the entire board of directors may be
removed, with or without cause by the holders of a majority of shares entitled
to vote at an election of directors.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the
certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given
to any director or stockholder, it shall be construed to mean personal notice,
but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or
stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the
time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram.
Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these
bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to
said notice, whether before or after the time therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board
of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a
treasurer. The board of directors may also choose additional vice-presidents,
and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of
offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation
or these bylaws otherwise provide.
Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after each
annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more
vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.
Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such other officers and
agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms
and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined
from time to time by the board.
Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation
shall be fixed by the board of directors.
6
<PAGE> 86
Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until
their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the
board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
Section 6. The chairman of the board, who shall be the chief executive
officer of the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders
and the board of directors and shall have general and active management of the
business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the
board of directors are carried into effect.
THE PRESIDENT
Section 7. The president, who shall be the chief operating officer of
the corporation, shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a
seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by
law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and
execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some
other officer or agent of the corporation.
THE VICE-PRESIDENTS
Section 8. In the absence of the president, or in the event of his
inability or refusal to act, any executive vice president or any vice-president
shall each perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have
all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The
executive vice presidents and the vice-presidents shall perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to
time prescribe.
THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY
Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of
directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of
the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees
when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or
president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the
corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have
authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed,
it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant
secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other
officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his
signature.
7
<PAGE> 87
Section 10. The assistant secretary (or if there be more than one, the
assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, or if
there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in
the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act,
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform
such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from
time to time prescribe.
THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER
Section 11. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds
and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of all receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all monies
and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.
Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be
ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of
all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation.
Section 13. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the
corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with
such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for
the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to
the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.
Section 14. The assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than
one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors,
or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election)
shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or
refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and
shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of
directors may from time to time prescribe.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK
Section 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled
to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the
chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or a
vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or
an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned
by him in the corporation.
8
<PAGE> 88
Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issue by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing the
issue of a new certificate, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as
a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the
same in such manner as it shall require, and/or to give the corporation a bond
in such sum, or other security in such form, as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the
certificate claimed to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of
the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
FIXING RECORD DATE
Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of
such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A
determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.
9
<PAGE> 89
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive
dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall
not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have
express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of
Delaware.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject
to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared
by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out
of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other
purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the
corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.
ANNUAL STATEMENT
Section 3. The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting,
and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the
stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the
corporation.
CHECKS
Section 4. All checks for demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
10
<PAGE> 90
FISCAL YEAR
Section 5. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the board of directors.
SEAL
Section 6. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of
the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal."
The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or
affixed or reproduced or otherwise.
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 7. The corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors,
employees and agents to the extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new
bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of directors, when
such power is conferred upon the board of directors by the certificate of
incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the board of
directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to
adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the board of directors by the
certificate of incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the
stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
11
<PAGE> 91
Telcom Engineering, Inc.
BY-LAWS
OF
ARTICLE I.
Shareholders
Section 1 - Meetings.
A. Annual Meeting.
The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the
third Tuesday of March of each year, at the hour of 10:00 a.m., for the purpose
of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come
before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be on a legal
holiday in the State of Texas, or on a Saturday or Sunday, the meeting shall be
held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of directors shall not
be held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders,
the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting
of the shareholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. The Board of
Directors shall designate the place for the annual meeting of shareholders, but
if no place is so designated, then the meeting shall be held at the registered
office of the corporation.
B. Special Meetings.
The Board of Directors, the President, or the holders of not
less than one-tenth (1/10) of all shares entitled to vote at a meeting may call
a special meeting of the
<PAGE> 92
shareholders and designate any place as the place of such meeting. If no such
designation is made, the place of such meeting shall be the registered office of
the corporation.
C. Waiver of Notice.
A waiver of notice signed by all the shareholders entitled to
vote at any meeting may designate any place as the place for holding of such
meeting. In case of a special meeting, the waiver must state the purpose or
purposes for which the meeting is called.
Section 2 - Notice of Meeting.
Written or printed notice stating the place, day, and hours of the
meeting, and in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the
meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty
(50) days before the date of the meeting in the case of the annual meeting, and
not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the meeting in case
of a special meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of
the President, the Secretary, or the officer or the person calling the meeting,
to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail,
addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer
books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.
-2-
<PAGE> 93
Section 3 - Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date.
For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to
receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of
shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors of a
corporation may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a
stated period but not to exceed, in any case, fifty (50) days. If the stock
transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such books shall
be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu
of closing the stock transfer books, the by-laws, or in the absence of an
applicable by-law, the Board of Directors, may fix in advance a date as the
record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to
be not more than fifty (50) days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not
less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action,
requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If the stock
transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination
of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders,
or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which
notice of the meeting is mailed or the meeting on which the resolution of the
Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall
be the record date for such
-3-
<PAGE> 94
determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to
vote at any meeting of shareholders had been made as provided in the section,
such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof except where the
determination has been made through the closing of stock transfer books and the
stated period of closing has expired.
Section 4 - Voting Lists.
A. The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books of
the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of
shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such
meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the
address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of
ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered
office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder
at any time during usual business hours. Such list shall also be produced and
kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the
inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original
stock transfer books shall be prima-facie evidence as to who are the
shareholders entitled to examine such list of transfer books or to vote at any
meeting of shareholders.
B. An officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books who
shall fail to prepare the list of shareholders or keep the same on file for a
period of ten (10) days, or produce and keep it open for inspection at the
meeting, as
-4-
<PAGE> 95
provided in this section, shall be liable to any shareholder suffering damage on
account of such failure, to the extent of such damage. In the event that such
officer or agent does not receive notice of a meeting of shareholders
sufficiently in advance of the date of such meeting or reasonably to enable him
to comply with the duties prescribed by this section, the corporation, but not
such officer or agent, shall be liable to any shareholder suffering damage on
account of such failure, to the extent of such damage.
C. Failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall not
affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.
Section 5 - Quorum.
A majority of the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to
vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting
of the shareholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are
represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn
the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such next meeting after
adjournment at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may
be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to leave less than a quorum.
-5-
<PAGE> 96
Section 6 - Voting of Shares.
A. Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to
vote on each matter submitted to vote in a meeting of shareholders, except to
the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are
limited or denied by the Articles of Incorporation.
B. Treasury shares, shares of its own stock owned by another
corporation the majority of the voting stock of which is owned or controlled by
it, and shares of its own stock held by a corporation in a fiduciary capacity
shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting, and shall not be
counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
C. A shareholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in
writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. No proxy
shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution unless
otherwise provided in the proxy. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly
provided therein to be irrevocable or unless otherwise made irrevocable by law.
D. At each election for directors, if cumulative voting is permitted by
the Articles of Incorporation, any shareholder who intends to cumulate his votes
shall give written notice of such intention to the secretary of the corporation
on or before the day preceding the election at which such shareholder intends to
cumulate his votes.
-6-
<PAGE> 97
E. Shares standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or
foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent, or proxy as the by-laws of such
corporation may authorize or, in the absence of such authorization, as the Board
of Directors of such corporation may determine.
F. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator
may be voted by him so long as such shares forming a part of an estate are in
the possession and forming a part of the estate being served by him, either in
person or by proxy without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares
standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by
proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a
transfer of such shares into his name as trustee.
G. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such
receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by
such receiver without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do
be contained in appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was
appointed.
H. A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote
such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,
and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
Section 7 - Voting Trusts and Voting Agreements.
-7-
<PAGE> 98
A. Voting Trusts.
Any number of shareholders of a corporation may create a voting trust
for the purpose of conferring upon a trustee or trustees the right to vote or
otherwise represent their shares, for a period of not to exceed ten (10) years,
by entering into a written voting trust agreement specifying the terms and
conditions of the voting trusts, by depositing a counterpart of the agreement
with the corporation at its registered office, and by transferring their shares
to such trustee or trustees for the purposes of the agreement. The counterpart
of the voting trusts agreement so deposited with the corporation shall be
subject to the same right of examination by a shareholder of the corporation, in
person or by agent or attorney, as are the books and records of the corporation,
and shall be subject to examination by any holder of a beneficial interest in
the voting trusts, either in person or by agent or attorney, at any reasonable
time for any proper purpose.
B. Voting Agreements.
Any number of shareholders may enter into a voting agreement in writing
for the purpose of voting their shares as a unit, in the manner prescribed in
the agreement, on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders
for a period of not exceeding ten (10) years from the date of the execution of
the agreement. A counterpart of the agreement shall be deposited with the
corporation at its principal office and shall be subject to the same right of
examination by a shareholder of the
-8-
<PAGE> 99
corporation, in person or by agent or attorney, as are the books and records of
the corporation. Each certificate representing shares held by the parties to the
agreement shall contain a statement that the shares represented by the
certificate are subject to the provisions of a voting agreement, the counterpart
of which has been deposited with the corporation at its principal office. Upon
such deposit of the counterpart of the agreement and endorsement of the
prescribed statement upon the certificates representing shares, the agreement
shall be specifically enforceable in accordance with the principles of equity.
Section 8 - Method of Voting.
Voting on any question or in any election may be by voice vote or by
show of hands unless the presiding officer shall order or any shareholder shall
demand the voting be by written ballot.
Section 9 - Rules of Procedure.
To the extent applicable, Robert's Rules of Order shall govern the
conduct of and procedure at all shareholders' meetings.
Section 10 - Informal Action by Shareholders.
Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or
any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be
taken without a meeting if they consent in writing, setting forth the action so
taken. The consent shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to
-9-
<PAGE> 100
vote with respect to the subject matter thereof,and shall have the same force
and effect as a unanimous vote of the shareholders. Such unanimous written
consent shall be delivered to the Secretary of the corporation for inclusion in
the minute books of the corporation.
ARTICLE II.
Board of Directors
Section 1 - General Powers.
The Board of Directors shall have the management of the business and
affairs of the corporation and may exercise all of the powers herein enumerated
and all other powers incidental or appropriate thereto, subject only to the
restrictions imposed by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these
by-laws. Included among the powers of the Board of Directors, but not in
limitation thereof, are the following:
1) To make and change regulations not in consistent with these
by-laws for the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation.
2) To purchase or otherwise acquire for the corporation any
property, rights, or privileges which the corporation is
authorized to acquire.
3) To pay for any property purchased by the corporation either
wholly or in part in money, stocks, bonds, debentures, or
other securities of the corporation.
4) To borrow money and to make and issue notes, bonds, and other
negotiable and transferable instruments, mortgages, deed of
trust and trust agreements, and to
-10-
<PAGE> 101
do every act and thing necessary to effectuate the same.
5) To remove any officer for cause, or any officer other than the
President summarily without cause, and in their discretion,
from time to time, and to dissolve the powers and duties of
any officer upon any other person for the time being.
6) To appoint and remove or suspend such subordinate officers,
agents or factors as they may deem necessary and to determine
their duties, and fix, and from time to time change their
salaries or remuneration, and to require security as and when
they think fit.
7) To confer upon any officer of the corporation the power to
appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, agents and
factors.
8) To determine who shall be authorized on the corporation's
behalf to make and sign bills, notes, acceptances,
endorsements, checks, releases, receipts, contracts and other
instruments.
9) To delegate any of the powers of the Board in relation to the
ordinary business of the corporation to any standing or
special committee, or to any officer or agent (with power to
subdelegate), upon such terms as they think fit.
Section 2 - Number.
The number of directors may be fixed from time to time by resolution of
the Board of Directors, but shall be not less than five (5) and not more than
seven (7). The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall
be six
-11-
<PAGE> 102
(6). The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders,
except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director shall hold
office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be
shareholders.
Section 3 - Election.
At the first annual meeting of shareholders and at each annual meeting
thereafter the shareholders shall elect directors to hold office until the next
succeeding annual meeting.
Section 4 - Term of Office.
Unless removed in accordance with these by-laws, each director shall
hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successors shall
have been elected and qualified.
Section 5 - Removal.
Any director may be removed from his position as director, either with
or without cause, at any special meeting of shareholders if notice of intention
to act upon the question of removing such director shall have been stated as one
of the purposes for the calling of such meeting.
Section 6 - Vacancies.
A directorship shall be considered to be vacant upon the happening of
any one of the following events:
(1) Death of the person holding such directorship.
(2) Acceptance by the Board of Directors or the
shareholders of the resignation of the person holding
such directorship.
-12-
<PAGE> 103
(3) Refusal of a person elected to a directorship to
manifest his assent to serve.
(4) Removal of a director at a special shareholders'
meeting as provided in Section 5 of this Article of
these by-laws.
Section 7 - Filling of Vacancies.
Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled at the
next meeting of the Board of Directors following the occurrence of such vacancy.
Such vacancy shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
remaining Directors through less than a quorum. A director elected to fill a
vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in such
directorship.
Section 8 - Election to New Directorship.
In the event of the creation of one or more new directorships by
amendment of these by-laws, then any directorship to be filled by reason of such
an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by election at an annual
meeting of the shareholders or a special meeting of the shareholders called for
that purpose.
Section 9 - Quorum.
A majority of the number of directors fixed by these by-laws shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board
of Directors. Action taken by a majority of the directors present at a meeting
at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If at
any
-13-
<PAGE> 104
meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a
majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a
quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by
announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
Section 10 - Regular Meetings.
A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other
notice than this by-law, immediately after and at the same place as the annual
meeting of the shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution,
the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other
notice than such resolution.
Section 11 - Special Meetings.
Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the
President of the corporation, the Chairman of the Board, or at the request of
any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of
the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding any special
meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. If no place is designated,
then the registered office of the corporation shall serve as the place of such
meeting.
Section 12 - Notice.
Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least there (3) days
prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or mailed to each director
at his business address or by telegram. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed
to be
-14-
<PAGE> 105
delivered when deposited in the United States Mail, so addressed with postage
thereon prepaid. If the notice be given by telegram, such notice shall be deemed
to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company. Any
director may waive notice of any meeting. The attendance of a director at a
meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a
director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objection to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.
Section 13 - No Statement of Purpose of Meeting Required.
Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 14 - Compensation.
By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid
their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors,
and may be paid a fixed per diem sum for attendance at such meeting. No other
payment shall be made to directors than provided herein, except, however, that
nothing herein shall be construed as preventing any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 15 - Presumption of Assent.
A director of the corporation who is present at the meeting of the
Board of Directors at which action on any
-15-
<PAGE> 106
corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken
unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless he
shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as
secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or shall forward such
dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after
the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not be available to
a director who voted in favor of such action.
Section 16 - Executive Committees.
The Board of Directors, by resolution or resolutions passed by a
majority of the whole Board, may designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of two or more of the directors of the corporation, which,
to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions or in these by-laws,
shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the
management of the business and affairs of the corporation except where action of
the entire board is required by law, and may have power to authorize the seal of
the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee
or committees shall have such name or names as may be stated in these by-laws or
as may be determined from time to time by appropriate resolution. All such
committees shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same
to the Board when required.
The delegation to a committee of authority consistent with this section
shall not operate to relieve the Board of
-16-
<PAGE> 107
Directors, or any member thereof, of any responsibility imposed upon it or him
by law.
ARTICLE III.
Officers
Section 1 - Number.
The officers of the corporation shall be a president, one or more
vice-presidents, the number thereof to be determined by the Board of Directors,
a secretary and a treasurer, and such other officers as the Board may desire,
all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices
may be held by the same person, except the offices of president and secretary.
Section 2 - Election and Term of Office.
The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board
of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each
annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be
held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as
conveniently may be. Each officer shall be held as soon thereafter as
conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall
have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he
shall resign or shall have been otherwise removed.
Section 3 - Removal and Vacancies.
Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may
be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in
-17-
<PAGE> 108
its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby or
otherwise in accordance with these by-laws, but such removal shall be without
prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. A vacancy in
any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise
may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
Section 4 - President.
The president shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders,
appoint and discharge employees and agents of the corporation subject to the
approval of the directors, fix the compensation of employees and agents, make
and sign contracts and agreements in the name of the corporation, and appoint
committees. He shall see that the books, reports, statements and certificates
are properly kept, made and filed, if necessary; and he shall generally do and
perform all acts incident to the office of president or which may be authorized
or required by law, by these by-laws, or by the Board of Directors, not
inconsistent herewith.
Section 5 - Vice-President.
Each vice-president elected by the Board of Directors shall have such
powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board,
not inconsistent herewith.
Section 6 - Secretary.
The secretary shall:
-18-
<PAGE> 109
(1) Keep the minutes of the shareholders' and of the
Board of Directors' meetings in one or more books
provided for that purpose;
(2) See that all notices are duly given with the
provisions of these by-laws or as required by law. In
case of the Secretary's absence or refusal or neglect
to give the required notice, such notice may be given
at the direction of the President, of the directors,
or of the stockholders upon whose request the meeting
is called;
(3) Be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal
of the corporation and see that the seal of the
corporation is affixed to all certificates for shares
prior to the issue thereof and to all documents, the
execution of which on behalf of the corporation under
its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the
provisions of these by-laws;
(4) Keep a register of the post-office address of each
shareholder;
-19-
<PAGE> 110
(5) Sign with the President certificates for shares of
the corporation, the issue of which shall have been
authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors;
(6) Have general charge of the stock transfer books of
the corporation;
(7) In general perform all duties incident to the office
of Secretary and such other duties as from time to
time may be assigned to him by the President or by
the Board of Directors.
Section 7 - Treasurer.
The treasurer shall have the custody of all funds, securities,
evidences of indebtedness and other valuable documents of the corporation; he
shall receive and give or cause to be given receipts and acquittances for monies
paid in on account of the corporation and shall pay out of the funds on hand all
just debts of the corporation of whatever nature upon maturity of the same; he
shall enter or cause to be entered in books of the corporation to be kept for
that purpose full and accurate accounts of all monies received and paid out on
account of the corporation, and whenever required by the president or by the
Board of Directors, he shall keep or cause to be kept such
-20-
<PAGE> 111
other books as would show a true record of the expenses, losses, gains, assets
and liabilities of the corporation. He shall, unless otherwise directed by the
Board of Directors, have charge of the original books and stock ledgers and act
as transfer agent in respect of the stock and securities of the corporation; and
he shall perform all other duties incident to the office of treasurer.
Section 8 - Assistant Secretaries and Treasurers.
The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, when authorized by
the Board of Directors, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them
by the secretary or treasurer respectively or by the Board of Directors.
Section 9 - Salaries and Reimbursement of Expenses.
The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the
Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary
by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation, and the
Board of Directors may from time to time authorize the reimbursement of
out-of-pocket expenses, which it deems to be a bona fide corporate expense, to
any employee regardless of whether the employee is an officer, director or
shareholder. Provided however, that in the event the corporation is required by
the regular accountants of the corporation or the Internal Revenue Service to
classify such reimbursed expense as a dividend paid to said employee, he shall
be required to reimburse the corporation for the amount advanced to him and the
corporation shall have the
-21-
<PAGE> 112
authority to withhold said amount from his salary. In such event, the books of
the corporation shall reflect the original reimbursement from the corporation to
the employee as a loan and the repayment by him as payment of said loan.
ARTICLE IV.
Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer
Section 1 - Certificates for Shares.
Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be in such
form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, not inconsistent with
law. Such certificates shall be signed by the president or a vice-president and
by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The name and address of the person
to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of the shares
and the date of issue shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the
corporation. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall
be cancelled and no new certificates shall be issued until the former
certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and
cancelled, except in a case of a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, in
which case a new certificate may be issued therefor upon such terms and
indemnity to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe and which
may otherwise conform to law. When certificates are signed by a Transfer Agent
and Registrar, the signatures of the officers required herein may be facsimiles.
Section 2 - Transfer of Shares.
-22-
<PAGE> 113
Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock
transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof, or by his
legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to
transfer, or by his attorney authorized by a Power of Attorney duly executed and
filed with the secretary of the corporation or his delegate. The person in whose
name shares of stock stand on the books of the corporation shall be deemed by
the corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes.
ARTICLE V.
Fiscal Year
The fiscal year of the corporation shall be designated from time to
time by resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI.
Dividends
The Board of Directors shall from time to time declare, and the
corporation pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the
terms and conditions provided by law and by the Articles of Incorporation. When
the Board of Directors shall so determine, dividends may be paid in stock.
ARTICLE VII.
Seal
The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be in
the form desired by the Board of Directors. Such seal may be altered at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors. A facsimile or other reproduction of such
seal may be
-23-
<PAGE> 114
employed by any means on instruments of any nature requiring execution with the
corporate seal.
ARTICLE VIII.
Waiver of Notice
Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or
director of the corporation under the provision of these by-laws or under
provisions of any statute, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or
persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice, except where
such waiver shall be in contravention of law.
ARTICLE IX.
Amendment of By-Laws
The stockholders, by affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the stock issued and outstanding may amend or alter any of these by-laws. The
Board of Directors is hereby delegated the authority to amend or alter any of
these by-laws by a vote of a majority of the whole Board. The substance of any
such proposed amendment shall be stated in full in the notice of any
stockholders' meeting or Directors' meeting unless notice shall have been waived
in accordance with these by-laws.
ARTICLE X.
Protection of Directors and Officers
The corporation shall indemnify each former, present and future
director or officer of the corporation against, and each such director and
officer shall be entitled without further
-24-
<PAGE> 115
act on his part of indemnity from the corporation for, all expenses (including
the amount of judgments and the amount of reasonable settlements made with a
view to the curtailment of costs of litigation, other than amounts paid to the
corporation itself) reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out
of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his
being or having been a director or officer of the corporation or of any other
corporation or company which he serves as a director or officer at the request
of the corporation, whether or not he continues to be such director or officer
at the time of incurring such expenses; provided, however, that such indemnity
shall not include any expenses incurred by any such director or officer (a) in
respect of matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in any such action,
suit or proceeding to be liable for willful misconduct in the performance of his
duty as such director or officer, or (b) in respect of any matter in which any
settlement is effected in any amount in excess of the amount of expenses which
might reasonably have been incurred by such director or officer had such
litigation been conducted to a final conclusion; provided, further, that in no
event shall anything herein contained be so construed as to protect, or to
authorize the corporation to indemnify, such director or officer against any
liability to the corporation or to its security holders to which he would
otherwise be subject by reason of his willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of the duties
-25-
<PAGE> 116
involved in the conduct of his office as such director or officer. The foregoing
right of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or
administrators of each such director or officer and shall be in addition to all
other rights to which such director or officer may be entitled as a matter of
law.
-26-
<PAGE> 117
CODE OF REGULATIONS OF TOWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CORP.
ARTICLE I. - SHARES
(a) Certificate of Shares. Each shareholder of this Company whose stock
is paid up shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates showing the amount
of shares registered in his name on the books of the Company. Each certificate
shall be issued in numerical order from the shares certificate book, and be
signed by the President and Secretary. A full record of each certificate as
issued shall be entered on the stub thereof. All certificates surrendered to the
Company shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the
former certificate for the same number of shares of the same kind shall have
been surrendered and cancelled.
(b) Transfers of Shares. Transfers of shares shall be made only on the
books of the Company by the holder thereof, in person or by his duly authorized
holder thereof, in person or by his duly authorized attorney, and must be
accompanied by the surrender of the certificates, properly assigned, evidencing
the shares so transferred. Certificates so surrendered shall be cancelled and
attached to the stubs corresponding thereto in the shares certificate book.
(c) Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. If any share certificate
in this Company becomes worn, defaced or mutilated, the Secretary, upon
presentation or surrender thereof, may order the same cancelled, and may issue a
new certificate in lieu of the same. If any share certificate be lost or
destroyed, the Secretary, upon the giving of a proper bond of indemnity, with
surety to his satisfaction, may issue a new certificate in lieu thereof to the
person entitled to such lost or destroyed certificate.
(d) Seal. The corporate seal of this Company shall be circular, with
the words Tower Communication Systems Corp. in the outer circle, and the words
"Corporate Seal" in the inner circle.
(e) Closing of Transfer Book. The share transfer book shall be closed
for the meetings of the shareholders for the period provided for in these
regulations, and for such time prior to the payment of dividends as from time to
time may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and during such period no shares
shall be transferred.
(f) Regulations. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority
to make all such rules and regulations as
-1-
<PAGE> 118
they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of share
certificates of said Company.
ARTICLE II. - SHAREHOLDERS
(a) Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders of this
Company shall be held at the office of the corporation on the first Monday of
April of each year at 8:00 o'clock P.M., if not a legal holiday, but if a legal
holiday, then on the day following at the same hour.
(b) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders shall be
held at the principal office of the corporation whenever called by writing by
the President. Special meetings shall also be called by the President at the
written request, which shall state the object and purpose of such meeting, of
two Directors of the Company. If the President on such request neglects for
three days to call a special meeting, then the Directors making the request may
call a special meeting.
(c) Notice of Meetings. A written or printed notice of each regular or
special meeting of the shareholders, stating the time and place, and, in case of
special meetings, the objects thereof, shall be given each shareholder appearing
on the books of the Company by mailing the same to his last known address at
least five days before any such meeting.
(d) Quorum. At any meeting of the shareholders, the holders of shares
entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the Company,
present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of the shareholders,
for all purposes, unless the presence of a larger number shall be required by
law.
If the holders of the amount of shares necessary to constitute a quorum
shall fail to attend any meeting in person or by proxy at the time and place
fixed by these regulations and notice, as provided for herein, a majority in
interest of the shareholders present in person or by proxy may adjourn from time
to time without notice, other than announcement at the meeting, until holders of
the amount of shares requisite to constitute a quorum shall attend. At any such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified.
(e) Organization. All meetings of the shareholders after organization
shall be presided over by the President. In the absence of the President, the
Vice President shall preside and shall have all the powers herein conferred upon
the President when acting as presiding officer of the meeting. The Secretary of
the Company shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the shareholders, but, in
the absence of the Secretary at any meeting of the shareholders, the presiding
officer may appoint any person to act as Secretary of the meeting.
-2-
<PAGE> 119
(f) Voting. At any meeting of the shareholders only such persons shall
be entitled to vote as appear as shareholders upon the books of the Company for
not less than five days next prior to such meeting. Each such shareholder shall
be entitled to vote in person or by proxy appointed by instrument in writing
subscribed by such shareholder, or his duly authorized attorney, and delivered
to the Secretary at the meeting.
At any meeting of the shareholders all questions, except those,
decision of which is regulated by statute, shall be determined by a majority
vote of the shareholders present in person or by proxy, and in case of a tie
vote, the presiding officer at the meeting shall cast the deciding vote.
(g) Inspectors. At all meetings for the election of Directors after the
first election of Directors, three inspectors of election shall be appointed by
the Chairman, provided that no person who is the candidate for the office of
Director shall be appointed as inspector.
(h) Order of Business. At all meetings of the shareholders the
following order of business shall be observed so far as the same shall be
consistent with the purpose of the meeting, viz:
Calling the roll;
Reading notice and proof;
Reading of Minutes of preceding meetings, and action thereon;
Report of President;
Report of Secretary;
Report of Treasurer;
Report of Committee;
Election of Directors;
Unfinished business;
New business.
(i) Action Without Meeting. Any action which the shareholders might
lawfully take at any duly held meeting may also be lawfully taken without a
meeting in accordance with Section 1701.54 of the Revised Code of Ohio.
ARTICLE III. - DIRECTORS
The number of directors may be fixed from time to time by resolution of
the Board of Directors, but shall be not less than five (5) and not more than
seven (7). The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall
be six (6). The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the
shareholders, except as provided in Section (b) of this Article, and each
director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified.
Directors need not be shareholders.
-3-
<PAGE> 120
(b) Vacancies. In case of any vacancy in the Board of Directors,
through death, resignation, disqualification, or other cause, the remaining
Directors, by an affirmative vote of a majority thereof, may elect a successor
to hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place
shall be vacant, and until the election and qualification of his successor.
(c) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may elect from their
own number three persons who shall constitute the Executive Committee, which
shall have charge of the management of the business and affairs of the Company
in the interim between meetings of Directors, with power to fix prices for the
Company's products, determine credits, and generally discharge the duties of the
Board of Directors, but not to incur debts except for current expenses and to
replace stock or raw materials in the usual course of business, unless
especially authorized. Such Executive Committee shall at all times act under the
direction and control of the Board of Directors and shall make report of their
acts and transactions to the Board, which shall form part of the records of the
Company.
ARTICLE IV. - OFFICERS
Amended by Written Consent of the Sole Shareholder dated September 1, 1992 to
read as follows:
"(a) Executive Officers. The officers of this Corporation shall be a
President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and, if so desired by the Board of
Directors, a chairman of the Board, one or more Vice-President, and such other
officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary. Said officers shall
be chosen by the Board of Directors, and shall hold office for one year, and
until their successors are elected and qualified.
Any officer or employee elected or appointed by the Board of Directors,
other than that of director, may be removed at any time upon vote of the
majority of the whole Board of Directors.
The same person may hold more than one office, other than that of
President and Vice-President.
In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, for any
reason which the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors
may delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any
director, provided a majority of the whole Board of Directors concur therein.
(b) Vacancies. If the office of any Executive Officer shall become
vacant by reason of death, resignation or
-4-
<PAGE> 121
disqualification, or other cause, the remaining Directors by the affirmative
vote of a majority thereof, may elect a successor to hold office for the
unexpired term in respect to which such vacancy occurred or was created."
ARTICLE V. - DUTIES OF OFFICERS
(a) The President. The President shall preside at all meetings of
shareholders and directors, sign the records thereof, and together with the
Secretary sign all share certificates and all other written contracts and
obligations of the Company; he shall also countersign all checks with the
Treasurer; he shall have general and active management of the business of the
corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are
carried into effect; he shall be ex officio, a member of all standing committees
and shall perform all the duties incident to the office and such other and
further duties as may from time to time be required of him by the directors or
shareholders.
(b) Vice President. The Vice President shall perform all the duties of
the President in case of his absence or disability. In case the President and
Vice President are absent and unable to perform their duties as shareholders or
Directors, the shareholders or Directors, as the case may be, may appoint a
president pro tempore.
(c) Secretary. The Secretary shall keep minutes of all meetings of
shareholders, directors and committees in books provided for that purpose; he
shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Company; he shall
be the transfer agent of the Company for the transfer of all share certificates;
he shall record all transfers of shares and cancel and preserve all share
certificates transferred and keep a record alphabetically arranged of all the
shareholders of the company, showing the number and classes of shares held by
each and the time when they became shareholders; he shall prepare such list as
of the date fixed for closing the books against transfers or the record date
fixed before any meeting of shareholders and be prepared to produce the same on
the request of any shareholders at any meeting of the shareholders; he shall
keep such books as may be required by law, shall have charge and custody of the
corporate seal and with the President shall issue and sign all share
certificates and perform such other and further duties as may from time to time
be required of him by the Directors or shareholders.
(d) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have custody of all the funds and
securities of the Company which may come into his hands; when necessary or
proper, he shall endorse on behalf of the Company for collection checks, notes
and other obligations and shall deposit the same to the credit of the Company in
such
-5-
<PAGE> 122
bank or banks or depository as the Board of Directors may designate; he shall
sign all receipts and vouchers for payment made to the Company; he shall, with
the President, sign all checks made out by the Company and shall pay out and
dispose of the same under the direction of the Board of Directors; he shall
enter regularly in books of the Company to be kept by him for that purpose, full
and accurate account of all money paid and received by him on account of the
Company; he shall render to the Board of Directors at each regular meeting
thereof, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as
Treasurer and of the financial condition of such Company and generally perform
all duties incident to such office and such other and further duties as may from
time to time be required of him by the Directors or shareholders.
ARTICLE VI. - AMENDMENTS
These Regulations may be adopted, amended or repealed by the vote of
the owners of a majority in amount of the common stock of this Company at any
meeting thereof.
-6-
<PAGE> 123
BY-LAWS
OF
WEST TEXAS MICROWAVE COMPANY
Article I.
Shareholders
Section 1 - Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders
shall be held on the 3rd Tuesday of February of each year, at the hour of 10:00
a.m., for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such
other business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual
meeting shall be on a legal holiday in the State of Texas, or on a Saturday or
Sunday, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the
election of directors shall not be held on the day designated herein for any
annual meeting of the shareholders, the Board of Directors shall cause the
election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter
as conveniently may be.
Section 2 - Special Meetings. The Board of Directors may designate any
place as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or any special meetings of
the shareholders of the corporation called by the Board of Directors.
A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at any
meeting may designate any place as the place for holding of such meeting. If no
designation is made, or if a special meeting of shareholders be otherwise
called, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.
Section 3 - Notice of Meeting. Written or printed notice stating the
place, day and hours of the meeting, and in case of a special meeting, the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less
than ten (10) nor more than forty-five (45)
<PAGE> 124
days before the date of the meeting in the case of the annual meeting, and not
less than ten (10) nor more than forty-five (45) days before the meeting in case
of a special meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of
the President, or the Secretary, or the officer of the person calling the
meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If
mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United
States Mail, addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the
stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.
Section 4 - Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date. For the
purpose of determining shareholder entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to
receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of
shareholders for any other purpose, the Board of Directors of the corporation
may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period
but not to exceed, in any case, fifteen (15) days immediately preceding such
meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may
fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of
shareholders not more than fifty (50) days and not less than ten (10) days prior
to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of
shareholders, is to be taken.
Section 5 - Voting Lists.
(a) The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books of
the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of
shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting,
arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of, and the number of shares
held by each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days
- 2 -
<PAGE> 125
prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office of the
corporation. It shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time
during usual business hours. Such lists shall also be produced and kept open at
the time and place of the meeting, and shall be subject to the inspection of any
shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer
book shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to
examine such list of transfer books or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
(b) Failure to comply with these requirements of this section shall not
affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.
Section 6 - Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of the
corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of the shareholders. If less than a majority of
the outstanding shares are represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At
such next meeting after adjournment at which a quorum shall be present or
represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally notified. The shareholders present at a duly organized
meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum. In no event shall
a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote and
represented at such meeting.
Section 7 - Proxies. At all meetings of the shareholders a shareholder
may vote by proxy, executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly
authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the
corporation before or at the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after
eleven (11) months from the date of its execution,
- 3 -
<PAGE> 126
unless otherwise provided in the proxy, and in no event shall it remain
irrevocable for a period of more than eleven (11) months. In no event shall a
proxy be valid for a period longer than that allowed by law.
Section 8 - Holding of Shares. Each outstanding share of every class
shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of
shareholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of any class of shares
are limited by the Articles of Incorporation.
Section 9 - Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.
(a) Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by
such officer, agent, or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may prescribe,
or in the absence of such provision as the Board of Directors of such
corporation may determine, except as prohibited by law.
(b) Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator
may be voted by him either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such
shares into his name, except as prohibited by law. Shares standing in the name
of a trustee, may be voted by him either in person or by proxy, but no trustee
shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares
into his name.
(c) Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such
receiver and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by
such receiver, without the transfer thereof into his name if the authority so to
do be contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was
appointed.
- 4 -
<PAGE> 127
(d) A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote
such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee,
and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.
(d) Shares of its own stock belonging to the corporation or held by it
in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted directly or indirectly, at any
meeting. Such shares shall not be counted in determining the total number of
outstanding shares at any given time.
Section 10 - Voting. Every shareholder entitled to vote shall have the
right to vote, in person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by him for or
against the question presented, and at each election for directors, to vote, in
person or by proxy, the number of shares owned by him for each of as many
persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has a
right to vote, or to cumulate his votes in the manner set forth in Article 2.29
D of the Texas Business Corporation Act.
Section 11 - Informal Action by Shareholder. Any action required to be
taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken
at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if they consent
in writing, setting forth the action so taken. The consent shall be signed by
all of the shareholders entitled to vote on the subject matter of the consent.
Article II.
Board of Directors
Section 1 - General Powers. The Board of Directors shall have the
management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may exercise all
of the powers herein enumerated and all other powers incidental or appropriate
thereto, subject only to the
- 5 -
<PAGE> 128
restrictions imposed by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these
by-laws. Included among the powers of the Board of Directors, but not in
limitation thereof, are the following:
1) To make and change regulations not inconsistent with these
by-laws for the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation.
2) To purchase or otherwise acquire for the corporation any
property, rights, or privileges which the corporation is
authorized to acquire.
3) To pay for any property purchased by the corporation either
wholly or in part in money, stocks, debentures, bonds, or
other securities of the corporation.
4) To borrow money and to make and issue notes, bonds, and other
negotiable and transferable instruments, mortgages, deed of
trust and trust agreements, and to do every act and thing
necessary to effectuate the same.
5) To remove any officer for cause, or any officer other than the
President summarily without cause, and in their discretion,
from time to time, and to dissolve the powers and duties of
any officer upon any other person for the time being.
6) To appoint and remove or suspend such subordinate officers,
agents or factors as they may deem necessary and to determine
their duties, and fix, and from time to time change their
salaries or remuneration, and to require security as and when
they think fit.
7) To confer upon any officer of the corporation the power to
appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, agents and
factors.
8) To determine who shall be authorized on the corporation's
behalf to make and sign bills, notes, acceptances,
endorsements, checks, releases, receipts, contracts and other
instruments.
Section 2 - Number, Tenure and Qualifications. The number of directors
may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, but
shall be not less than five (5) and not more than seven (7). The number of
directors of the corporation shall be six (6). Each original director named in
the Articles of Incorporation shall hold office
- 6 -
<PAGE> 129
until the first annual meeting of the shareholders and until his successor shall
have been elected and qualified. The directors shall be elected at the annual
meeting of the shareholders, and each director shall be elected to serve until
his successor shall be elected and shall qualify.
Section 3 - Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be held without other notice than this by-law, immediately after
and at the same place as the annual meeting of the shareholders. The Board of
Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of
additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.
Section 4 - Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or at the request of the
president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special
meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place as the place for holding
any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.
Section 5 - Notice. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at
least five (5) days prior thereto by written notice delivered personally or
mailed to each director at his business address or by telegram. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail,
so addressed with postage thereon prepaid. If the notice be given by telegram,
such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to
the telegraph company. Any director may waive notice of any meeting. The
attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose
of objection to the
- 7 -
<PAGE> 130
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the
notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 6 - Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed by
these by-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any
meeting of the Board of Directors. Action taken by a majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board
of Directors. If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less
than a quorum present,a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from
time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be
given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
Section 7 - Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors
may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of Directors. A director
elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his
predecessor in office.
The Board of Directors shall have the power to make interim
appointments of unfilled positions to the Board of Directors, which appointments
shall be ratified by the stockholders at the corporation's next annual meeting.
Any interim appointee shall have all the powers and duties of a regularly
elected member of the Board of Directors.
Section 8 - Compensation. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the
directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of
the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed per diem sum for attendance at
such meeting. No other payment shall be made to directors than provided herein,
except, however, that nothing herein
- 8 -
<PAGE> 131
shall be construed as preventing any director from serving the corporation in
any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 9 - Presumption of Assent. A director of the corporation who is
present at the meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any
corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken
unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting, or unless he
shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as
secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or shall forward such
dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after
the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a
director who voted in favor of such action.
ARTICLE III
Officers
Section 1 - Number. The officers of the corporation shall be a
president, a secretary and such other officers or assistant officers as may be
deemed necessary by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held
by the same person except the offices of president and secretary.
Section 2 - Election and Term of Office. The officers of the
corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by
the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after
each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers shall not
be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as
conveniently may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall
- 9 -
<PAGE> 132
have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he
shall resign or shall have been otherwise removed.
Section 3 - Removal and Vacancies. Any officers or agent elected or
appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors
whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served
thereby or otherwise in accordance with these by-laws. A vacancy in any office
because of death resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise shall be
filed by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.
Section 4 - President. The president shall preside at all meetings of
the stockholders, appoint and discharge employees and agents of the corporation
subject to the approval of the directors, fix the compensation of employees and
agents, make and sign contracts and agreements in the name of the corporation
and appoint committees. He shall see that the books, reports, statements and
certificates are properly kept, made and filed, if necessary; and he shall
generally do and perform all acts incident to the office of president or which
may be authorized or required by law, by these by-laws, or by the Board of
Directors, not inconsistent herewith.
Section 5 - Vice-President. The executive vice president and each
vice-president elected by the Board of Directors shall have such powers and
shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the Board, not
inconsistent herewith.
Section 6 - Secretary. The secretary shall give or cause to be given
notice of all meetings of stockholders, and directors and all other notices
required by law or by these by-laws. And in case of his absence or refusal or
neglect so to do any such notice may be
- 10 -
<PAGE> 133
given at the direction of the president, of the directors, or of the
stockholders upon whose request the meeting is called. The secretary shall
record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall preform such other duties as may be assigned to
him by the Board or by the president. He shall have the custody of the seal of
the corporation, and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when
authorized by the directors or by the president, and he shall attest to such
instrument. In addition, the secretary shall generally do and perform all acts
incident to the office of secretary or which may be authorized or required by
law, by these by-laws, or by the Board of Directors, not inconsistent herewith.
Section 7 - Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of all
funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuable documents of the
corporation; he shall receive and give or cause to be given receipts and
acquittances for monies paid in on account of the corporation and shall pay out
of the funds on hand all just debts of the corporation of whatever nature upon
maturity of the same; he shall enter or cause to be entered in books of the
corporation to be kept for that purpose full and accurate accounts of all monies
received and paid out on account of the corporation, and whenever required by
the president or by the Board of Directors, he shall keep or cause to be kept
such other books as would show a true record of the expenses, losses, gains,
assets and liabilities of the corporation. He shall, unless otherwise directed
by the Board of Directors, have charge of the original books and stock ledgers
and act as transfer agent in respect of the stock and securities of the
corporation; and he shall perform all other duties incident to the office of
treasurer.
- 11 -
<PAGE> 134
Section 8 - Assistant Secretaries and Treasurers. The assistant
secretaries and assistant treasurers, when authorized by the Board of Directors,
shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or
treasurer respectively or by the Board of Directors.
Section 9 - Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from
time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from
receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the
corporation.
Article IV
Certificates for Shares and Their Transfer
Section 1 - Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares
of the corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of
Directors, not inconsistent with law. Such certificates shall be signed by the
president, executive vice-president or a vice-president and by the secretary or
an assistant secretary. The name and address of the person to whom the shares
represented thereby are issued, with the number of the shares and the date of
issue shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. All
certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and
no new certificates shall be issued until the former certificate for a like
number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except in a case of
a lost, destroyed, or mutilated certificate, in which case a new certificate may
be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the Board
of Directors may prescribe and which may otherwise conform to law. When
certificates are signed by a Transfer Agent and Registrar, the signatures of the
officers required herein may be facsimiles.
- 12 -
<PAGE> 135
Section 2 - Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of the corporation
shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder
of record thereof, or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper
evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney authorized by a Power of
Attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the corporation or his
delegate. The person in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the
corporation shall be deemed by the corporation to be the owner thereof for all
purposes.
Article V
Fiscal Year
The fiscal year of the corporation shall be designated from time to
time by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article VI
Dividends
The Board of Directors shall from time to time declare and the
corporation pay dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the
terms and conditions provided by law, and by the Articles of Incorporation.
Article VII
Seal
The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be
circular in form, which shall contain a star in the middle and which shall have
inscribed thereon the name of the corporation.
- 13 -
<PAGE> 136
Article VIII
Waiver of Notice
Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or
director of the corporation under the provision of these by-laws or under
provisions of any statute, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or
persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice, except where
such waiver shall be in contravention of law.
Article IX
Amendments
Section 1 - Amendment of By-Laws. The stockholders, by affirmative vote
of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the stock issued and outstanding, or the
directors, by the affirmative vote of two-thirds (2/3) of the directors, may at
any meeting, provided the substance of the proposed amendment shall have been
stated in the notice of the meeting (or the notice shall have been waived in
accordance with these by-laws), amend or alter any of these by-laws.
Article X
Protection of Directors and Officers
The corporation shall indemnify each former, present and future
director or officer of the corporation against, and each such director and
officer shall be entitled without further act on his part to indemnity from the
corporation for, all expenses (including the amount of judgments and the amount
of reasonable settlements made with a view to the curtailment of costs of
litigation, other than amounts paid to the corporation itself) reasonably
- 14 -
<PAGE> 137
incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or
proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his being or having been a
director or officer of the corporation or of any other corporation or company
which he serves as a director or officer at the request of the corporation,
whether or not he continues to be such director or officer at the time of
incurring such expenses; provided, however, that such indemnity shall not
include any expenses incurred by any such director or officer (a) in respect of
matters as to which he shall be finally adjudged in any such action, suit or
proceeding to be liable for wilful misconduct in the performance of his duty as
such director or officer, or (b) in respect of any matter in which any
settlement is effected in any amount in excess of the amount of expenses which
might reasonably have been incurred by such director or officer had such
litigation been conducted to a final conclusion; provided, further, that in no
event shall anything herein contained be so construed as to protect, or to
authorize the corporation to indemnify, such director or officer against any
liability to the corporation or to its security holders to which he would
otherwise be subject by reason of his wilful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his
office as such director or officer. The foregoing right of indemnification shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors or administrators of each such
director or officer and shall be in addition to all other rights to which such
director or officer may be entitled as a matter of law.
- 15 -
<PAGE> 138
WESTERN STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
*****
B Y - L A W S
*****
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. The principal office shall be in the City of Reno, County of
Washoe, State of Nevada.
Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places
both within and without the State of Nevada as the board of directors may from
time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF THE STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. All annual meetings of the stockholders shall be held in the
City of Los Angeles, State of California. Special meetings of the stockholders
may be held at such time and place within or without the State of Nevada as
shall be stated in the notice of the meeting, or in a duly executed waiver of
notice thereof.
Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year
1983, shall be held on the third Wednesday of June, if not a legal holiday, and
if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 9:30 A. M., at
which they shall elect
<PAGE> 139
by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as
may properly be brought before the meeting.
Section 3. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of
incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the
president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the board of
directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in
amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and
entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting.
Section 4. Notices of meetings shall be in writing and signed by the
president or a vice president, or the secretary, or an assistant secretary, or
by such other person or persons as the directors shall designate. Such notice
shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called and the time
when, and the place, which may be within or without this state, where it is to
be held. A copy of such notice shall be either delivered personally to or shall
be mailed, postage prepaid, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at
such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before such meeting. If
mailed, it shall be directed to a stockholder at his address as it appears upon
the records of the corporation and upon such mailing of any such notice, the
service thereof shall be complete, and the time of the notice shall begin to run
from the date upon which such notice is deposited in the mail for transmission
to such stockholder. Personal delivery of any such
<PAGE> 140
notice to any officer of a corporation or association, or to any member of a
partnership shall constitute delivery of such notice to such corporation,
association or partnership. In the event of the transfer of stock after delivery
or mailing of the notice of and prior to the holding of the meeting it shall not
be necessary to deliver or mail notice of the meeting to the transferee.
Section 5. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
Section 6. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except a otherwise provided by statute or by the
articles of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or
represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to
vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
notified.
Section 7. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the
vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in
person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such
meeting, unless the
<PAGE> 141
question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the
articles of incorporation a different vote is required in which case such
express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.
Section 8. Every stockholder of record of the corporation shall be
entitled at such meeting of stockholders to one vote for each share of stock
standing in his name on the books of the corporation.
Section 9. At any meeting of the stockholders, any stockholder may be
represented and vote by a proxy or proxies appointed by an instrument in
writing. In the event that any such instrument in writing shall designate two or
more persons to act as proxies, a majority of such persons present at the
meeting, or, if only one shall be present, then that one shall have and may
exercise all of the powers conferred by such written instrument upon all of the
persons so designated unless the instrument shall otherwise provide. No such
proxy shall be valid after the expiration of six months from the date of its
execution unless coupled with an interest, or unless the person executing it
specifies therein the length of time for which it is to continue in force, which
in no case shall exceed seven years from the date of its execution. Subject to
the above, any proxy duly executed is not revoked and continues in full force
and effect until an instrument revoking it or a duly executed proxy bearing a
later date is filed with the secretary of the corporation.
Section 10. Any action which may be taken by the vote of the
stockholders at a meeting, may be taken without a meeting
<PAGE> 142
if authorized by the written consent of stockholders holding at least a majority
of the voting power, unless the provisions of the statutes or of the articles of
incorporation require a greater proportion of voting power to authorize such
action in which case such greater proportion of written consents shall be
required.
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. The number of directors may be fixed from time to time by
resolution of the Board of Directors, but shall be not less than five (5) and
not more than seven (7). The number of directors which shall constitute the
whole board shall be six (6). The directors shall be elected at the annual
meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article,
and each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and
qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.
Section 2. Vacancies, including those caused by an increase in the
number of directors, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors
though less than a quorum. When one or more directors shall give notice of his
or their resignation to the board, effective at a future date, the board shall
have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies to take effect when such
resignation or resignations shall become effective, each director so appointed
to hold office during the remainder of the term of office of the resigning
director or directors.
<PAGE> 143
Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by its
board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do
all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the articles of
incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done
by the stockholders.
Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings,
both regular and special, either within or without the State of Nevada.
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors
shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the
stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be
necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the
meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the
stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected
board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and
place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.
Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held
without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined
by the board.
<PAGE> 144
Section 7. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by
the president or secretary on the written request of two directors. Written
notice of special meetings of the board of directors shall be given to each
director at least one (1) day before the date of the meeting.
Section 8. A majority of the board of directors, at a meeting duly
assembled, shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at
which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as
may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the articles of
incorporation. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the
directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors entitled to vote
with respect to the subject matter thereof.
COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS
Section 9. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which, to the extent
provided in the resolution, shall have and may exercise the powers of the board
of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation,
and may have power to authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name
or names as may
<PAGE> 145
be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors.
Section 10. The committees shall keep regular minutes of their
proceedings and report the same to the board when required.
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Section 11. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of
attendance at each meeting for the board of directors and may be paid a fixed
sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary
as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.
ARTICLE IV
NOTICES
Section 1. Notices to directors and stockholders shall be in writing
and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their
addresses appearing on the books of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be
deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram.
Section 2. Whenever all parties entitled to vote at any meeting,
whether of directors or stockholders, consent, either by a writing on the
records of the meeting or filed with
<PAGE> 146
the secretary, or by presence at such meeting and oral consent entered on the
minutes, or by taking part in the deliberations at such meeting without
objection, the doings of such meeting shall be as valid as if had at a meeting
regularly called and noticed, and at such meeting any business may be transacted
which is not excepted from the written consent or to the consideration of which
no objection for want of notice is made at the time, and if any meeting be
irregular for want of notice or of such consent, provided a quorum was present
at such meeting, the proceedings of said meeting may be ratified and approved
and rendered likewise valid and the irregularity or defect therein waived by a
writing signed by all parties having the right to vote at such meetings; and
such consent or approval of stockholders may be by proxy or attorney, but all
such proxies and powers of attorney must be in writing.
Section 3. Whenever any notice whatever is required to be given under
the provisions of the statutes, of the articles of incorporation or of these
by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled
to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board
of directors and shall be a president, a vice
<PAGE> 147
president, a secretary and a treasurer. Any person may hold two or more offices.
Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after each
annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a vice president, a
secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of the board.
Section 3. The board of directors may appoint additional vice
presidents, and assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers and such other
officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for
such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the board.
Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation
shall be fixed by the board of directors.
Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until
their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the
board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the
board of directors.
THE PRESIDENT
Section 6. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the
corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of
directors, shall have general and active management of the business of the
corporation, and shall
<PAGE> 148
see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into
effect.
Section 7. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts
requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or
permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the
signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of
directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.
THE VICE PRESIDENT
Section 8. The vice president shall, in the absence or disability of
the president, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the president and
shall perform such other duties as the board of directors may from time to time
prescribe.
THE SECRETARY
Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of
directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of
the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees
when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors, under
whose supervision he shall be. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the
corporation and, when authorized by the board of directors, affix
<PAGE> 149
the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it shall be
attested by his signature or by the signature of the treasurer or an assistant
secretary.
THE TREASURER
Section 10. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds
and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys
and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.
Section 11. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be
ordered by the board of directors taking proper vouchers for such disbursements,
and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at the regular
meetings of the board, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of
all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation.
Section 12. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the
corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be
satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the
duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his
death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers,
vouchers, money and other property of whatever
<PAGE> 150
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.
ARTICLE VI
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
Section 1. Every stockholder shall be entitled to have a certificate,
signed by the president or a vice president and the treasurer or an assistant
treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation,
certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. When the
corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or more than
one series of any class, there shall be set forth upon the face or back of the
certificate, or the certificate shall have a statement that the corporation will
furnish to any stockholders upon request and without charge, a full or summary
statement of the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional
or other special rights of the various classes of stock or series thereof and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such rights, and, if the
corporation shall be authorized to issue only special stock, such certificate
shall set forth in full or summarize the rights of the holders of such stock.
Section 2. Whenever any certificate is counter-signed or otherwise
authenticated by a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and by a registrar, then a
facsimile of the signatures of the officers or agents of the corporation may be
printed or lithographed upon such certificate in lieu of the actual
<PAGE> 151
signatures. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose
facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate
or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation,
whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or
certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the corporation and be issued and
delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or
certificates, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used
thereon, had not ceased to be the officer or officers of such corporation.
LOST CERTIFICATES
Section 3. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed,
upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the
certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a
new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion
and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such
lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to
advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the
corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim
that may be made against the corporation with
<PAGE> 152
respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.
TRANSFER OF STOCK
Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of
the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.
CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS
Section 5. The directors may prescribe a period not exceeding sixty
days prior to any meeting of the stockholders during which no transfer of stock
on the books of the corporation may be made, or may fix a day not more than
sixty days prior to the holding of any such meeting as the day as of which
stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting shall be
determined; and only stockholders of record on such day shall be entitled to
notice or to vote at such meeting.
REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive
right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive
dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and
assessments a person
<PAGE> 153
registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on
the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Nevada.
ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVIDENDS
Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject
to the provisions of the articles of incorporation, if any, may be declared by
the board of directors at any regular or special meeting pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation.
Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out
of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sums or sums as the
directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other
purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the
corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the
manner in which it was created.
<PAGE> 154
CHECKS
Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation
shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as
the board of directors may from time to time designate.
FISCAL YEAR
Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by
resolution of the board of directors.
SEAL
Section 5. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of
the corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words "Corporate Seal,
Nevada."
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 1. These by-laws may be altered or repealed at any regular
meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors or at any special
meeting of the stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such
alteration or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meeting.
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 5.1
June 14, 1996
09-098-017
IXC Communications, Inc.
Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company
Central States Microwave Transmission Company
IXC Carrier, Inc.
IXC Long Distance, Inc.
Link Net International, Inc.
Rio Grande Transmission, Inc.
Telcom Engineering, Inc.
Tower Communication Systems Corp.
West Texas Microwave Company
Western States Microwave Transmission Company
2000 Plaza on the Lake, Suite 200
Austin, Texas 78746
Re: IXC Communications, Inc., et. al. -- 12 1/2% Series A and Series B
Senior Notes due October 1, 2005 -- Registration Statement on Form
S-4 (File No. 333-2936)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to IXC Communications, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and each of Atlantic States Microwave Transmission
Company, a Nevada corporation, Central States Microwave Transmission Company, an
Ohio corporation, IXC Carrier, Inc., a Nevada corporation, IXC Long Distance,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, Link Net International, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Telcom
Engineering, Inc., a Texas corporation, Tower Communication Systems Corp., an
Ohio corporation, West Texas Microwave
<PAGE> 2
IXC Communications, Inc.
June 14, 1996
Page 2
Company, a Texas corporation, and Western States Microwave Transmission Company,
a Nevada corporation, (each, a "Guarantor," and collectively, the
"Guarantors"), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of, and the offer to exchange (the
"Exchange Offer"), the Company's 12 1/2% Series B Senior Notes due October 1,
2005 (the "New Notes") for its outstanding 12 1/2% Series A Senior Notes due
October 1, 2005 and the guarantee of the New Notes by each of the Guarantors
(collectively, the "Guarantees"). This opinion is delivered to you in connection
with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 for the aforementioned New Notes,
the Exchange Offer and the Guarantees, originally filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act on April 1, 1996
(File No. 333-2936), as amended (as amended, the "Registration Statement").
Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given
to them in the Registration Statement.
In rendering this opinion, we have examined copies identified to our
satisfaction as being copies of the form of the New Notes and the Indenture,
each attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and originals,
counterparts or copies identified to our satisfaction as being true copies of
such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to render the
opinions given below. We have assumed the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original documents
of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies.
We have investigated such questions of law for the purpose of rendering
this opinion as we have deemed necessary. We are opining herein only as to the
effect on the subject transaction of United States federal law, the law of the
State of New York and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We
express no opinion with respect to compliance with state securities laws or with
respect to any state or federal fraudulent conveyance or transfer statutes.
Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications, exceptions
and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that when the
Registration Statement shall become effective under the Securities Act, when the
Indenture shall become qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, and when the New Notes shall have been duly executed and authenticated
as specified in the Indenture:
<PAGE> 3
IXC Communications, Inc.
June 14, 1996
Page 3
1. The Indenture constitutes the legally, valid and binding obligation
of the Company and each of the Guarantors.
2. The New Notes will constitute the legally, valid and binding
obligations of the Company and each of the Guarantors.
3. The Guarantees will constitute the legally, valid and binding
obligations of each of the Guarantors.
The enforceability of the Indenture, the New Notes and the Guarantees
is subject to the following exceptions, limitations and qualifications:
(a) the effect upon the Indenture, the New Notes or the Guarantees
of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to
creditors rights generally;
(b) general principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding
in equity or at law, and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding
therefor may be brought;
(c) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of certain
remedial and exculpatory provisions including (i) certain self-help provisions
and provisions which purport to create evidentiary standards; (ii) provisions
which purport to restrict access to legal or equitable remedies or to waive or
release any statutory provisions or common law rights or benefits that may not
be waived or released; (iii) under certain circumstances, provisions declaring
that the failure to exercise or delay in exercising rights or remedies will not
operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy; and (iv) provisions imposing
penalties, forfeitures, late payment charges or an increase in interest rate
upon delinquency in payment or the occurrence of a default;
(d) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of provisions
in agreements which purport to bind persons or entities not parties thereto;
(e) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of provisions
which purport to establish consent to the subject matter jurisdiction of any
court;
<PAGE> 4
IXC Communications, Inc.
June 14, 1996
Page 4
(f) the unenforceability, under circumstances, of provisions
regarding indemnification against, or contribution with respect to, liabilities
where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy;
(g) provisions that permit any person to take action or make
determinations, or to benefit from indemnities or similar undertakings, may be
subject to requirements that such action be taken or such determinations be
made, or that any action or inaction by such person that may give rise to a
request for payment under such an indemnity or similar undertaking be taken or
not taken, on a reasonable basis and in good faith;
(h) under certain circumstances, the requirement that provisions may
be modified or waived only in writing or only in a specific instance may be
unenforceable to the extent that an oral agreement has been effected or a course
of dealing has occurred modifying such provisions;
(i) the authority of a court to modify or limit contractual awards
of attorneys fees;
(j) statutory provisions and case law that provide that, in certain
circumstances, a surety or guarantor may be exonerated if the creditor
materially alters the original obligation of the principal without the consent
of the guarantor, elects remedies for default which impair the subrogation
rights of the surety or guarantor against the principal or otherwise takes any
action without notifying the guarantor which materially prejudices the surety or
guarantor; and
(k) the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of provisions
waiving vaguely or broadly stated rights or unknown future rights and of
provisions stating that rights or remedies are not exclusive, that every right
or remedy is cumulative and may be exercised in addition to or with any other
right or remedy or that election of some particular remedy or remedies does not
preclude recourse to one or more others.
This opinion is given in respect of the Indenture, the New Notes and
the Guarantees only, and we express no opinion as to the legality, validity or
binding effect of any collateral agreement or other document or any other matter
beyond the matters expressly set forth herein. We assume that each of the
Guarantors has received adequate consideration in connection with the
Guarantees. To the extent that the obligations of the Company and
<PAGE> 5
IXC Communications, Inc.
June 14, 1996
Page 5
each of the Guarantors under the Indenture may be dependent upon such matters,
we assume for purposes of this opinion that the Trustee is duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
organization; that the Trustee is duly qualified to engage in the activities
contemplated by the Indenture; that the Indenture has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Trustee and constitutes the valid, binding and
enforceable obligation of the Trustee; that the Trustee is in compliance,
generally and with respect to acting as a trustee under the Indenture, with all
applicable laws and regulations; and that the Trustee has the requisite
corporate and legal power and authority to perform its obligations under the
Indenture.
We inform you that Carl W. McKinzie, a principal in our firm, is a
director of the Company and each of the Guarantors and stockholder of the
Company and the Company has granted an option covering shares of common stock to
another principal in our firm.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the caption
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus which is a part of the Registration Statement.
In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of
persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ RIORDAN & MCKINZIE
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 11.1 -- COMPUTATION OF PER-SHARE EARNINGS
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
AND THE THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 and 1996
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
---------------------------------- ----------------------------
1993 1994 1995 1995 1996
---------------------------------- ---------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EARNINGS
Adjusted net income (loss) $(23,317) $7,315 $(4,965) $1,267 $(11,699)
Less: Dividends applicable to preferred stock (1,567) (1,752) (1,843) (479) (433)
--------------------------------- --------------------------
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders (24,884) 5,563 (6,808) 788 (12,132)
Extraordinary (gain) loss (8,495) (2,298) 1,747 -- --
--------------------------------- --------------------------
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
before extraordinary items $(33,379) $3,265 $(5,061) $ 788 $(12,132)
================================= =========================
PRIMARY
Weighted average number of shares outstanding 23,332 24,310 24,335 24,335 24,335
Add: Effect for periods prior to the initial
public offering (IPO), of common stock
options issued within one year of the IPO 833 833 833 833 833
Add: Dilutive effect of outstanding stock
options -- 9 120 236 --
Less: Assumed repurchase of shares under
the treasury stock method (139) (141) (160) (178) (139)
--------------------------------- --------------------------
Number of shares used to compute earnings (loss)
applicable to common stockholders 24,026 25,011 25,128 25,226 25,029
================================ ==========================
FULLY DILUTED
Weighted average number of shares outstanding 23,332 24,310 24,335 24,335 24,335
Add: Effect for periods prior to the initial
public offering (IPO), of common stock
options issued within one year of the IPO 833 833 833 833 833
Add: Dilutive effect of outstanding stock
options -- 9 120 236 --
Less: Assumed repurchase of shares under
the treasury stock method (139) (141) (160) (178) (139)
--------------------------------- --------------------------
Number of shares used to compute earnings (loss)
applicable to common stockholders 24,026 25,011 25,128 25,226 25,029
================================= ==========================
PRIMARY INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
Before extraordinary item $(1.39) $0.13 $(0.20) $0.03 $(0.48)
Extraordinary gain (loss) 0.35 0.09 (0.07) -- --
--------------------------------- --------------------------
Net income (loss) $(1.04) $0.22 $(0.27) $0.03 $(0.48)
================================= ==========================
FULLY DILUTED INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
Before extraordinary item $(1.39) $0.13 $(0.20) $0.03 $(0.48)
Extraordinary gain (loss) 0.35 0.09 (0.07) -- --
--------------------------------- --------------------------
Net income (loss) $(1.04) $0.22 $(0.27) $0.03 $(0.48)
================================= ==========================
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 12.1
STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS
TO FIXED CHARGES
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NOTES AND STATISTICAL DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THE COMPANY
-----------------------------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL
----------------
THE COMPANY'S PREDECESSOR -- HISTORICAL
--------------------------------------- HISTORICAL THREE
PERIOD FROM PERIOD FROM --------------------------------- PRO FORMA(1) MONTHS
JANUARY 1 AUGUST 14 ------------ ENDED
YEAR ENDED THROUGH THROUGH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
DECEMBER 31, AUGUST 14, DECEMBER 31, --------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, ----------------
1991 1992 1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1995 1996
------------ ----------- ------------ -------- ------- ------------ ------------ ------ --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings:
Consolidated pretax
income (loss) from
continuing
operations........ $(48,084) $ (24,482) $ (7,175) $(53,789) $ 8,174 $ (4,911) $(11,478) $ 301 $(13,062)
Minority interest in
net income (loss)
of subsidiaries
with fixed
charges........... -- -- -- -- (77) (5,218) 232 (283) 93
Equity in net loss
(income) of less-
than-50% owned
affiliate with no
guaranteed debt... -- -- -- -- 86 (35) (35) 4 9
Interest, expensed
and capitalized,
including
amortization of
debt discount and
premium and
issuance
expense........... 31,511 18,751 1,398 5,322 6,139 14,958 14,958 1,976 9,986
Interest portion of
rental expense.... 20,338 9,985 5,444 10,690 5,495 2,135 2,135 653 1,207
Less interest
capitalized during
this period....... (50) (2) -- (379) (34) (361) (361) (103) (116)
-------- -------- ------- -------- ------ ------ -------- ------ --------
Earnings............ $ 3,715 $ 4,252 $ (333) $(38,156) $19,783 $ 6,568 $ 5,451 $2,548 $ (1,883)
======== ======== ======= ======== ====== ====== ======== ====== ========
Fixed Charges:
Interest, expensed
and capitalized,
including
amortization of
debt discount and
premium and
issuance
expense........... $ 31,511 $ 18,751 $ 1,398 $ 5,322 $ 6,139 $ 14,958 $ 14,958 $1,976 $ 9,986
Interest portion of
rental expense.... 20,338 9,985 5,444 10,690 5,495 2,135 2,135 653 1,207
Preferred stock
dividend
requirements of
majority-owned
subsidiaries
(non-intercompany)... -- -- -- 209 249 210 210 68 --
-------- -------- ------- -------- ------ ------ -------- ------ --------
Fixed Charges....... $ 51,849 $ 28,736 $ 6,842 $ 16,221 $11,883 $ 17,303 $ 17,303 $2,697 $ 11,193
======== ======== ======= ======== ====== ====== ======== ====== ========
Ratio of Earnings to
Fixed Charges
(Deficiency)(2)..... $(48,134) $ (24,484) $ (7,175) $(54,377) 1.66x $(10,735) $(11,852) $ (149) $(13,076)
======== ======== ======= ======== ====== ====== ======== ====== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The pro forma amounts reflect the historical operations of the Company as
adjusted to reflect the impact of the purchase of Switched Services as if
the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 1995 for operations data.
(2) Where earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges, the deficiency is
shown.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated March 1, 1996, except for Note 18, as to which the date
is June 12, 1996, in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-2936) and
related Prospectus of IXC Communications, Inc.
Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas
June 12, 1996
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 24.3
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director of
each of IXC Communications, Inc., Atlantic States Microwave Transmission
Company, Central States Microwave Transmission Company, IXC Carrier, Inc., IXC
Long Distance, Inc., Link Net International, Inc., Rio Grande Transmission,
Inc., Telcom Engineering, Inc., Tower Communication Systems Corp., West Texas
Microwave Company and Western States Microwave Transmission Company
(collectively, the "Companies"), hereby constitutes and appoints Ralph J. Swett
and John J. Willingham, and each of them with full power to act without the
other, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities (unless revoked in writing) to sign
the Companies' Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any or
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might and could do in person hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their
or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.
Dated: June 5, 1996.
/S/ PHILLIP L. WILLIAMS
-------------------------------------
Phillip L. Williams
<PAGE> 2
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director of
each of IXC Communications, Inc., Atlantic States Microwave Transmission
Company, Central States Microwave Transmission Company, IXC Carrier, Inc., IXC
Long Distance, Inc., Link Net International, Inc., Rio Grande Transmission,
Inc., Telcom Engineering, Inc., Tower Communication Systems Corp., West Texas
Microwave Company and Western States Microwave Transmission Company
(collectively, the "Companies"), hereby constitutes and appoints Ralph J. Swett
and John J. Willingham, and each of them with full power to act without the
other, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities (unless revoked in writing) to sign
the Companies' Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 and any or
all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might and could do in person hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their
or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
thereof.
Dated: June 5, 1996.
/s/ JOE C. CULP
------------------------------------
Joe C. Culp
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.1
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON __________, 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE EXPIRATION DATE").
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
ATLANTIC STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
CENTRAL STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
IXC CARRIER, INC.
IXC LONG DISTANCE, INC.
LINK NET INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RIO GRANDE TRANSMISSION, INC.
TELCOM ENGINEERING, INC.
TOWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CORP.
WEST TEXAS MICROWAVE COMPANY
WESTERN STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
12.50% SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
To: IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, The Exchange Agent
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
By Registered or Certified Mail: Hand or By Overnight Courier:
<S> <C>
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company.
Bowling Green Station One State Street
P.O. Box 84 New York, New York 10004
New York, New York 10274-0084 Attention: Securities Processing Window
Attention: Reorganization Operations Department Subcellar One, (SC-1)
By Facsimile:
<S> <C>
(212) 858-2611
Attention: Customer Service
Confirm by telephone:
(212) 858-2103
</TABLE>
Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above
or transmission of instructions via a facsimile number other than the one listed
above will not constitute a valid delivery. The instructions accompanying this
Letter of Transmittal should be read carefully before this Letter of Transmittal
is completed.
The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the Prospectus
dated ___________, 1996, (the "Prospectus") of IXC Communications, Inc.,
Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company, Central States Microwave
Transmission Company, IXC Carrier, Inc., IXC Long Distance, Inc., Link Net
International, Inc., Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., Telcom Engineering, Inc.,
Tower Communication Systems Corp., West Texas Microwave Company and Western
States Microwave Transmission Company (collectively, the "Company") and this
Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together constitute
the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount
of its 12.50% Series B Senior Notes due 2005 (the "New Notes") which have been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for each
$1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 12.50% Series A Senior Notes due
2005 (the "Old Notes"), of which $285,000,000 principal amount is outstanding.
Other capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to
them in the Prospectus.
<PAGE> 2
The Letter of Transmittal is to be used by Holders of Old Notes (i) if
certificates representing the Old Notes are to be physically delivered
herewith; or (ii) if tender of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer
to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),
pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange
Offer - Procedures for Tendering" by any financial institution that is a
participant in DTC and whose name appears on a security position listing as the
owner of Old Notes; or (iii) if tender of Old Notes is to be made according to
the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The
Exchange Offer - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Delivery of documents to DTC
does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
The term "Holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person
(i) in whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any
other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder; or (ii) whose Old Notes are held of record by DTC who
desires to deliver such Old Notes by book-entry transfer at DTC. The
undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to
indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the
Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes must complete this
letter in its entirety.
2
<PAGE> 3
PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF 12.50% SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005 ("OLD NOTES"):
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT TENDERED
REGISTERED HOLDER(S) AMOUNT REPRESENTED BY (MUST BE IN INTEGRAL
(PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK) CERTIFICATE(S) MULTIPLE OF $1,000)*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Unless indicated in the column labeled "Principal Amount Tendered," any
tendering Holder of Old Notes will be deemed to have tendered the entire
aggregate principal amount represented by the column labeled "Aggregate
Principal Amount Represented by Certificate(s)."
If the space provided above is inadequate, list the principal amounts on a
separate signed schedule and affix the list to this Letter of Transmittal.
The minimum permitted tender is $1,000 in principal amount of Old Notes.
All other tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3, 4, 5 AND 6) (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3, 4, 5 AND 6)
<S> <C>
To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old
Notes in a principal amount not tendered or not Notes in a principal amount not tendered or not
accepted for exchange, or New Notes issued in accepted for exchange, or New Notes issued in
exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange, exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange,
are to be issued in the name of someone other are to be sent to someone other than the
than the undersigned, or if the Old Notes undersigned, or to the undersigned at an
tendered by book-entry transfer that are not address other than that shown above.
accepted for exchange are to be credited to an
account maintained by DTC.
ISSUE CERTIFICATE(S) TO: MAIL TO:
Name Name
--------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
(Please Print) (Please Print)
Address Address
------------------------------------ -----------------------------------
------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
(Include Zip Code) (Include Zip Code)
------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
(Tax Identification or Social Security No.) (Tax Identification or Social Security No.)
- ---------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY DTC TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S ACCOUNT AT DTC AND
COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name of Tendering Institution:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DTC Book-Entry Account No.:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction Code No.:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY
SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Name(s) of Registered Holder(s):
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Window Ticket Number (if any):
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:
------------------------------------------------------
Name of Institution which guaranteed delivery:
------------------------------------------------------------
IF DELIVERY BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
Account Number: Transaction Code Number:
--------------------------- -----------------------------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND
10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name:
--------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
----------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
3
<PAGE> 4
LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Old Notes
indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for exchange of
the principal amount of Old Notes tendered in accordance with this Letter of
Transmittal, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order
of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered
hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the
Exchange Agent its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the
Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Company) with respect to the
tendered Old Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver certificates
for such Old Notes to the Company, or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on
the account books maintained by DTC, and deliver all accompanying evidences of
transfer and authenticity to, or upon the order of, the Company; and (ii)
present such Old Notes for transfer on the books of the Company and receive all
benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old
Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of
attorney granted in this paragraph shall be deemed irrevocable and coupled with
an interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that he or she has full
power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered
hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto,
free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not
subject to any adverse claim, when such Notes are acquired by the Company. THE
UNDERSIGNED HEREBY FURTHER REPRESENTS THAT ANY NEW NOTES ACQUIRED IN EXCHANGE
FOR OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREBY WILL HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF
BUSINESS OF THE HOLDER RECEIVING SUCH NEW NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT THE
UNDERSIGNED, THAT NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR ANY SUCH OTHER PERSON HAS AN
ARRANGEMENT WITH ANY PERSON TO PARTICIPATE IN THE DISTRIBUTION OF SUCH NEW
NOTES AND THAT NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR ANY SUCH OTHER PERSON IS AN "AFFILIATE,"
AS DEFINED UNDER RULE 405 OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OF THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS
SUBSIDIARIES. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned
represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of New Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will
receive New Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for New
Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities and not acquired directly from the Company, and it acknowledges that
it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes;
however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver
any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be
necessary or desirable to complete the assignment, transfer and purchase of the
Old Notes tendered hereby.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to
have accepted validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Company has given
oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange pursuant to
the Exchange Offer for any reason, certificates for any such unaccepted Old
Notes will be returned (except as noted below with respect to tenders through
DTC), without expense, to the undersigned at the address shown below or at a
different address as may be indicated herein under "Special Payment
Instructions" as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of
Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.
The undersigned understands that tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the
procedures described under the caption "The Exchange Offer - Procedures for
Tendering" in the Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute a
binding agreement between the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.
Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Payment Instructions,"
please issue the certificates representing the New Notes issued in exchange for
the Old Notes accepted for exchange and return any Old Notes not tendered or
not exchanged, in the name(s) of the undersigned (or in either such event in
the case of Old Notes tendered by DTC, by credit to the undersigned's account
at DTC). Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special Delivery
Instructions," please send the certificates representing the New Notes issued
in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange and any certificates for
Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as
appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's
signature(s), unless, in either event, tender is being made through DTC. In
the event that both "Special Payment Instructions" and "Special Delivery
Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the New
Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange and return any
Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged in the name(s) of, and send said
certificates to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that
the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Payment Instructions"
and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any
4
<PAGE> 5
Old Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Company
does not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes so tendered.
Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose
Old Notes are not immediately available, or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old
Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the
Exchange Agent, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer, prior
to the Expiration Date, may tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange
Offer - Guaranteed Delivery Procedures". See Instruction 1 regarding the
completion of the Letter of Transmittal printed below.
PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
OLD NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
X
- ----------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
DATE
X
- ----------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------
SIGNATURE(S) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S) DATE
OR AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY
</TABLE>
AREA CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER:
------------------------------------------
THE ABOVE LINES MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF OLD
NOTES AS THEIR NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON THE OLD NOTES OR, IF THE OLD NOTES ARE
TENDERED BY A PARTICIPANT IN DTC, AS SUCH PARTICIPANT'S NAME APPEARS ON A
SECURITY POSITION LISTING AS THE OWNER OF THE OLD NOTES, OR BY PERSON(S)
AUTHORIZED TO BECOME REGISTERED HOLDER(S) BY A PROPERLY COMPLETED BOND POWER
FROM THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S), A COPY OF WHICH MUST BE TRANSMITTED WITH THIS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. IF OLD NOTES TO WHICH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
RELATES ARE HELD OF RECORD BY TWO OR MORE JOINT HOLDERS, THEN ALL SUCH HOLDERS
MUST SIGN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. IF SIGNATURE IS BY A TRUSTEE, EXECUTOR,
ADMINISTRATOR, GUARDIAN, ATTORNEY-IN-FACT, OFFICER OF A CORPORATION OR OTHER
PERSON ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, SUCH PERSON MUST (I)
SET FORTH HIS OR HER FULL TITLE BELOW AND (II) UNLESS WAIVED BY THE COMPANY,
SUBMIT EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY OF SUCH PERSON'S AUTHORITY SO TO
ACT. SEE INSTRUCTION 4 REGARDING THE COMPLETION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
PRINTED BELOW.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
NAME(S):
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------
(PLEASE PRINT)
CAPACITY:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
ADDRESS:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------
(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION:
(IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 4)
----------------------------------------------------------------
(AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)
----------------------------------------------------------------
(TITLE)
----------------------------------------------------------------
(NAME OF FIRM)
DATED: , 1996
---------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE> 6
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES. The
tendered Old Notes (or a confirmation of a book-entry transfer into the
Exchange Agent's account at DTC of all Old Notes delivered electronically), as
well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of
Transmittal or facsimile hereof and any other documents required by this Letter
of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth
herein prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The
method of delivery of the tendered Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and
all other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk
of the Holder and, except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be
deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent.
Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that the Holder use an overnight
or hand-delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to
assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should be sent
to the Company.
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are
not immediately available; or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, this
Letter of Transmittal or any other documents required hereby to the Exchange
Agent, or cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer, prior to 5:00
P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date must tender their Old Notes
according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.
Pursuant to such procedures: (i) such tender must be made by or through a
member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or an institution which
falls within the definition of "Eligible Guarantor Institution" contained in
Regulation 17Ad-15 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (each, an "Eligible
Institution"); (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have
received from the Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand
delivery) setting forth the name and address of the Holder of the Old Notes and
the principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being
made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five New York Stock Exchange trading
days after the Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile
hereof) together with the certificate(s) representing the Old Notes (or a
confirmation of electronic delivery of book-entry delivery into the Exchange
Agent's account at DTC) and any other required documents will be deposited by
the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such properly
completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof), as well as
all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal and the
certificate(s) representing all tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer
(or a confirmation of electronic delivery of book-entry delivery into the
Exchange Agent's account at DTC), must be received by the Exchange Agent within
five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, all as
provided in the Prospectus under the caption "Exchange Offer - Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures." Any Holder of Old Notes who wishes to tender his or her
Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must
ensure that the Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior
to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Upon request of the
Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to Holders who
wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures
set forth above.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old
Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute
right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes
the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the
Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any defects
or irregularities or conditions of tender as to the Exchange Offer and/or
particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions
of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of
Transmittal) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any
defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured
within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the
Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give
notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes,
nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such
notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until
such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes
received by the
6
<PAGE> 7
Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or
irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange
Agent to the tendering Holders of Old Notes, unless otherwise provided in this
Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.
2. TENDER BY HOLDER. Only a Holder of Old Notes may tender such
Old Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Old Notes who is not
the registered holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the
registered holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his or
her behalf or must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of
Transmittal and delivering his or her Old Notes, either make appropriate
arrangements to register ownership of the Old Notes in such Holder's name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.
3. PARTIAL TENDERS. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only
in integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of
any Old Notes is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal
amount tendered in the third column of the box entitled "Description of 12.50%
Series A Senior Notes due 2005 ("Old Notes")" above. The entire principal
amount of Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been
tendered unless otherwise indicated. If the entire principal amount of all Old
Notes is not tendered, then Old Notes for the principal amount of Old Notes not
tendered and a certificate or certificates representing New Notes issued in
exchange for any Old Notes accepted will be sent to the Holder at his or her
registered address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate
box on this Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Old Notes are accepted
for exchange.
4. SIGNATURES ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL; BOND POWERS AND
ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. If this Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile hereof) is signed by the record Holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered
hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face
of the Old Notes or, if the Old Notes are tendered by a participant in DTC, as
such participant's name appears on a security position listing as the owner of
the Old Notes, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
registered Holder or Holders of Old Notes tendered and the certificate or
certificates for New Notes issued in exchange therefor are to be issued (or any
untendered principal amount of Old Notes is to be reissued) to the registered
Holder, the said Holder need not and should not endorse any tendered Old Notes,
nor provide a separate bond power. In any other case, such Holder must either
properly endorse the Old Notes tendered or transmit a properly completed
separate bond power with this Letter of Transmittal, with the signatures on the
endorsement or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a
person other than the registered Holder or Holders of any Old Notes listed,
such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers
signed as the name of the registered Holder or Holders appears on the Old
Notes.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Notes
or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact or officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary
or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and
unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their
authority so to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.
Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by
this Instruction 4 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) must be guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed
if (i) this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the
Old Notes tendered herewith and such Holder(s) have not completed the box set
forth herein entitled "Special Payment Instructions" or the box entitled
"Special Delivery Instructions;" or (ii) such Old Notes are tendered for the
account of an Eligible Institution.
5. SPECIAL PAYMENT AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. Tendering Holders
should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address to which
New Notes or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered
7
<PAGE> 8
or not accepted for exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the
name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal (or in the
case of tender of Old Notes through DTC, if different from DTC). In the case
of issuance in a different name, the taxpayer identification or social
security number of the person named must also be indicated.
6. TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. Federal income tax law requires
that a Holder whose offered Old Notes are accepted for exchange must provide
the Company (as payor) with his, her or its correct Taxpayer Identification
Number ("TIN"), which, in the case of an exchanging Holder who is an
individual, is his or her social security number. If the Company is not
provided with the correct TIN or an adequate basis for exemption, such Holder
may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS"). In addition, delivery to such Holder of New Notes may be subject to
backup withholding in an amount equal to 31% of the gross proceeds resulting
from the Exchange Offer. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a
refund may be obtained from the IRS by the Holder. Exempt Holders (including,
among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject
to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. See instructions to
the enclosed Form W-9.
To prevent backup withholding, each exchanging Holder must provide
his, her or its correct TIN by completing the Form W-9 enclosed herewith,
certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such Holder is awaiting a
TIN) and that (i) the Holder is exempt from backup withholding; (ii) the Holder
has not been notified by the IRS that he, she or it is subject to backup
withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends; or
(iii) the IRS has notified the Holder that he, she or it is no longer subject
to backup withholding. In order to satisfy the Exchange Agent that a foreign
individual qualifies as an exempt recipient, such Holder must submit a
statement signed under penalty of perjury attesting to such exempt status.
Such statements may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the Old Notes are
in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the
Form W-9 for information on which TIN to report. If you do not provide your
TIN to the Company within 60 days, backup withholding will begin and continue
until you furnish your TIN to the Company.
7. TRANSFER TAXES. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if
any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
If, however, certificates representing New Notes or Old Notes for principal
amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to
be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered
Holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are
registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter
of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the
exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any
such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or on any other
persons) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of
payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter
of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to
such tendering Holder.
Except as provided in this Instruction 7, it will not be necessary for
transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes listed in this Letter of
Transmittal.
8. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS. The Company reserves the absolute right
to amend, waive or modify specified conditions in the Exchange Offer in the
case of any Old Notes tendered.
9. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED OLD NOTES. Any tendering
Holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should
contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated herein for further
instructions.
8
<PAGE> 9
10. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and
requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus or
this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address
specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the
Exchange Offer.
(DO NOT WRITE IN SPACE BELOW)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATE OLD NOTES OLD NOTES
SURRENDERED TENDERED ACCEPTED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delivery Prepared by _________________ Checked By _______________ Date_________
9
<PAGE> 10
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
FORM W-9
(Rev. March 1994) REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER GIVE FORM TO THE
Department of Treasury IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION REQUESTER. DO NOT
Internal Revenue Service) SEND TO THE IRS
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Name (If joint names, list first and circle the name of the person or entity whose number you enter in Part I below.
See instructions on page 2 if your name has changed.)
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Business name (Sole proprietors see instructions on page 2.)
Please ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
print Please check appropriate box: / / Individual/Sole proprietor / / Corporation / / Partnership / / Other..........
or ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
type Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.) Requester's name and address (optional)
______________________________________________________________________
City, state, and ZIP code
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART I Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) List account number(s) here (optional)
_______________________________________________________________________________________
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. For individuals, Social Security Number
this is your social security number (SSN). For sole / / / / / / / / / / ____________________________________________
proprietors, see the instructions on page 2. For other OR PART II For Payees Exempt From Backup with-
entities, it is your employer identification number Employer Identification holding (See Part II instructions
(EIN). If you do not have a number, see HOW TO GET A Number on page 2)
TIN below. / / / / / / / / / / ____________________________________________
NOTE: If the account is in more than one name, see the chart
on page 2 for guidelines on whose number to enter.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PART III Certification
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and
2. I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by
the Internal Revenue Service that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or
dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.
CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS. - You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to
backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not
apply. For mortgage interest paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an
individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the
Certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. (Also, see Part III instructions on page 2.)
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Sign
Here Signature - Date -
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
</TABLE>
Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code.
PURPOSE OF FORM. - A person who is required to file an information return with
the IRS must get your correct TIN to report income paid to you, real estate
transactions, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of
secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA. Use
Form W-9 to give your correct TIN to the requester (the person requesting your
TIN) and, when applicable, (1) to certify the TIN you are giving is correct
(or you are waiting for a number to be issued), (2) to certify you are not
subject to backup withholding, or (3) to claim exemption from backup withholding
if you are an exempt payee. Giving your correct TIN and making the appropriate
certifications will prevent certain payments from being subject to backup
withholding.
Note: If a requester gives you a form other than a W-9 to request your TIN, you
must use the requester's form if it is substantially similar to this Form W-9.
WHAT IS BACKUP WITHHOLDING? - Persons making certain payments to you must
withhold and pay to the IRS 31% of such payments under certain conditions. This
is called "backup withholding." Payments that could be subject to backup
withholding include interest, dividends, broker and barter exchange
transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from
fishing boat operators. Real estate transactions are not subject to backup
withholding.
If you give the requester your correct TIN, make the proper
certifications, and report all your taxable interest and dividends on your tax
return, your payments will not be subject to backup withholding. Payments you
receive will be subject to backup withholding if:
1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester, or
2. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect TIN, or
3. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup withholding because
you did not report all your interest and dividends on your tax return (for
reportable interest and dividends only), or
4. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject to
backup withholding under 3 above (for reportable interest and dividend accounts
opened after 1983 only), or
5. You do not certify your TIN. See the Part III instructions for
exceptions.
Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and
information reporting. See the Part II instructions and the separate
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE REQUESTER OF FORM W-9.
HOW TO GET A TIN. - If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To
apply, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for
individuals), from your local office of the Social Security Administration, or
FORM SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (for businesses and
all other entities), from your local IRS office.
If you do not have a TIN, write "Applied For" in the space for the TIN
in Part I, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. Generally, you
will then have 60 days to get a TIN and give it to the requester. If the
requester does not receive your TIN within 60 days, backup withholding, if
applicable, will begin and continue until you furnish your TIN.
________________________________________________________________________________
Cat. No. 10231X Form W-9 (Rev. 3-94)
<PAGE> 11
Form W-9 (Rev. 3-94) Page 2
________________________________________________________________________________
Note: Writing "Applied For" on the form means that you have already applied
for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon.
As soon as you receive your TIN, complete another Form W-9, include
your TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester.
PENALTIES
FAILURE TO FURNISH TIN. - If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a
requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless
your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. - If you make a
false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding,
you are subject to a $500 penalty.
CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. - Willfully falsifying
certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including
fines and/or imprisonment.
MISUSE OF TINS. - If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of
Federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS
NAME. - If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name shown on
your social security card. However, if you have changed your last name, for
instance, due to marriage, without informing the Social Security Administration
of the name change, please enter your first name, the last name shown on your
social security card, and your new last name.
Sole Proprietor. - You must enter your individual name. (Enter either
your SSN or EIN in Part I.) You may also enter your business name or "doing
business as" name on the business name line. Enter your name as shown on your
social security card and business name as it was used to apply for your EIN on
Form SS-4.
PART I - TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)
You must enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a sole proprietor,
you may enter your SSN or EIN. Also see the chart on this page for further
clarification of name and TIN combinations. If you do not have a TIN, follow
the instructions under HOW TO GET A TIN on page 1.
PART II - FOR PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING
Individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt from backup
withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding. Corporations are
exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, such as interest and
dividends. For a complete list of exempt payees, see the separate instructions
for the Requester of Form W-9.
If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete
this form to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. Enter your correct
TIN in Part I, write "Exempt" in Part II, and sign and date the form. If you
are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding,
give the requester a completed Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status.
PART III - CERTIFICATION
For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in Part I should sign.
1. INTEREST, DIVIDEND, AND BARTER EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS OPENED BEFORE 1984
AND BROKER ACCOUNTS CONSIDERED ACTIVE DURING 1983. You must give your correct
TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
2. INTEREST, DIVIDEND, BROKER, AND BARTER EXCHANGE ACCOUNTS OPENED
AFTER 1983 AND BROKER ACCOUNTS CONSIDERED INACTIVE DURING 1983. You must sign
the certification or backup withholding will apply. If you are subject to
backup withholding and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the
requester, you must cross out Item 2 in the certification before signing the
form.
3. REAL ESTATE TRANSACTIONS. You must sign the certification. You may
cross out Item 2 of the certification.
4. OTHER PAYMENTS. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not
have to sign the certification unless you have been notified of an incorrect
TIN. Other payments include payments made in the course of the requester's
trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for
merchandise), medical and health care services, payments to a nonemployee for
services (including attorney and accounting fees), and payments to certain
fishing boat crew members.
5. MORTGAGE INTEREST PAID BY YOU. ACQUISITION OR ABANDONMENT OF
SECURED PROPERTY, CANCELLATION OF DEBT, OR IRA CONTRIBUTIONS. You must give
your correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification.
PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
Section 6109 requires you to give your correct TIN to persons who must file
information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain
other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or
abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made
to an IRA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help
verify the accuracy of your tax return. You must provide your TIN whether or
not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 31%
of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does
not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
WHAT NAME AND NUMBER TO GIVE THE REQUESTER
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
________________________________________________________________________________
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT GIVE NAME AND SSN OF:
________________________________________________________________________________
<S> <C>
1. Individual The individual
2. Two or more The actual owner of the
individuals (joint account, or if combined
account) funds, the first individual
on the account.(1)
3. Custodian account of
a minor (Uniform Gift The minor(2)
to Minors Act)
4. a. The usual revocable
savings trust The grantor-trustee(1)
(grantor is also
trustee)
b. So-called trust
account that is not
a legal or valid The actual owner(1)
trust under state
law
5. Sole proprietorship The owner(3)
<CAPTION>
________________________________________________________________________________
FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT GIVE NAME AND EIN OF:
________________________________________________________________________________
<S> <C>
6. Sole proprietorship The owner(3)
7. A valid trust, estate, Legal entity(4)
or pension trust
8. Corporate The corporation
9. Association, club,
religious, charitable
educational, or other The organization
tax-exempt
organization
10. Partnership The partnership
11. A broker or registered The broker or nominee
nominee
12. Account with the
Department of
Agriculture in the
name of a public
entity (such as a state
or local government, The public entity
school district, or
prison) that receives
agricultural program
payments
________________________________________________________________________________
</TABLE>
(1) List first, circle the name of the person whose number you furnish
(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's SSN.
(3) You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business
or "doing business as" name. You may use either your SSN or EIN.
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension
trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee
unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)
Note: If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will
be considered to be that of the first name listed.
________________________________________________________________________________
Cat. No. 10231X Form W-9 (Rev. 3-94)
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.2
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
for
12.50% Senior Notes due 2005
of
IXC COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
ATLANTIC STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
CENTRAL STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
IXC CARRIER, INC.
IXC LONG DISTANCE, INC.
LINK NET INTERNATIONAL, INC.
RIO GRANDE TRANSMISSION, INC.
TELCOM ENGINEERING, INC.
TOWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CORP.
WEST TEXAS MICROWAVE COMPANY
WESTERN STATES MICROWAVE TRANSMISSION COMPANY
This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to
accept the Exchange Offer of IXC Communications, Inc., Atlantic States
Microwave Transmission Company, Central States Microwave Transmission Company,
IXC Carrier, Inc., IXC Long Distance, Inc., Link Net International, Inc., Rio
Grande Transmission, Inc., Telcom Engineering, Inc., Tower Communication
Systems Corp., West Texas Microwave Company and Western States Microwave
Transmission Company (collectively, the "Company") made pursuant to the
Prospectus dated ____________, 1996 (the "Prospectus") if certificates for the
12.50% Series A Senior Notes due 2005 (the "Old Notes") of the Company are not
immediately available or if the Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any
other documents required thereby cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent or
the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed, prior to 5:00 P.M.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date (as defined in the Prospectus).
Such form may be delivered by hand or transmitted by facsimile transmission,
overnight courier or mail to the Exchange Agent. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
To: IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, The Exchange Agent
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
By Registered or Certified Mail: By Hand or Overnight Courier:
<S> <C>
IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company.
Bowling Green Station One State Street
P.O. Box 84 New York, New York 10004
New York, New York 10274-0084 Attention: Securities Processing Window
Attention: Reorganization Operations Department Subcellar One, (SC-1)
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
By Facsimile:
<S> <C>
(212) 858-2611
Attention: Customer Service
Confirm by telephone:
(212) 858-2103
</TABLE>
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS, OR TRANSMISSION OF
INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE, OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a
signature on the Letter of Transmittal to be used to tender Old Notes is
required to be guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions
thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided
in the Letter of Transmittal.
LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:
The undersigned hereby tenders to IXC Communication, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, Atlantic States Microwave Transmission Company, a Nevada
corporation, Central States Microwave Transmission Company, an Ohio
corporation, IXC Carrier, Inc., a Nevada corporation, IXC Long Distance, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation, Link Net International, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
Rio Grande Transmission, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Telcom Engineering,
Inc., a Texas corporation, Tower Communication Systems Corp., an Ohio
corporation, West Texas Microwave Company, a Texas corporation, and Western
States Microwave Transmission Company, a Nevada corporation (collectively, the
"Company"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the
Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the
"Exchange Offer"), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
_______________________________ Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery
(principal amount of Old Notes)
procedures set forth in Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.
<PAGE> 3
NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED WHERE INDICATED BELOW.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Principal Amount(s) of Old Notes Name(s) of Record Holder(s)
<S> <C>
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZIP CODE
Area Code and Tel. No. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signature(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dated: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If Old Notes will be delivered by book-entry
transfer at The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),
Depository Account No: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
</TABLE>
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the
registered Holder(s) of Old Notes exactly as its (their) name(s) appear on
certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of
Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become registered Holder(s) by
endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian,
attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.
Please print name(s) and address(es)
Name(s): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacity: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Address(es):. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)
The undersigned, a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.,
or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the
United States or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States or an "Eligible Guarantor Institution"
within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act"), hereby (a) represents that the above named
person(s) "own(s)" the Old
3
<PAGE> 4
Notes tendered hereby within the meaning of Rule 10b-4 under the Exchange Act,
(b) represents that such tender of Old Notes complies with Rule 10b-4 and (c)
guarantees that delivery to the Exchange Agent of certificates for the Old
Notes tendered hereby, in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the
book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's Account at DTC,
pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer set forth in the
Prospectus), with delivery of a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature
and any other required documents, will be received by the Exchange Agent at one
of its addresses set forth above within five New York Stock Exchange trading
days after the Expiration Date.
THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT MUST DELIVER THE LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL AND OLD NOTES TENDERED HEREBY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITHIN THE TIME
PERIOD SET FORTH ABOVE AND THAT FAILURE TO DO SO COULD RESULT IN FINANCIAL LOSS
TO THE UNDERSIGNED.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Name of Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ZIP CODE
Area Code and Tel. No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
</TABLE>
Dated: _____________________, 199_
NOTE: DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM; OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH
YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SO THAT THEY ARE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE
AGENT WITHIN FIVE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE TRADING DAYS AFTER THE
EXPIRATION DATE.
4
